Janome 9900 User Manual

Onscreen Manual
© Copyright 1999–2014 Wilcom Pty. Ltd. All Rights reserved.

All title and copyrights in and to JANOME Digitizer MBX (including but not limited to any
images, animations, text and applications incorporated into the JANOME Digitizer MBX), the
accompanying printed materials, and any copies of JANOME Digitizer MBX are owned by
licensor or its suppliers. The SOFTWARE PRODUCT is protected by copyright laws and
international treaty provisions. Therefore, you must treat JANOME Digitizer MBX like any
other copyrighted material. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying JANOME
Digitizer MBX.
Portions of the imaging technology of JANOME Digitizer MBX are copyrighted by AccuSoft
Corporation.
Limited Warranty
Except with respect to the REDISTRIBUTABLES, which are provided ‘as is’ without warranty
of any kind, Janome Sewing Machine Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as ‘JANOME’)
warrants that the Software Media and accompanying documentation are free from defects
in materials and workmanship, and that JANOME Digitizer MBX will perform substantially in
accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from
the date of receipt. Some states and jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an
implied warranty, so the above limitation may not apply to you. To the extent allowed by
applicable law, implied warranties on the JANOME Digitizer MBX are limited to ninety (90)
days.
Limitation of Liability
JANOME’s liability under the warranty shall be limited to the cost of the Software Media and
Documentation. Under no circumstances shall JANOME be liable for any consequential,
incidental, or indirect damages (including, without limitation, damages for loss of business
profit, business interruption, loss of business information, or any other pecuniary loss) arising
out of the use or inability to use the JANOME Digitizer MBX. In no event will JANOME be
similarly liable to any other party.
Note
The screen illustrations in this publication are intended to be representations, not exact
duplicates of the screen layouts generated by the software. Similarly, design samples are
representative of processes and procedures only. They may or may not be packaged with
your particular version of the software.
Customer Remedies
JANOME’s and its suppliers’ entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at JANOME’s
option, either (a) return of the price paid, or (b) repair or replacement of the JANOME
Digitizer MBX that does not meet JANOME’s Limited Warranty and that is returned to
JANOME with a proof of purchase within the warranty period.
Any replacement JANOME Digitizer MBX will be warranted for the remainder of the original
warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer.
Rev 5 Nov 2014

1
Chapter 1
Introduction
Welcome to JANOME Digitizer MBX, the leading

software application for home embroidery use.
JANOME Digitizer MBX is a Windows-based
product incorporating many of the conventions
with which most PC users are already familiar.
If you are new to JANOME Digitizer MBX, you’ll be About JANOME Digitizer MBX
pleased with its flexible digitizing capabilities, the
ease with which you can create and edit designs,
and how simple it is to add or create your own There are two products within JANOME
lettering. However, before you begin working with Digitizer MBX: EasyDesign and EasyEdit. These
the product, read the Introduction to Embroidery are described below.
Digitizing. This chapter presents an overview of the
basic concepts of digitizing with JANOME EasyDesign
Digitizer MBX and provides you with important EasyDesign uses an ‘object-oriented’ approach to
guidelines on how to use this software to achieve embroidery design, by saving shapes as outlines
the best results. that can generate stitches automatically, based on
You should also familiarize yourself with the first preset object details. Embroidery objects can be
few chapters of the Onscreen Manual. Here you will resized, reshaped and transformed as individual
learn how to start the application, create or open a elements within a single design, with stitches
design, print designs, and how to use some of the re-generating automatically after every change.
essential tools and features that JANOME EasyDesign lets you create new designs from
Digitizer MBX provides. scratch, combine existing designs and quickly
convert bitmap images into a design. It also
provides a range of fonts and lettering features for
Note Use the procedure outlined in the System adding monograms and creative lettering to your
Setup chapter to install JANOME Digitizer MBX on designs. With EasyDesign you can:
your computer as new.
JANOME Digitizer MBX Instruction Book 2
Chapter 1 Introduction
Create a new design. Save files in a number of file formats, including

Create embroidery objects using the digitizing the standard JEF and SEW formats.
tools. Save files in a number of file formats, including
Automatically create embroidery objects using the standard JEF format.
the Click-to-Design and Click-to-Stitch.
Use the image preparation tools to prepare
bitmap images ready for use as templates. Printed documentation
Add lettering and create monograms, using
different fonts and creative effects. JANOME Digitizer MBX provides you with a number
Insert or scan in an image to ‘trace’ a new of ways to access information about the software
design. and how to use it. With your JANOME Digitizer MBX
Resize, reshape, mirror and rotate individual installation CD you will have received the following
objects in the design. printed documentation:
Travel through the design to view the stitching
sequence. Quick Start Guide
View or print out information sheets about your This printed Quick Start Guide (Full Kit only)
design, detailing the number of stitches and contains setup instructions as well as a simple
colors it uses. project to introduce new users to basic JANOME
Create special effects, such as appliqué, objects Digitizer MBX design creation. It also includes a
with holes and feathered edging. Quick Reference providing descriptions of software
Select different stitch types to fill or outline a commands and tools as well as a list of available
shape. shortcut keys.
Set up and change object values.
Vary the angle of stitching.
Change the stitching sequence. Onscreen information
Split the stitch blocks to separate parts of a
design. Onscreen documentation is provided in two
Load and view designs from your hard disk or formats – HTML Onscreen Help and Adobe Acrobat.
any removal media. These can be designs from
another embroidery software package. Release Notes
Save files in a number of file formats, including The Release Notes are included as part of the
the standard JAN format. software installation and can be accessed via the
Help menu. They provide direct links to the
EasyEdit
relevant sections of the Instruction Book.
EasyEdit is based on the traditional embroidery
format, where an entire design is a single object, Workbook
made up of individual stitches. EasyEdit lets you The Workbook is included as part of the software
take a stitch-based design, and resize or transform installation and can be accessed via the Help
it as a whole, or modify individual stitches for menu. This provides an overview of the product
subtle changes and fine-tuning. With EasyEdit you features together with an introduction to the user
can: interface and basic procedures. It also contains a
Open an existing design. section including a number of projects designed to
Select and edit individual stitches. introduce users to certain styles of embroidery
Split the stitch blocks to separate parts of a work together with a suggested workflow which
design. you can apply to any project. The Workbook
Cut, copy, duplicate and paste stitch blocks. provides direct links to the relevant sections of the
Instruction Book.
Resize, mirror and rotate stitch blocks.
Travel through the design to view stitching Instruction Book
sequence.
The Instruction Book is also included as part of the
Load and view designs from your hard disk or
software installation and can be accessed via the
any removal media. These can be designs from
Help menu. This manual contains hundreds of
another embroidery software package.
step-by-step instructions together with samples Fit in Window

and screen images. These are intended to be used Actual Size Fit Width Zoom dropdown
as a reference, not a tutorial. The manual
documents the following product components:
EasyDesign, EasyEdit and Design Gallery.
Warning Screen illustrations in the user

documentation are intended to be representations,
not exact duplicates of the screen layouts
generated by the software. Procedural descriptions
may vary slightly from particular installations
depending on which default system settings are
activated.
Onscreen Help
Onscreen Help provides ready access to general
information on EasyDesign and EasyEdit features
Bookmarks Paging settings
and step-by-step instructions. It contains
Page turning controls
context-sensitive links from tools and dialog boxes
at the press of the F1 key.
3 Select the topic you want by clicking on its ‘Bookmark’.
4 Change the view magnification in any of the following
Viewing onscreen information ways:
Onscreen documentation can be accessed from the Click the Actual Size, or Fit in Window, or Fit
JANOME Digitizer MBX Programs folder or from the Width buttons.
Help menu in JANOME Digitizer MBX. You can read Select the Zoom In tool, then click anywhere on the
it with Adobe Acrobat™ Reader. Quickly search for page – each click increases the magnification.
the information you need using standard Adobe Click the Reader Zoom dropdown and select a
Acrobat™ Reader features. setting – try 200% if you want to look closely at
screen diagrams.
To view information onscreen 5 Use the page turning controls at the bottom of the
window to scroll backwards and forwards through the
1 Open JANOME Digitizer MBX and select the Help book or return to previous views.
menu.
2 Select the required document to open it in Adobe
Reader. Try this! For comprehensive information about using
the application, refer to the Adobe Reader Help menu.
Using onscreen help

Onscreen Help provides quick access to general
information on EasyDesign features and
step-by-step instructions. Two types are available
– Embroidery Help and Graphics Help.
To access onscreen help

1 Select Help from the menu bar.
Depending on which mode you are in – Graphics or
Embroidery – different options are available:
In Graphics mode you have sub-menus –
Embroidery Help and Graphics Help:
Accessing online support

You can access sales and support information
about the products easily from within the software.
Access onscreen help

in Graphics mode To access online support
Select Help > JANOME Web Page. You are directly
connected to the JANOME homepage at:
http://www.janome.com/
Note You must have a correctly configured web

browser on your system together with web access.
In Embroidery mode you are presented with

Embroidery Help only: Conventions used in the manual
Access onscreen This manual adopts the following conventions:

help in Embroidery
mode Commands
Commands on a submenu are referred to by both
the submenu and command name. For example
the Select All command in the Edit menu is
referred to as Edit > Select All.
2 Choose Onscreen Help from the dropdown list. Dialog boxes
The Help window opens.
Dialog boxes are referred to as ‘dialogs’ and are
3 Click Contents to display the main list of topics. shown in the manual only if they provide important
Topics are grouped under high-level headings with information on using JANOME Digitizer MBX. The
‘book’ icons. screen images provided are intended to be
4 Double-click a book to view the list of topics, then representations, not exact duplicates of the
double-click a topic. layouts generated by the software.
Alternatively, click Index or Search and enter
keywords to search on a specific subject. Mouse conventions
Instruction Symbol Action

Try this! Context-Sensitive Help is available in
Embroidery mode for both tools and dialogs by Click [ Click the left mouse button.
pressing the 1 key. Right-click ] Click the right mouse button.
Double-click . Click the mouse button twice
without moving the mouse.
Shift-click V + [ Hold down Shift and click a
mouse button.
Click OK [ or j Click OK with the mouse or press
Expanded tooltip the Enter key on the keyboard to
complete the action.
Link to onscreen help

Keyboard conventions
Shortcut Description
C + S While holding down the Control key
(Ctrl), press the lowercase letter S key.
C + V + H While holding down the Control key
(Ctrl), press Shift and the H key.
For a complete list of keyboard shortcuts, refer to the
Quick Reference Guide.
6
Chapter 2
System Setup
This chapter covers steps necessary to set up a new

JANOME Digitizer MBX system on your PC. You will
also need to connect peripheral devices for use with
JANOME Digitizer MBX including, of course, your
embroidery machine. Different devices are set up in
different ways – some in Windows, via the Control
Panel, others within JANOME Digitizer MBX itself. For
instructions on connecting devices to your computer
and setting up in Windows, see the documentation for
the device as well as your Microsoft Windows
documentation.
Installation checklist Step 5: Connect your machine to the PC. See

Connecting to your machine for details.
Use the following as a checklist of all necessary Step 6: If you are a new user, read carefully
steps to follow when installing and configuring your through the introductory chapters in the Onscreen
new JANOME Digitizer MBX. Manual provided with your JANOME Digitizer MBX
installation pack.
Step 1: Make sure your system meets the
system requirements. See System requirements Step 7: Both new and existing users should
for JANOME Digitizer MBX for details. read the onscreen Release Notes for an
understanding of new and improved features in
Step 2: When installing JANOME Digitizer MBX, this software release. You can access the onscreen
read through all necessary installation steps Release Notes via the Help menu of your JANOME
carefully before getting started. Digitizer MBX installation.
Step 3: When the installation is complete, you

will be prompted to restart your computer. System requirements for JANOME
Digitizer MBX
Step 4: Attach your security dongle only when
prompted. If you have an existing version of the
software and have been provided with an ‘upgrade To install JANOME Digitizer MBX on your computer,
dongle’, attach your old dongle as well. See also it must meet the following system requirements:
System security.
Chapter 2 System Setup
software will not work properly if the dongle is

Component Recommended unplugged from the computer while JANOME
CPU 2 GHz + Latest Intel or AMD 32-bit (x86) Digitizer MBX is open. In this event, the application
or 64-bit (x64) multicore processor may hang or crash and any open files may be
corrupted.
Operating Microsoft® Windows® 7 with latest
System service packs installed (32-bit or 64-bit
editions)
Internet † I.E. 8.0 or higher
Browser
Memory 2 GB (more if running multiple
(RAM) applications)
Hard Drive 80 GB or higher
Free Disk At least 20GB after installation
Space
Monitor Dual monitors capable of displaying
1280 X 1024 or higher
Graphics Support for DirectX 9 graphics with:
Card WDDM driver
512MB or higher of graphics memory
(non-integrated) JANOME Digitizer MBX Full Kit is shipped with a
Pixel Shader 2.0 in hardware USB security dongle. Each dongle has a unique
32 bits per pixel serial number and identity code so your system
Dual monitor capable can be uniquely recognized. The security device
Data drives DVD-ROM drive for software plugs into a USB port on your computer. If your
installation computer does not have a USB port, you will need
Dual layer DVD-ROM for Extras DVD to install a USB card. Parallel port dongles are not
Scanner, Windows-compatible (any connection supported.
Printer, method – e.g. parallel, USB)
Plotter
Connection Warning The dongle is the most important and
valuable part of your system and should be treated
USB port Dedicated USB port for a USB dongle
with care. Always store it in a safe place when not
Mouse PS/2 or USB in use. The dongle is guaranteed against defects in
† Internet connection required by certain parts of the system as material and workmanship – under normal use and
well as for access to product information and online support. service when properly installed – for a period of 90
days from the date of delivery. If it is faulty, it may
be exchanged. If it is physically damaged, return it
to your distributor and a replacement can be
Warning You need to log on with Administrator purchased. However, in case of loss or theft, you
level rights in order to install the software. will need to purchase an entire JANOME
Adobe Acrobat Reader Digitizer MBX replacement system. For this reason,
you should consider insuring your dongle.
In addition to JANOME Digitizer MBX, you will
require a recent version of Adobe Acrobat Reader. Upgrading dongles
If not already installed on your system, this can be If you are upgrading from an earlier version of
downloaded from the Adobe website. JANOME Digitizer MBX, you will need to upgrade
the previous dongle using the ‘upgrade dongle’
from the Upgrade Kit. Follow the dongle upgrade
System security process after the computer is rebooted in order to
transfer serial number and identity code from the
JANOME Digitizer MBX is controlled by a security old dongle to the new. While JANOME Digitizer MBX
device or ‘dongle’ attached to the computer. The now only uses USB dongles, you can upgrade from
older-style parallel dongles as well as older USB Be aware of any messages from your firewall
dongles. See Installing JANOME Digitizer MBX software (standard in Windows XP) requesting you
upgrade for details. to block access to any components of the installing
software. Do not block any of the components.
Uninstalling previous versions of the 2 Back up your existing designs and user-defined motif
software files to a safe location.
If you are upgrading from a previous version of This will prevent any accidental loss of data.
JANOME Digitizer MBX, you are advised not to 3 Insert the JANOME Digitizer MBX Installation
remove any earlier versions until after installing CD-ROM.
the new software. This gives you the option of A Welcome screen is displayed.
merging user-defined settings, including
user-defined motifs, into the new installation.
Installing JANOME Digitizer MBX
4 Click Next.
The License Agreement appears.
5 Read the license agreement. Click Print as required.
The Next button remains grayed out until the ‘I accept
the terms of the license agreement’ option is selected.
6 Click Next to proceed.
The Dongle Validation screen appears.
upgrade
Use the procedure outlined below to upgrade an 7 Attach your new upgrade dongle.
existing installation to the latest JANOME 8 Click OK to proceed.
Digitizer MBX.
Upon detecting the new dongle, the Attach Old and
New Dongles screen appears.
Note With your upgrade kit, you will have received
an ‘upgrade dongle’. You will need to attach this
together with your old dongle when prompted to
do so. See also System security.
To install a JANOME Digitizer MBX upgrade

1 Close all programs but leave MS Windows® running.
This includes any precursor JANOME Digitizer MBX.
Disable any virus scanning software you might be
running in the background.
Component Description
Samples Sample embroidery designs and
images – installed to the Embroidery
Album folder on your hard drive.
Release An electronic (onscreen) set of
Notes Release Notes – accessible via the
Help menu.
Extra In the multilingual version, extra
Languages languages are available. If onscreen
documents are available in the same
language(s) you select here – e.g.
French – these will be installed
automatically. If documents are not
available in your selected languages,
English documents will be installed.
9 Attach your old dongle and click OK to proceed. After installation, you can switch
The Choose Destination Location screen appears. between languages using the Switch
By default, the JANOME Digitizer MBX is installed in Language utility in the Program folder.
the ..\Program Files (x86)\Janome\ folder.
Note Packaged sample designs and image files are Note Total available space is automatically detected
installed to a separate ..\Embroidery Album folder. and displayed. This updates automatically depending
on items selected.
10 Click Next to accept the defaults or click Change to
choose or create a different folder for the software 12 Click Next.
installation. When one or more earlier versions of the software are
The Select Features screen appears. detected, the Select Version screen appears. This
gives you the option of merging user-defined settings,
including user-defined motifs, from any previous
version into the current installation.
11 Select the components to install:

Note This will ensure that your embroidery machines
and other peripheral devices set up earlier will continue
to work after the new installation.
Embroidery Main JANOME Digitizer MBX product. 13 Select whether to merge versions and click Next.
Software
The Ready to Install screen appears.
Design The Design Gallery design browser 14 Click Install to proceed.
Gallery application.
Upon successful installation of the software and any
Onscreen Context-sensitive help – to invoke, use additional MS Windows® files that need updating, the
Help the F1 function key or click Help in the Installation Complete screen appears.
dialog boxes.
User Manual An electronic (onscreen) User Manual
– accessible via the Help menu.
15 Click Finish to restart your computer.
Warning Make sure you log back onto your PC after

the reboot in order to complete installation and
configuration. Do not remove your dongle during this
process.
Modifying an existing JANOME

Digitizer MBX installation
Whether you are updating your current JANOME

Digitizer MBX or wanting to uninstall it, you follow 4 Select the components to install or remove:
the same procedure. When you run the installation
program again, it will automatically detect if there
is an existing copy of JANOME Digitizer MBX on
your system and give you to option to modify, JANOME Main JANOME Digitizer MBX product.
repair or remove it. Digitizer MBX
Design The Design Gallery design browser
Gallery application.
To modify an existing JANOME Digitizer MBX
installation Onscreen Context-sensitive help – to invoke, use
Help the F1 function key or click Help in the
1 Close all programs but leave MS Windows® running. dialog boxes.
2 Insert the JANOME Digitizer MBX Installation Onscreen An electronic Onscreen Manual –
CD-ROM. Manual accessible via the Help menu.
If JANOME Digitizer MBX is already installed, the Samples Sample embroidery designs and
following Welcome screen appears. images – installed to the Embroidery
Album folder on your hard drive.
Release An electronic (onscreen) set of
Notes Release Notes – accessible via the
Help menu.
Extra In the multilingual version, extra
Languages languages are available. If onscreen
documents are available in the same
language(s) you select here – e.g.
French – these will be installed
3 Choose the required option – Modify, Repair, Remove automatically. If documents are not
– and click Next. available in your selected languages,
English documents will be installed.
If you choose to modify or repair your current
After installation, you can switch
installation, the Select Features screen will appear.
between languages using the Switch
Language utility in the Program folder.
Note Total available space is automatically detected Note If your computer is a laptop, there may be a
and displayed. This updates automatically depending slot where you can insert the ATA PC card and its
on items selected. adapter directly. If you have desktop computer,
5 Click Next. you may need an ATA PC card reader/writer
The Ready to Install screen appears. connected to a USB port.
6 Click Install. USB memory sticks
Upon successful installation of the software and any
additional MS Windows® files that need updating, the The latest machine models can read from and write
Installation Complete screen appears. to USB memory sticks. These are very convenient
portable memory devices which can hold large
amounts of data in a small ‘stick’.
Connecting to your machine
Supported machine models
Once you have successfully installed and tested With both EasyDesign and EasyEdit, JANOME
your JANOME Digitizer MBX, you can attach your Digitizer MBX is able to automatically detect which
machine to your computer. To connect supported type of supported machine is currently connected
machines to a PC, you need to use a USB cable to the PC USB port. The Machine menu items are
connected to your PC USB port. See your machine determined by the type of machine connected to
manual for details on connecting to computer. the PC. If no machine is detected, all menu items
will be grayed out. Your distributor will advise you
Direct connection about supported machine types.
JANOME Digitizer MBX is able to automatically Supported connections
detect which type of supported machine is
currently connected to the PC USB port. The The following connection types are supported:
Machine menu items are determined by the type of
machine connected to the PC. If no machine is Machine DC† ATA‡ USB^
detected, all menu items will be grayed out. Your
MC15000 z z
distributor will advise you about supported
machine types. See also Sending & writing MC12000 z z
designs. MC11000 z z z
MC10001 z z
MC10000 V3.x z z
Note Before design files are sent to machine, they
are automatically converted to JEF or JPX stitch file MC10000 V2.2 z z
format. MC9900 z
MC9700 z
Supported memory cards
MC9500 z
Besides USB connection, you can write to ATA PC
card – ‘flash memory’ – as you would save to MC300E z
floppy disk. The ATA PC card is a PCMCIA standard MC350E z z
PC memory card that is used for storing designs in MC200E z
JEF format to be read/written from/to machine. NS-1 z
The ATA PC card is designated as a drive in your
computer. The drive designation may become E: or MB-4 z z z
F: or some other letter. After writing your design, † DC = Direct Connection: See Linking your PC by
you simply insert the card into the ATA PC card slot USB cable for details.
of your machine (if supported), and read the
‡ ATA = ATA PC card. Must be upgraded to Version
design.
2.21. See http://www.janome.com/.
^ USB = USB memory stick.
MB-4 machine Installing USB drivers for direct

The MB-4 machine supports direct connection. You machine connection
can download designs to the machine’s internal
memory, or to an ATA Card or USB stick attached
to the machine. Direct connection for the MB-4 USB drivers for direct machine connection are
machine is, however, only available in the JANOME included on your JANOME Digitizer MBX
Digitizer MBX product level. Installation CD. You need to install them when
connecting your machine to PC. The Hardware
Wizard automatically searches for the correct
Linking your PC by USB cable
drivers and guides you through the process.
All the supported MS Windows® operating
systems support the use of a USB cable to connect Installing drivers for Windows XP
a supported machine directly to your PC, provided
your PC has a USB port installed. If you are running Windows XP, use the following
procedure to install the required USB drivers.
To link your PC by USB cable

To install a USB driver for Windows XP
1 Turn on your PC and sewing machine.
1 Connect your machine to the computer with the USB
2 Connect the Type A connector to the PC and the
cable and turn on both.
Type B connector to the sewing machine.
The computer will search for new hardware and prompt
you to install a device driver.
Type B
connector
2 Select No to the MS Windows® Update and click

USB cable
Next.
(12 Mb/s)
Type A
connector
Note Do not turn the PC or sewing machine off before

setup is complete.
3 Install the USB driver for the sewing machine.
Note This setup procedure is only necessary on first

usage. The cable can be disconnected with the power
on or off.
3 Select the automatic installation options, insert your
installation CD into the CD ROM drive, and click Next.
The installation will search for a suitable device driver
and prompt you to choose if it finds more than one copy
on your system.
To install a USB driver for MS Windows®

Vista/7
1 Connect your machine to the computer with the USB
cable and turn on both.
The computer will detect the machine and Windows
Update will search for a device driver. You will see the
message below on the task bar.
Note The Jsmc860 device drivers are copied to the

hard drive when the software is installed and don’t
actually require the installation CD. The multi-needle Note This may take up to 10 minutes to display.
machine requires the installation CD while the wizard is 2 Click the message to display the following dialog.
running in order for the Jsmc860 device drivers to be
installed.
4 Choose an option and click Next to start installing.
The following dialog appears when installation is
complete.
Note Do not be alarmed by this message – it is just

part of the process. Just continue with the instructions
below.
3 Click Close.
4 Click Start, right-click Computer, and select Manage.
5 Click Finish to close and restart your computer.
Installing drivers for MS Windows®

Vista/7
Select
If you are running MS Windows® Vista or 7, use Manage
the following procedure to install the USB drivers.
The machine USB drivers for 64 bit operating
systems are included on your JANOME
Digitizer MBX Installation CD. You need to install
them when connecting your machine to PC.
5 Select Device Manager in the left hand pane.
Note There are two drivers: 770 or JsmcMul
Device (for multi-needle embroidery machine),
and 860 or Jsmc860 Device. The dialogs below
show the multi needle embroidery machine.
9 Select the arrow beside Computer and select the

DVD/CD drive and insert the software disc if not
already inserted.
Select
Device
Manager
Click arrow
6 Under Other Devices, right click 770 and select

Update Driver Software.
Note For 32 bit operating systems you will have to

browse to the specific 32 bit driver folder for your
machine.
10 Click OK and then Next.
Select ‘Update
Driver Software’ The Windows Security dialog is displayed when
MS Windows® Vista/7 finds the drivers on the CD.
11 Click Install.
When successfully installed, the following dialog
appears.
7 Click ‘Browse my computer for driver software’.
12 Click Close.
Click ‘Browse my
computer ...’ The driver installation is now complete and the
machine can be accessed from within JANOME
8 Click the Browse button. Digitizer MBX. The machine can now be seen in
Device Manager as JsmcMul Device or Jsmc860
Device.
Setting up scanners
Click Browse
button
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports
TWAIN-compatible scanners.
Note Peripheral devices can be connected to your

computer via serial ports, parallel ports, a
specialized network card or an ethernet network.
To set up scanners
1 Connect the scanner using the accompanying
instructions.
2 Set it up in MS Windows® using the accompanying Measure
height
instructions and/or the MS Windows® documentation.
3 Start JANOME Digitizer MBX.
4 Select Image > Scanner Setup.
The Select Source dialog opens displaying a list of
scanner drivers loaded on your computer.
Measure width
2 Measure the height and width of the dialog box.

3 Enter the measurement in the Width and Height
fields.
4 Click OK to confirm.
5 Select the scanning driver to use, then click Select.
Note If you have trouble with scanning after re-starting

JANOME Digitizer MBX, there may be a conflict with
previously installed scanner drivers. Re-install
JANOME Digitizer MBX and test the scanner. If the
selected scanner driver does not work in JANOME
Digitizer MBX, select another scanner driver from the
list. There are usually two installed for each scanner.
Calibrating the monitor
You need to calibrate your monitor so that designs

at 1:1 scale appear at real size. Do this when you
first install EasyDesign or whenever you change
your monitor.
To calibrate the monitor

1 Select Setup > Screen Calibration.
The Screen Calibration dialog opens.
16
Chapter 3
Introduction to
Embroidery Digitizing
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides embroiderers with a fast, flexible way of

creating and editing embroidery designs. This section provides an overview of
the embroidery digitizing process as it applies to JANOME Digitizer MBX.
Planning designs Using artwork
Good embroidery quality starts with good design. Unless you are an experienced digitizer, do not use
Of course you need a good quality machine to artwork which is complicated. Possible sources for
stitch it out. But then you need to use the correct suitable artwork include:
fabric, threads, backings, tensions, and so on. books of embroidery patterns and children’s
Keep the following points in mind. story books
Design looks Details are printed table cloths or tea towels
good – shapes, clearly business cards, post cards and wrapping paper
colors, balance defined clip art libraries of your word processing or
graphics program
Internet or CD clipart libraries
Stitches are Stitches are samples in the EasyDesign ..\Embroidery Album
angled to neat, smooth folder
match shapes and even
original artwork – e.g. children’s drawings.
Shapes are Shapes are

filled with stitched Try this! Be sure to check the copyright for any
correct fill and correctly – no
outline stitches unwanted gaps
images you do not create yourself. If unsure,
Lettering is clear and contact the company and seek permission to use.
easy to read
Using electronic artwork
The stitched-out design should also have the Artwork can be inserted, pasted or scanned into
following characteristics: EasyDesign for use as digitizing templates or
‘backdrops’. There are two broad categories of
The design stitches efficiently on the machine. artwork file, both of which can be imported into
The fabric has not puckered around the stitched EasyDesign for use as digitizing backdrops:
areas.
Bitmap images: These consist of colored dots or
The design is free of loose ends.
pixels. When you zoom in on a small area, the
outlines become jagged and appear as a series
of pixels.
Chapter 3 Introduction to Embroidery Digitizing
Vector images: These consist of outlines which

may be colored and may have colored fills.
Note For a full description of the CorelDRAW®
To create good quality embroidery, you need to Essentials tools, refer to the electronic User Guide
choose suitable artwork of either format. Artwork available via the Windows Start > Programs group.
that is not in digital format needs to be scanned Alternatively, use the onscreen help available from
correctly to produce good quality images. For both the Help menu.
manual and automatic digitizing purposes, ‘clean’
artwork with a limited number of solid colors and Automatic & manual digitizing
well-defined outlines works best. See Digitizing
To convert artwork to embroidery, you trace
with Backdrops for details.
shapes and lines using a variety of digitizing or
‘input’ methods.
8 9
4
5 7
3 6 10
2 12 11
Bitmap image scaled and Areas recolored and 1

background removed – ready outlines improved – ready
for manual digitizing for automatic digitizing If you take a mixed-mode approach, you may do
the bulk of the design by means of automatic
Generally speaking, vector graphics preserve the conversion, and touch-ups and edits using
picture quality when resized, whereas bitmap EasyDesign digitizing tools. See Automatic
images cause problems of pixelation and image Digitizing for details.
degradation when enlarged or scaled down. In
order to make bitmap images more suitable for Design shapes & stitching sequence
automatic digitizing, EasyDesign provides image Before digitizing, you need to analyze and plan
processing capabilities. See Preparing Images for design shapes and stitching sequence carefully.
Automatic Digitizing for details. Design shapes need to be clearly defined to make
them easy to embroider. The best shapes have
relatively constant width, with smooth edges, no
sharp turns and no small, protruding details.
3 4
Design modes
There are two fundamental design modes in 1 2
EasyDesign:
Graphics: This mode allows you to create or edit
graphic designs using the CorelDRAW®
Essentials toolset.
Embroidery: This mode allows you to create and
edit embroidery designs using an embroidery 5
digitizing toolset.
The design sequence defines the stitching
sequence, or order in which shapes are stitched
out on the machine. Of course you can always
change the sequence to improve the stitchout – for
example, to minimize color changes. Details

should be stitched last.
Object-based embroidery
In EasyDesign, you build designs from basic

shapes or ‘embroidery objects’. These are like
ordinary vector objects in that they have certain
defining ‘object details’ such as color, size,
No objects selected All objects selected
position, and so on. They also have properties
unique to embroidery such as stitch type and
density. Understanding stitching sequence
When working with
embroidery designs,
Note In EasyDesign, vector and embroidery you can check the
objects are in fact inter-convertible since they stitching sequence by
share many of the same characteristics. See ‘traveling’ through it by
Converting vector and embroidery objects for means of color blocks,
details. embroidery objects, or
even stitch-by-stitch.
Viewing embroidery objects Alternatively, simulate
EasyDesign provides many viewing modes to make the actual embroidery
it easier to work with your designs. View a design design stitchout on
at actual size or zoom in for more detail. Pan a screen. See Traveling
design instead of scrolling, or quickly change through designs for
between one view and the last. Show or hide details.
outlines, stitches themselves, or view designs in
Visualizer.
Digitizing embroidery shapes
In addition to automated and semi-automated

techniques, EasyDesign contains a suite of manual
digitizing tools. These are similar to graphics tools
except that the end result are embroidery rather
than vector objects. It is important to be familiar
with manual digitizing methods in order to fully
understand the process, the types of objects
created, and the problems associated with
Normal view Visualizer ON
embroidery digitizing.
Selecting embroidery objects Stitch types

EasyDesign provides various ways to select There are three basic stitch types available with
embroidery objects. Modify the design as a whole embroidery machines – Run Line, Satin and Weave
or select individual objects for more precise Fill. Everything else is a variant of these. The stitch
modification. The Resequence List provides an type you use depends on the object shape, size
easy way to select objects and colors in a design and the effect you want to achieve. See Outlines &
and access their details. Use it also to group and Fills for details.
ungroup, lock and unlock, and show and hide
objects. See Selecting Objects for details.
Use the Run Line tool to digitize lines of single or

triple run stitching. Run Line places a single row of
run stitches along a digitized line. See Creating run
Weave Fill for large lines for details.
shapes
Use Satin Line to digitize columns of constant
Embossed Fill for width. It is typically used for digitizing borders and
effects outlines of larger shapes. See Creating thick lines
& borders for details.
Satin for narrow
shapes Use Turning Angle Fill to digitize columns of
varying width and stitch angle. See Digitizing
turning fills for details.
Satin Fill creates a glossy, high-quality effect. It is
well suited to stitching narrow shapes or ‘columns’, Use the Parallel Fill tool to digitize large and
where each stitch traverses the width of the irregular shapes. Most shapes can be digitized with
column. See Creating satin fills for details. this tool. See Digitizing parallel fills for details.
Weave Fill stitch consists Thread colors & charts
of rows of run stitches
and is suitable for filling When you digitize, you select thread colors for
large, irregular shapes. each object you create from the Color Palette. New
You can select from many objects are digitized using the selected color.
attractive Weave Fill Select from a wide range of commercial thread
patterns. Generally the charts. See Thread Colors for details.
default size and spacing
will produce good results,
but you may want to
change details such as 1
stitch angles. See Creating weave fills for details.
Embossed Fill is a decorative 2
fill stitch in which the needle
penetrations form a tiled 3
pattern. Select from a wide
variety of available patterns.
See Creating embossed fills You need to decide how many different thread
for details. colors to use and the sequence in which they will
be stitched. Wherever possible, simplify the design
Input methods
to reduce the number of color changes. Always
Depending on the shape and start with the shapes at the back and work your
stitching you require, you use different ‘input way forward, layer-by-layer.
methods’ to enter ‘reference points’. Input
methods determine whether stitching is an outline, Object details, fabrics and templates
a border of curving stitches, or a fill of parallel Embroidery object details include general
stitches. characteristics such as size and position as well as
Column of varying width
embroidery-specific characteristics such as stitch
(Turning Angle Fill) type and density. The particular settings determine
how stitches will be regenerated when you
reshape, transform or scale an object.
Large irregular shape
(Parallel Fill)
Narrow column
(Satin Line)
Detail (Run Line)

Automatic digitizing
EasyDesign lets you convert vector objects directly

to embroidery objects. In fact, entire vector
designs can be converted to embroidery. You can
modify these as you wish. You can also convert
embroidery to vector graphics. See Converting
vector and embroidery objects for details.
When you start a new design, EasyDesign uses

default settings or ‘values’ stored in the fabric or
template. It provides a set of optimized settings to
take into account the type of fabric you are
stitching on. See Object Details, Fabrics &
Templates for details.
Embroidery quality Try this! CorelDRAW® also lets you trace bitmaps
to convert them to fully editable and scalable
Embroidery appearance and quality depends a lot
vector graphics. You can trace scanned sketches,
on underlay which serves as a foundation for the
artwork, digital photos, and logos and easily
cover stitching. Although it increases the stitch
integrate them into your designs.
count, underlay helps to stabilize fabrics and
reduce puckering and pulling especially on larger The Click-to-Stitch
designs. See Stabilizing with underlays for details. tools are useful for
quickly creating
embroidery objects
Without from images that do
underlay not require particular
artistic effects or
embroidery-specific
knowledge. This in turn
With frees you to spend
underlay more time on the
artistic or inherently
complicated areas of
your designs. See
Embroidery stitches pull fabric inward where the Digitizing images with
needle penetrates. This can cause gaps to appear Click-to-Stitch for
in the embroidery. For an object to sew out details.
correctly, it must have correct stitch spacing,
sufficient pull compensation together with a Click-to-Design automatically converts artwork to
suitable underlay for the combination of cover fully digitized embroidery with little or no
stitch type, object type, object shape and fabric. intervention. Various forms of artwork can be used
See Compensating for fabric stretch for details. – both bitmap and vector – and various levels of
user ‘assists’ applied to the process. See Digitizing
images with Click-to-Design for details.
Arranging & transforming objects

Use Photo Click to create embroidery from
You can change the
photographs or other images, color or grayscale. position, size and
Photo Click designs consist of rows of stitches of orientation of objects in a
varying spacing. The effect resembles the output
design by moving,
of a line printer. See Creating embroidery from scaling and transforming
photographs for details. them. Group objects
together to apply a
change to them all at
Modifying designs once, or lock them to
avoid unintentional
When you have digitized your modification. You can
design you can modify it as a modify objects directly
whole, edit individual objects on-screen or by changing
or even individual stitches. their settings. You can
EasyDesign lets you add to also access some of these functions using the
designs quickly by popup menu. See Arranging & Transforming
duplicating and copying Objects for details.
existing objects. It also lets
you combine designs by
inserting the contents of one Note The scalability and stitching quality of a
file into another. See design ultimately depend on its source. Only native
Combining objects & designs for details. JAN designs contain the complete set of design
information required for 100% perfect scaling and
transformation. See Embroidery design formats for
Note Before modifying any design, a good practice details.
is to save a copy under a new name and keep the
Reshaping & editing objects
original in case you want to discard your changes
and start again. JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you modify object
shapes by means of control points. These vary
Stitching sequence slightly with the object type.
Stitching sequence usually occurs in the order in
which the design was digitized. However, you can
change this by a variety of methods. The
Resequence List provides a sequential list of
objects grouped by object or color. It provides an
easy way to resequence selected objects and color
blocks. See Resequencing designs for details.
Use Backtrack and Repeat to reinforce outlines

Entry point Exit point
while specifying the direction of the stitching. Use
the Remove Overlaps tool to remove underlying
layers of stitching in overlapping objects. Use the
Cut Hole tool to cut holes in objects in order to
Curve control prevent a build-up of stitch layers where they are
point not needed.
Corner control
point
For some objects, you can also change control

points from corners to curves. Stitch angle
adjustments depend on the type of object you are
working with. You can also change entry and exit
points of individual objects. This is useful in order
to reduce the number of travel runs connecting
adjoining objects. See Reshaping & Editing Objects The Fill Holes function fills holes in selected Parallel
for details. Fill objects either by removing them altogether or
by creating new objects based on the holes in the
Stitch editing original object. See Filling holes in objects for
With JANOME Digitizer MBX details.
EasyDesign stitches are Use the Outlines & Offsets tool to add outlines to
automatically generated selected objects. The generated outline is an
from design outlines and independent object that can be reshaped or
properties. This means you modified as required. See Creating outlines &
can scale, transform and offsets for details.
reshape JANOME
Digitizer MBX designs
without affecting stitch
density or quality.
The EasyEdit application allows you to work with
traditional stitch-based designs in the SEW or JEF
format. Using EasyEdit, you can fine-tune your
designs without having to convert them to JAN
format. EasyEdit lets you edit individual stitches.
You simply select them like any other object and
move the needlepoint position as required. You
may need to do this particularly when working with
‘stitch’ files which do not contain design outline
data. See Stitch Editing for details. Branching is an advanced feature which lets you
digitize similar, overlapping objects – e.g. the
fingers of a hand, sections of a custom letter –
Advanced digitizing without having to think about the most efficient
stitching sequence and joins. See Branching
For the experienced embroidery digitizer, like-objects for details.
EasyDesign provides a range of advanced digitizing
Stitch effects
features to improve the look of your embroidery as
well as cater for different styles of embroidery. See JANOME Digitizer MBX provides specialized
Advanced Digitizing Techniques for details. digitizing features to enhance your embroidery.
See Stitch Effects for details.
Embroidery stamps & motifs

Embroidery Stamps are
pre-defined design
elements, such as
hearts, leaves or border
patterns. They generally
consist of one or more
simple objects made up
of Run and/or Satin
stitches. You use
Embroidery Stamps on
their own as decorative
elements.
Use Feather Edge to create rough edges, to create EasyDesign also provides a library of embroidery
shading effects, or to imitate fur or other fluffy motifs which can be linked together to create
textures in your design. Gradient Fill is an artistic ornamental runs and fills. Stamps are generally
stitch effect that gradually varies the stitch spacing much larger than the motifs used in Motif Runs and
between dense and open fill along an embroidery Motif Fills and contain Satin stitches, not just Run
object. It allows you to easily create different stitches. See Embroidery Stamps & Motifs for
shading and color effects. See Creating gradient fill details.
effects for details.
Appliqué
Automatically create all the stitching you need for
appliqué using the Auto Appliqué tool. Up to four
layers of stitching – guide runs, cutting lines, tack
stitches and cover stitches – can be generated for
any appliqué object, depending on current
settings. Choose a fabric or plain color to assign to
your appliqué patches. See Digitizing for Appliqué
for details.
In JANOME Digitizer MBX, the Travel on Edge
effect is typically used in combination with open
Weave Fill stitching to fill backgrounds or for
shading effects. The Ambience Quilting feature is
used to create ‘echo’ quilting designs.
Using the Partial Appliqué tool, you can create

overlapping appliqué objects with partial cover
stitching without doubling-up borders. See
Creating partial cover appliqué for details.
Embroidery lettering Monogramming

A monogram is a
design composed of
EasyDesign provides
one or more letters,
various techniques for
typically the initials
adding lettering to designs
of a name, used as
quickly and easily using
an identifying mark.
the built-in library of
The Monogramming
embroidery fonts or by
feature offers a
converting any TrueType
simple way to create
Font installed on your
personalized
system. Apply formatting
monograms using a
to lettering objects in the
selection of
same way as a word
pre-defined styles,
processor, including italics.
border shapes and
Orientation determines the ornaments, together
shape of lettering objects in a design. You can with a set of tools to
place lettering on a straight horizontal or vertical help you place these
baseline, curve lettering around a circle or arc elements in creative and decorative ways. See
baseline, or digitize your own. See Creating Monogramming for details.
Embroidery Lettering for details.
Special lettering features
Editing lettering
In addition to its built-in library of embroidery
EasyDesign gives you control over many settings alphabets, JANOME Digitizer MBX allows for the
affecting lettering objects. You can adjust objects conversion of any TrueType font installed on your
as a group as well as individual letters. system to an embroidery alphabet. The result is
similar to embroidery alphabets although the
quality may not be quite as high. See Converting
TrueType fonts to embroidery for details.
Add decorative borders such as rectangles, ovals,

and shields to designs. When you add a border, it
When you first create lettering, it may be too big
is automatically sized to fit the current design.
or too small. Size can be adjusted both
Apply Lettering Art effects to lettering objects to
interactively and via settings. Apart from scaling,
make them bulge or arch, stretch or compress. See
you can interactively skew and rotate lettering
Creating special effects with Lettering Art for
objects. Lettering orientation too can be adjusted
details.
on-screen. You may also want to change the stitch
settings and effects applying to lettering objects.
See Editing Embroidery Lettering for details.
Output, storage & design
management
You can output embroidery designs in a variety of

ways – saving to disk or sending directly to
machine for stitching. Designers frequently want

to distribute their designs so that they can be seen
in real colors, in Visualizer or otherwise. In
EasyDesign you can save both design images and
production worksheets to disk or email them. See
Reading & Writing Design Files for details.
By default EasyDesign saves to its native file
format, JAN. This format contains all information
necessary both for stitching a design and for later
modification. Saving a design records its file name,
location and format, and updates it with any
changes you make. JAN format files are
automatically compressed to reduce storage,
making it possible to save large files.
Design gallery
Design Gallery provides an efficient way for
managing embroidery designs. This design
management tool can access design files stored on
your computer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk.
It recognizes all design file formats used by
EasyDesign. See Design Management for details.
26
Part I
Basics
Designs created in EasyDesign are composed of ‘embroidery objects’. They

are called ‘objects’ because they are discrete entities which can be
manipulated independently of each other. Each object has certain defining
properties or ‘details’ such as color, size, position, and so on. The most
important property of an embroidery object is its stitch type.
Basic procedures
This section describes how to start JANOME Digitizer MBX EasyDesign and
JANOME Digitizer MBX EasyEdit, how to open designs, start new ones and
use the basic commands. It also explains how to turn on and off the grid and
hoop and measure distances on-screen. You will also find out how to save
designs. See Basic Procedures for details.
Viewing designs
This section explains the design viewing modes available in JANOME
Digitizer MBX as well as the various design viewing settings. It describes
how to view the stitching sequence in both EasyDesign and EasyEdit, and
how to view the stitching sequence in slow motion. Access to design
information is described, as well as viewing and hiding images. See Viewing
Designs for details.
Selecting objects
This section describes how to select objects using the selection tools and
keyboard. It shows how to select while traveling through the design and how
to select objects of a specific color. You can also select individual stitches in
EasyEdit. See Selecting Objects for details.
Grids & hoops

This section describes how to set grid spacing in JANOME Digitizer MBX. It
also covers changing hoops and defining your own custom hoops. It explains
splitting designs on an MA Hoop when sending to machine as well as
changing hoop backgrounds. See Grids & Hoops for details.
27
Chapter 4
Basic Procedures
To start using JANOME Digitizer MBX, you

need to know a few basic procedures such
as starting up, opening and creating
designs, and saving. Others include
showing and hiding the grid, displaying
and using toolbars.
JANOME Digitizer MBX is integrated with
the CorelDRAW® Essentials.
This section describes how to start the
software, how to open designs, start new
ones and save designs. It covers the use
of basic commands. It also explains how
to turn on and off the grid and hoop and
measure distances on-screen.
Starting JANOME Digitizer MBX

To start EasyDesign
JANOME Digitizer MBX consists of two main 1 Double-click the EasyDesign shortcut icon on the
programs – EasyDesign and EasyEdit. EasyDesign Windows desktop.
is used to create designs while EasyEdit is used to Alternatively, select Programs > JANOME
edit stitches in existing designs. There are two Digitizer MBX > EasyDesign from the Start menu.
fundamental design modes in EasyDesign: The Getting Started dialog opens.
Embroidery: This mode allows you to create and
edit embroidery objects using an embroidery
digitizing toolset.
Graphics: This mode allows you to create and
edit vector objects using the CorelDRAW®
Essentials toolset.
Starting EasyDesign
Double-click EasyDesign on the desktop to start

2 Choose the option which best suits your requirements:
EasyDesign.
Open EasyDesign using the desktop icon or the

Windows Start menu.
Chapter 4 Basic Procedures
Option Notes
Open an Use this option if you have an existing
existing design or want to use one of the
design packaged designs. See also Opening
designs in EasyDesign.
Digitize an Use this option if you have electronic
existing artwork which you want to use as a
image basis for a new design. See Digitizing
with Backdrops for details.
Free-hand Use this option if you want to create a
digitize new design using the available
digitizing tools within JANOME
Digitizer MBX.
If you select one of the second two options, the
Choose Fabric dialog opens. 4 Customize the design window by showing or hiding the
grid, changing the grid dimensions, and showing and
hiding toolbars. See Displaying grids and Showing or
hiding toolbars for details.
Select a fabric
EasyDesign operating modes
Click Switch & Convert > Switch to Graphics

Mode to switch to Graphics Mode without
conversion.
Click Switch & Convert > Switch to Embroidery
Recommended backing Mode to switch to Embroidery Mode without
and/or topping
conversion.
JANOME Digitizer MBX is integrated with the
CorelDRAW® Essentials. EasyDesign runs in what
is called Embroidery mode. Conversely,
3 Choose from a set of pre-defined fabrics. CorelDRAW® Essentials runs in Graphics mode.
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides a set of optimized These operating modes are accessed via the Switch
fabric settings so that the software will take into & Convert toolbar.
account the type of fabric you are stitching on. See
Working with fabrics for details.
If you select to free-hand digitize, EasyDesign opens in
Embroidery mode with a new, blank design.
Switch to Graphics Switch to
mode Embroidery mode
Embroidery mode
Embroidery mode allows you to create and edit
embroidery objects using an embroidery digitizing
toolset.
Menu bar
Switch &
Convert toolbar
Standard toolbar
View toolbar
Edit toolbar
Lettering toolbar
Easy Layout
toolbar
Travel toolbar
Combine toolbar
Alignment toolbar
Digitize toolbox
Machine
Status toolbar
Docker toolbar Design window
Image Preparation
toolbar
Color palette
Status /
Prompt bars
Graphics mode
Graphics mode allows you to create and edit vector
objects using the CorelDRAW® Essentials toolset.
Menu bar
Switch & Convert

toolbar
Toolbox
Image toolbar
Design window
Color palette
Status / Prompt bars
EasyEdit opens with a new, blank design.

Note For a detailed description of the CorelDRAW®
interface, refer to the electronic User Guide
available via the Windows Start > Programs group.
Alternatively, use the onscreen help available from
the Graphics mode Help menu.
Starting EasyEdit
Double-click to start EasyEdit.
Open EasyEdit using the desktop icon or the

Windows Start menu. EasyEdit is used to edit
stitches in existing designs.
Customize the design window by showing or hiding the
grid, changing the grid dimensions, and showing an d
To start EasyEdit hiding toolbars. See Displaying grids and Showing or
Double-click the JANOME Digitizer MBX EasyEdit hiding toolbars for details.
shortcut icon on the Windows desktop.
Alternatively, select Programs > JANOME
Digitizer MBX > EasyEdit from the Start menu.
Creating and opening designs To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you
select.
To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you
JANOME Digitizer MBX is made up of two main select.
applications – EasyDesign and EasyEdit – both
5 Select the Preview checkbox to preview the design (for
launched from your Windows desktop. EasyDesign supported file formats) together with design data. This
is used for creating designs while EasyEdit is used includes stitch and color numbers, design height and
for modifying existing designs. width.
Warning If the security device is removed or loses Try this! For more information about a selected file,
connection while you are working in JANOME right-click in Windows Explorer and select Properties
Digitizer MBX, error messages will display. Cancel from the popup menu.
the messages, then exit JANOME Digitizer MBX. 6 Click Open.
You will lose any unsaved changes to your design.
Re-attach the security device to your computer, Opening designs in EasyEdit
making sure that it is firmly secured, then restart
JANOME Digitizer MBX.
Use Standard > Open to open an existing design.
Opening designs in EasyDesign
EasyEdit opens JEF and SEW files. See Embroidery
design formats for details.
Use Standard > Open to open an existing design.
EasyDesign opens JAN files. See Embroidery Warning You cannot open files created with a later
design formats for details. version of the software to the one you are running.
Warning You cannot open files created with a later To open a design in EasyEdit
version of the software to the one you are running. 1 Click the Open icon.
The Open dialog opens.
To open a design in EasyDesign
1 Click the Open icon.
2 Select a folder from the Look In list.

3 If the design is not in JEF format, select a file type from
the Files of Type list.
4 Select a design or designs.
To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you
3 If the design is not in JAN format, select a file type from
select.
the Files of Type list.
4 Select a design or designs.
select.
5 Click Open.
Switching between EasyDesign and

EasyEdit
JANOME Digitizer MBX allows you to quickly switch
between the EasyDesign window and the Easy Edit
window with a single click. EasyDesign-to-EasyEdit
is accessed by clicking the Switch to EasyEdit icon
located on the Standard toolbar in EasyDesign. The
reverse is available on the Standard toolbar in Click the icon to activate the command.
EasyEdit. When switching, you are prompted to Access flyouts on the Digitize toolbar by clicking the
save any changes you have made. flyout arrow which appears in the bottom left corner of
the tool. The flyout remains open until you select any
enabled tool.
Click to switch to EasyEdit
Flyout arrows
Flyout toolbar
Click to switch to EasyDesign
Using commands
Once you start JANOME Digitizer MBX, you use

commands or tools, and dialogs to complete your
tasks. You select commands in the same way as To close the flyout without selecting anything, simply
other Windows applications – from menus, click anywhere outside it.
toolbars, or popup menus.
Showing or hiding toolbars
Try this! Keyboard shortcuts are also available for Toolbars provide quick and easy access to JANOME
the most frequently used commands. See Quick Digitizer MBX commands. You can choose to show
Reference for details. or hide them for convenience.
Selecting commands from toolbars

Try this! To increase your working area, hide
Toolbars provide quick and easy access to JANOME unwanted toolbars and use the menu and
Digitizer MBX commands. Some of these keyboard commands instead. See Quick Reference
commands are also available from dropdown for details.
menus. Click a toolbar icon to activate a command.
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides ‘flyout toolbars’
from the Digitize toolbar in order to minimize To show or hide toolbars
crowding. Selecting a tool on the flyout toolbar Select View > Toolbars.
causes it to become the active tool on the Digitize
The following toolbars are available to you in JANOME
toolbar. Digitizer MBX.
To select commands from toolbars

Rest the pointer over a tool icon to see its name in a
‘tooltip’.
Right-click to invoke
popup menu
Select toolbars
to display
Select the toolbars you want to display. Design window Resequence List
Deselect the toolbars you want to hide.
2 Select a command from the menu.
Note JANOME Digitizer MBX toolbars are dockable. Undoing & redoing commands
To move a toolbar to a more convenient location, click
and drag it. To dock it in its normal position,
double-click the toolbar title. Use Standard > Undo to undo a command.
Click edge of
toolbar then
Use Standard > Redo to reapply a command
drag it which has been ‘undone’.
You can undo the effects of most commands. If you

change your mind, you can redo them again.
Using popup menus JANOME Digitizer MBX remembers the last few
commands you used.
Generally speaking, popup menus of
context-specific commands can be accessed from
the design window as well as the Resequence List. To undo & redo commands
Right-clicking a selected object also opens a popup
menu containing relevant commands. To undo a command, click the Undo icon.
When JANOME Digitizer MBX cannot remember more
commands, Undo is dimmed.
To use popup menus Click Redo to re-apply an ‘undone’ command.
1 Right-click a selected object or objects in the design
window or modeless dialog such as the Resequence
List. Selecting machine models
A popup menu opens.
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports various sets of
machine model. Some JANOME MemoryCraft
machines can be connected by cable directly to
your PC via the USB port. Older-style machines do
not support direct connection but they do read
ATA PC cards and/or USB memory sticks. See also
Sending & writing designs.
To select a machine model

Click the Machine Model dropdown list on Standard
toolbar.
Send, receive and

Select machine delete designs from
model set machine
If you choose the MC9700, MC9500, MC300E,

MC350E, or MC200E option, the Machine menu is
effectively deactivated. You have the option of using
the External Media menu only. See Outputting to
Select one of the available machine model sets. MC9700 or lower machines for details.
This becomes the default machine type until you If you choose the MB-4 option, the Machine menu
change it. Menu options change depending on which items will appear as shown. See Outputting to MB-4
machine set is chosen: machine for details.
If you choose the MC15000, MC12000 or MC11000,
the Machine menu items will appear as shown. See
Outputting to MC15000 and MC12000 machines and
Outputting to MC11000 machines for details.
Send, receive and
delete designs from
machine
Send, receive and
delete designs from
machine
Creating new designs
If you choose the MC10001 and MC10000 V3.0 or

higher option, the Machine menu items will appear Click Standard > New to start a new design with
as shown. See Outputting to MC1000* machines for the NORMAL template.
details.
When you start JANOME Digitizer MBX, a new file
is automatically created. By default, the blank
design is based on the NORMAL template.
Send, receive and
delete designs from
Templates contain preset styles, defaults or
machine objects, to make digitizing quicker and easier. If
there are custom templates defined, a New dialog
will appear allowing you to choose a different
template to base your design on. See Working with
design templates for details.
If you choose the MC10000 V2.21 option, the
Machine menu items will appear as shown. See Try this! Whenever you create a new design, save
Outputting to MC10000 V2.21 machines for details.
it with a new name. See Saving designs for details.
To create new designs

Click the New icon.
A blank design opens in the design window. See also
Digitizing with Artwork.
To create new designs with a custom template, select
File > New.
The New dialog opens.
Select a template from the list and click OK.
Displaying hoops, grids, and rulers

Alternatively select View > Display Hoop.
Alternatively, right-click a blank part of the design
A representation of the selected hoop is displayed window. This brings up a popup menu:
in the design window. This provides a guideline for
sizing and positioning designs. Use grid and guide
lines to help accurately align or size embroidery
objects. Toggle hoop
display on/off
Displaying hoops
Click View > Display Hoop to toggle on to view

current hoop. Try this! You can change the grid spacing, drag the
slider. See Adjusting grid and guide settings for details.
Hoops are required to hold the fabric tight while
stitching on your machine. They are available in
Displaying grids
different sizes. A representation of the selected
hoop providing a guideline for sizing and
positioning your design is displayed in the design Click View > Display Grid to toggle on to display
window. See also Grids & Hoops. background grid.
You can show or hide the grid at any time.

Note The boundary of the working area within the
hoop is displayed as a thin red line. If any part of To display the grid
the design lies outside the stitching area for the
selected hoop, a warning appears when saving. Click the Display Grid icon to toggle grid display on or
This prevents you from accidentally stitching off.
outside this area and damaging your machine by Alternatively select View > Display Grid.
hitting the hoop with the needle. You can show or Alternatively, right-click a blank part of the design
hide the hoop at any time. window. This brings up a popup menu:
To display the hoop Toggle grid display

on/off
Click the Display Hoop icon to toggle hoop display on
or off.
Try this! You can change the grid spacing by dragging

the slider. See Adjusting grid and guide settings for
details.
Displaying rulers & guides Click-and-drag to

reset ruler zero
Click View > Show Rulers and Guides to toggle point
on rulers and guides.
Click-and-drag to
Drag the Ruler Zero Point to reset a new ruler reposition guides
zero point. Click ruler to
create new guide
Rulers are located to the top and left side of the
design window. The unit of measurement – mm or Drag guide off
inches – depends on the regional settings in the ruler to remove
Windows Control Panel. The ruler scale, illustrated
with numbers and ticks, depends on the zoom
setting. Guides are dotted vertical and horizontal
lines placed across the design window to help you
align objects. Each guide has a yellow guide handle
Reset the ruler zero point by clicking and dragging the
on the ruler that can be used to move or delete it.
box in the top left-hand corner of the design window to
Guides are displayed ‘on top’ of the grid, if present,
the required point in the design.
but ‘beneath’ vector objects and embroidery
objects. Rulers must be displayed before a guide The point where you release the mouse becomes the
new zero point – X,Y (0,0). The grid always aligns with
can be created.
the rulers. See also Adjusting grid and guide settings.
To create a guide, click on either ruler – horizontal or
Note By default, rulers and guides are switched vertical – and click-and-drag it into position. Multiple
guides can be created and just as easily removed.
on. When they are switched off, guides are hidden
but are stored in the design and will reappear when For more accurate positioning of guides, double-click
switched back on. the yellow handle. In the Guide Position dialog, enter
a precise distance from the zero point, and click OK.
To display rulers & guides

Toggle ruler display by any of the following means: Enter precise
Click the Show Rulers and Guides icon. position
Right-click a blank part of the design window. This
brings up a popup menu:
Toggle rulers and

guides on/off
Note The ruler zero and the design zero are not the
same and in general do not coincide. When the zero
point of the rulers is changed, the guides maintain their
current displacement from the zero point of the design,
not the zero point of the rulers.
Select Setup > Work Environment > Display tab To remove a guide, drag the yellow guide handle off the
and select the Display Rulers and Guides option. design window.
Try this! You can turn Snap to Grid and Snap to

Guide on or off in the Work Environment dialog. See
also Adjusting grid and guide settings.
Show Rulers
Measuring distances on screen
and Guides
Use View > Measuring Tape to measure distances
on-screen.
Select View > Display Rulers and Guides option.
Measure the distance between two points on

screen using the Measuring Tape command.
Measurements are shown in millimeters or inches,
depending on the option selected in the Windows Select desired
Control Panel. See your Windows documentation measurement unit
for more information.
The first time you run EasyDesign, the
measurement system will default to whatever the
Try this! For more accurate results, zoom in before operating system is using. If you change it in the
you measure. The measurement is always the software, the selected measurement system will
actual size, and is not affected by the zoom factor. default the next time you run it.
To measure a distance on-screen Note Technically, when you select ‘U.S.’, you will
1 Select View > Measuring Tape. get the imperial measurement system – inches,
2 Click the start point. feet, and yards.
3 Move the pointer to the end point and hold the mouse Ripple-on effects
still.
Changing the measurement system will change the
The tooltip displays the length of the measured line
units used by most (but not all) controls. Stitch
together with the stitch angle.
length and density controls will change to reflect
the measurement system.
4 Press Esc to finish.
Stitch length and density

Note You can also check the width and height of your controls change to inches
design in the status bar.
Note JANOME MemoryCraft machines have a dual

measurement system which allows them to show
Setting measurement units stitch lengths as fractions of inches.
Use View > Design Measurement System to Specifying measurement units on-the-fly
change the measurement system used by the As an alternative to changing the overall
software. measurement system used in EasyDesign, you can
specify units of measurement when typing values
You can use different measurement units within
into a measurement control. When you include the
EasyDesign without having to exit and change
unit of measurement, the software automatically
system settings. This is useful, for example, if you
converts the entered value into the units of the
receive orders from places that use a different
control.
measurement system. The most common scenario
is where a US customer orders lettering in inches
– say ¾" – and the digitizing is to be done in
metric. The digitizer can then easily enter ‘3/4"’
without having to first do any mathematical
conversion to mm.
Changing the measurement system

The measurement system may be changed via a
dropdown list on the View toolbar:
Say, for example, you are using the metric

measurement system so your lettering heights are
in mm. And say you get an order for ¾" lettering. Try this! Save your design early and often. Do not
Simply enter ‘3/4in’ or ‘3/4 in’ into the Lettering wait until you finish working. You can also set
Height field and it is automatically converted to JANOME Digitizer MBX to save automatically while
19.1mm. See also Creating lettering in Embroidery you work. See Setting automatic save options for
mode. details.
To save a design
Note EasyDesign supports both proper and
improper fractions – e.g. ‘1 1/3’ as well as ‘4/3’. It 1 Click the Save icon.
does not, however, support mixed units – e.g. 1'3". If this is the first time you have saved the design, the
Nor does it display values as fractions after they Save As dialog opens.
are entered, only during.
Supported units Try this! To save changes to an existing file but

preserve the original, use Save As.
Supported units include:
Folder containing design
millimeters, mm
inches, in
feet, ft
yards, yd
centimeters, cm
meters, m
Try this! EasyDesign also allows entering units in

text form, both English and the language the
software is currently running in.
Saving designs
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you save designs in

native JAN as well as other ‘outline’ and ‘stitch’ file Design name Format list
formats. See Embroidery design formats for
details.
2 Select the folder where you want to save the design
from the Save In list.
Saving current design
3 Enter a name for the design in the File name field.
4 Select a file format from the Save as type list. See
Use Standard > Save to save the current design. Supported embroidery file formats for details.
5 Click Save.
Saving a design records its file name, location and Once you have saved a design, every time you click
format, and updates it with any changes you Save on the toolbar the file will be updated.
make. When you save an existing design under a
new name, to a different location or format, you
create a copy of the original design. See Saving Try this! Files saved in JAN format are automatically
designs for machine for details. compressed when saved and decompressed when
re-opened. This reduces the storage space required,
and makes it possible to save large files for sending as
email attachments.
Setting automatic save options

To set scrolling options
Select Setup > Work Environment to set automatic save
options. 1 Select Setup > Work Environment.
The Work Environment dialog opens.
Save your work automatically at regular intervals
2 Select the Scrolling tab.
using Auto Save to protect you from losing work in
the event of hardware or software failure. See also
Problem recovering design files from backup folder.
To set automatic save options

1 Select Setup > Work Environment. Select Auto Scroll
and Move Pointer
The Work Environment > Display dialog opens. After Scroll
2 Select the Autosave tab.
Adjust auto-scroll
speed and pointer
position
Select
Autosave
Select desired
3 Select the Auto Save Design Every checkbox. action for your
4 Enter the auto-save frequency in the Minutes field. mouse wheel
The design will be saved in the BACKUP folder of your

JANOME Digitizer MBX installation. It will have the 3 Adjust Auto Scroll options as required:
same name as the original file with the extension BAK.
Option Purpose
Warning Backup files remain in the Backup folder Auto Scroll Tick checkbox to enable automatic
until you delete them. To prevent the folder from using scrolling while digitizing.
too much hard disk space, delete unwanted files
regularly. Move Pointer Tick checkbox to force pointer to
After Scroll move with the current cursor position
5 Click OK. after each scroll.
Response Enter smaller values to increase
Setting scrolling options Time scrolling speed.
The effect of the Auto Scroll setting only becomes
apparent when you start to digitize. The design window
The Work Environment > Scrolling tab allows you to automatically scrolls to follow the current cursor
control the behavior of both mouse and mouse position.
wheel within EasyDesign. Use Auto Scroll to scroll
4 Select the pointer position after scrolling from the Move
automatically within the design window while
Pointer To list:
digitizing. This can be more convenient than using
panning or scroll bars, especially when working on
large designs. The dialog also allows you to set
four different mouse wheel behaviors based on
your selection of default options. Whenever a
setting is changed, the system will recommend the
other mouse wheel behaviors, but you have
complete control to change as desired.
Option Purpose
Center Center of the window. Use this
setting for large movements.
Midway Halfway between the original pointer
position and the center of the
window. Use this setting for smaller
movements – e.g. when zooming into
a small area of the design.
Corner The edge of the screen. Use this
setting for slow scrolling.
5 Set the precise behavior of your mouse wheel action as
desired.
The same four options are available for use when
deploying the mouse wheel on its own or in
combination with Alt, Ctrl, and Shift keystrokes. That
is, you can program the wheel to scroll horizontally,
vertically, or zoom by preset factors.
6 Tick Center Pointer when Zooming to ensure that the
pointer stays centered on screen at all times.
7 Click OK.
Try this! Hold down the Shift key to temporarily

deactivate Auto Scroll.
41
Chapter 5
Viewing Designs
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides many

viewing features to make it easier to
work with your design. Zoom in on an
area to see more detail or view the
design at actual size. Show or hide
various design elements with the
available display settings. You can
show or hide needle penetration
points, connectors and the stitches
themselves.
JANOME Digitizer MBX also provides
information about designs in a variety
of ways and formats. Before even
opening JANOME Digitizer MBX or your
design, you can check the design information for JAN or JEF files directly from
Windows Explorer. The design printout too provides essential production
information, including a design preview, the size of the design, color sequence
and any special instructions.
This section explains the design viewing modes available in JANOME
Digitizer MBX as well as the various design viewing settings. It describes how
to view the stitching sequence in both EasyDesign and EasyEdit, and how to
view the stitching sequence in slow motion. Access to design information is
described, as well as viewing and hiding images.
Showing & hiding backdrops artwork in Embroidery mode for use as digitizing
‘backdrops’. EasyDesign provides techniques to
selectively activate or deactivate display of
Click View > Display Images to toggle on to embroidery, vector and/or bitmap artwork in both
display bitmap images in the design window. modes. Depending on the view options set up in
the Options dialog, the image displays in full color,
Click View > Display Vectors to toggle on to or dimmed. Conversely, in Graphics mode, you
display vector graphics in design window. have the option of turning on or off the embroidery
Use Switch & Convert > Show Embroidery to display.
toggle on/off display of embroidery objects in
Graphics mode.
In EasyDesign, artwork can be inserted, pasted or
scanned via Graphics mode. You can also insert
Chapter 5 Viewing Designs
Viewing design elements

To show & hide backdrops
In Embroidery mode, click the Display Images icon or JANOME Digitizer MBX provides many viewing
press D. techniques to make it easier to work with your
Backdrop images are displayed. design. Zoom in on an area to see more detail or
view the design at actual size.
Viewing the whole design
Select View > Zoom > Whole Design to display the whole
design in the design window.
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides a number of
techniques for quickly displaying the whole design
in the design window.
Backdrop image visible Backdrop image hidden
Click the Display Vectors icon or press Shift + D. To view the whole design
Vector graphics are displayed. To view the whole design:
Select View > Zoom > Whole Design.
Select View > Show > All Objects.
Press 0.
To view the whole hoop:
Select View > Zoom > Whole Hoop.
Press /.
To display selected objects in the window:
Select View > Show > Selected Objects only.
Vector graphic visible Vector graphic hidden
To hide graphics, click the toggle again.

Toggle on or off the Show Embroidery icon in
Graphics mode.
To display selected colors in the window, select View >

Show > Selected Colors only. See also Design
viewing modes.
Viewing parts of a design

Vector objects Only vector objects
showing with embroidery objects showing Select View > Show > Selected Objects Only to show
selected objects in a design.
You can set your system to display all embroidery
Try this! So you don’t accidentally move or delete the
backdrop, select it and press K on the keyboard to lock objects in a design, or hide all but the selected
it down. See Locking objects for details. objects.
Click View > Zoom Out to display a design at half

To view parts of a design its current size.
Select the required object/s. Click View > Zoom Factor to zoom in on a
section of a design.
Select View > Zoom > Whole Hoop to view the
whole hooped area.
Select View > Zoom > Whole Design to view the
whole design.
Magnify your view of the design by zooming in on

individual stitches or details, or zoom out to display
more of the design in the window. In addition to
the scroll bars, panning provides a quick way to
view parts of a design which are not currently
visible in the design window. Panning is typically
used after zooming in on an area.
To zoom & pan a design

To display a design at twice its current size, select View
Select View > Show > Selected Objects Only. > Zoom In.
Only objects that are currently selected are visible. This To display a design at half its current size, select View
option is only available when objects are selected. > Zoom Out.
To display selected colors in the window, select View > To zoom in on a section of the design, click Zoom Box
Show > Selected Colors only. and select a zoom percentage.
To zoom in on a section of the design, press the B key
on your keyboard, then drag a bounding box around
the zoom area.
Select the colors to display and click OK. See also

Selecting and viewing objects with the Resequence Click & drag
List. bounding box around
area to zoom
To pan across a design in the design window, select

View > Pan or press P.
The cursor changes to a grabbing hand symbol. When
you click and hold, you can drag the image around to
reveal different parts of the design.
Zooming & panning designs
Click View > Zoom In to display a design at twice

its current size.
Click for
Click and drag to
zoom box
portion of design
you want to view
Click and hold again to pan to a different location. To

release the command, click Pan or press the ‘P’ key
again, or select another tool.
Press Esc to cancel tool selection. 2 To zoom in or out, click the Zoom button at the bottom
of the window and drag a bounding box around the
area to zoom.
Working with the Overview Window
Use View > Overview Window to view whole

Drag bounding
design in overview window as well as zoom and box around area
pan to selected parts. to zoom
Use the Overview Window to view a thumbnail of

the design. The window updates whenever you
make a change and can be used to zoom in or pan
across the design window. See also Zooming &
panning designs.
Note To change the view settings for the Overview

Window, click it to make it the active window. See
Design viewing modes for details.
To work with the Overview Window 3 To pan across the design, move the cursor inside the
zoom box – it changes to a four-way arrow cursor – and
1 Click the Overview Window icon. drag it.
The Overview window opens.
Drag zoom
box to area to
pan
Design viewing modes
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides a number of

viewing modes to selectively display design
details. Show or hide needle penetration points
and connectors. Show or hide selected colors.
Viewing designs in Visualizer
Click View > Visualizer to toggle to switch

between stitch view and simulation view.
EasyDesign only.
Visualizer offers a graphical representation of what Stitches OFF Stitches ON
the final embroidery will look like.
To hide connecting threads, view design in Visualizer
mode.
To view designs in Visualizer
Click the Visualizer icon to switch between Visualizer
and normal view. Note When toggling on the Visualizer toolbar button,
if stitches are currently not shown, the Show Stitches
button is toggled on automatically. See also Viewing
designs in Visualizer.
Viewing needle points
Use View > Display Needle Points to toggle on to

view needle points in the design - useful when you
want to select stitches for editing.
Normal view Visualizer ON EasyEdit lets you show or hide needle points in
your design. This is useful when you want to select
stitches for editing. See Stitch Editing for details.
Try this! Use Visualizer together with a background
fabric to see how your design will look when stitched
out. See Changing backgrounds for details. To view needle points
To show or hide needle points, click the Display
Viewing stitches Needle Points icon or select View > Display Needle
Points.
Use View > Display Stitches to toggle on to view
stitches in the design window.
EasyEdit lets you show or hide stitches in your Needle points

design. This is useful when you want to select displayed
stitches for editing. See Stitch Editing for details.
To view stitches
To show or hide needle points, click the Display
Stitches icon.
To show or hide needle points, select View > Display
Stitches. Try this! To hide connecting threads, view design in
Visualizer mode.
Viewing connectors Traveling through designs

JANOME Digitizer MBX automatically adds
connectors between objects in a design. When When working with embroidery designs, you need
connectors become long enough to trim, the to understand the stitching sequence. You can view
software adds tie-in and trim functions. These are a design’s stitching sequence in EasyDesign by
indicated by the symbols shown below. ‘traveling’ through it by colors or objects. JANOME
Digitizer MBX simulates stitching out by changing
Trim symbol stitches from black to their allocated thread color
as they are ‘stitched’.
Note You can also travel by stitches, to the start

or end of a design or travel by color, as well as edit
Tie-in symbol stitches in EasyEdit. See also Traveling through
designs in EasyEdit.
The MB-4 machine machine will, by default, tie-off

Traveling to the start or end of a design
and trim at the specified positions. This behavior is
alternately known as ‘Trim By Jumps’, ‘Jump Stitch
Use Travel > Jump to Start/End of Design in
Cutting’ or ‘Jump Thread Trimming’. However, the conjunction with Forward and Back icons to travel
MB-4 machine machine also allows you to switch to to the start or end of a design.
automatic machine trimming. This means that,
while the machine will tie off whenever it Click Travel > Forward to travel forwards through
encounters a tie-off function, it will only trim a design.
connectors longer than the length specified on the
Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through a
machine itself, regardless of whether there is a
design.
trim function in the stitch file. Other machines only
have the automatic machine trim function. These Use the Jump to Start/End of Design tool or
machines ignore any trim data in the stitch file. keyboard shortcuts to travel quickly to the start or
end of the stitching sequence. See also Appendices
& Index.
Note Old designs which have different connector
settings do not display trim symbols at all in some
cases where the machine actually trims. You can To travel to the start or end of a design
overcome this by inserting the old design into a
To travel to the start of the design, click the Jump to
new blank design. The old design will inherit the
Start/End of Design icon, then click the Back travel
new connector settings. icon.
The symbols shown below may also appear and are To travel to the end of the design, click the Jump to
helpful in understanding what appears on-screen. Start/End of Design icon, then click the Forward
travel icon.
Current stitch Alternatively, use the Home and End keys to jump to
cursor
start or end of the design.
Start of design Traveling by object
Use Travel > Jump by Object in conjunction with

Forward and Back icons to travel to the previous
End of design or next object.
Click Travel > Forward to travel forwards through
a design.
Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through

a design.
In EasyDesign, use the object travel tool or backwards by 1 stitch, the up and down arrows by
keyboard shortcuts to travel through the design by 10 stitches, and the keypad ‘+’ and ‘-’ by 100
object. This technique is useful if you need to stitches.
locate a specific object in order to insert another
object or delete it from the stitching sequence. Use +10
it in conjunction with the stitch travel tools if you
want to ‘nest’ an object. See Nesting objects for
details. See also Appendices & Index.
-1 +1
To travel by object -10

To travel to the previous or next object, click the Jump
by Object icon, then click the Back or Forward travel
icon. Note You can also travel by stitches, to the start
or end of a design or travel by color, as well as edit
stitches in EasyEdit. See also Traveling through
Note You cannot travel by object in EasyEdit. designs in EasyEdit.
Traveling by color
Simulating design stitchout
Use Travel > Jump by Color in conjunction with
Forward and Back icons to travel to the previous
or next color change. Use View > Slow Redraw to view the design
stitching and color sequence in slow motion.
a design. The Slow Redraw tool lets you simulate the
actual embroidery design stitchout on screen. Use
Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through a
it to view design stitching and color sequence in
design.
slow motion. Simulation can be started from any
Use the Jump by Color tool or keyboard shortcuts stitch in the design. Hide previously stitched areas
to travel through the design by color. This is useful as required. With larger designs, scroll
if you need to locate a specific color change in automatically so that the area being stitched
order to insert an object or delete it from the remains on screen.
stitching sequence. See also Appendices & Index.
Only bowling balls

redrawn – prior
stitching hidden
To travel by color
To travel to the previous or next color, click the Jump
by Color icon, then click the Back or Forward travel
icon.
Traveling by stitches
You can use the shortcut keys to travel by stitches Because Slow Redraw emulates the movements
through your design in EasyDesign. Press Esc, of the embroidery machine, you are able to make
then press the left and right arrows to jump decisions about how to optimize your design in
order to lessen the load on the machine. This is

particularly important if you intend to make
multiple stitchouts of the same design. It is good
practice to perform Slow Redraw on completed
designs for this reason.
Note Slow Redraw cannot be used with Stitch range set to

Visualizer. redraw from this
point
To simulate design stitchout

Click the Slow Redraw icon or press Shift+R.
The Slow Redraw dialog opens.
Adjust stitch range
Select simulation options as required:

Run simulation with
‘video’ controls
Control Function
Hide Hide all stitching prior to the current cursor
Control stitchout Simulation options Before position. Only design outlines are shown.
speed Auto With larger designs, scroll automatically so
Scroll that the area being stitched remains
Click the Play button. on-screen.
The design is redrawn on screen according to stitching
sequence.
Use the slider bar to adjust the simulation speed.
Viewing design information
Adjust control buttons as required:
Control Function Use Standard > Open to open an existing design.
Reverse Play backwards from current stitch. Click Standard > Print Preview to preview the
Play Play forwards from current stitch. design printout.
Pause Pause simulation at current stitch.
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides information about
Stop Stop simulation and return to beginning of
designs in a variety of ways. Before even opening
design.
JANOME Digitizer MBX, you can check design
Back to Redraw from start of design. information directly from Windows Explorer. The
Start Open dialog also gives you important file
To redraw only a section of the design, specify a start information. The status bar in the design window is
point for either forward or backward stitching in the another source of information about designs. The
Stitch Range field or via the slider control. print preview provides complete design
information.
To view design information

Click the Open icon.
The Open dialog shows limited information about
selected designs in the preview panel.
When you open a design, the status bar shows design

information such as total stitch count.
Total stitch Design Thread color of

count dimensions selected object
Click the Print Preview icon.

The print preview contains a design preview and
essential information, including the size of the design,
color sequence and any special stitching instructions.
See also Previewing printouts.
50
Chapter 6
Selecting Objects
EasyDesign provides various ways to

select the objects that comprise an
embroidery design. You can select all
objects to modify the design as a whole,
or individual objects for more precise
modification.
This section describes how to select
objects using the selection tools and
keyboard. It shows how to select while
traveling through the design and how to
select objects of a specific color. You can
also select individual stitches in
EasyEdit. See also Stitch Editing.
Selecting all objects in a design
The Select tool provides various means for

selecting objects including point and click,
bounding box selection, and – in conjunction with
Shift+Tab keys – first/last and next/previous
object selection. You can also select all objects to
apply changes to a whole design. See also Quick
Reference. No objects selected All objects selected
To deselect, press X or Esc.

To select all objects in a design
Select Edit > Select All or press Ctrl+A.
Sizing handles appear around the entire design. Selecting objects by point and click
Use Edit > Select to click and select objects.
The simplest way to select objects is by pointing

and clicking with the mouse with the Select tool
activated. With Shift and Ctrl keys, you can select
multiple objects.
Chapter 6 Selecting Objects
To select objects by point and click

1 Click the Select icon.
2 Click the object you want to select.
When you click an object, selection handles appear
around it. You can click anywhere within these extents
to click and drag the object.
Drag a bounding box Objects are selected
around the objects
Note Unless they have already been grouped, only

objects completely within the bounding box will be
selected when you release the mouse button. See also
Grouping objects.
Click an Hold down Ctrl and Ctrl +
object click another object
Selecting a range of objects by
To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you point and click
select.
select. Use Edit > Select together with the Shift key to
select a range of objects.
Try this! To select an object which is behind another You can select a range of objects by holding down
object, zoom in and click the outline. Alternatively, Shift while you click the first and last objects in the
position the pointer over the object, hold down the 2 range.
key, and click until the object is selected. Each click
selects the next overlapping object.
To select a range of objects by point and click
Selecting objects with a bounding 1 Click the Select icon.

box 2 Click the first object in the range and hold down Shift.
3 Click the last object in the range.
All objects in the stitching sequence between first and
Use Edit > Select to click and select objects. Drag last selected objects are selected.
a bounding box around multiple objects to select.
With the Select tool activated, you can select

objects by dragging a bounding box around them.
To select objects with a bounding box

1 Click the Select icon.
Click first object Hold down Shift and
2 Drag a bounding box around the objects you want to click last object
select.
Objects are selected when you release the mouse
button. Note It helps to know the design stitching sequence for
this method. See Traveling by object for details.
Selecting objects with Polygon associated with checking the stitching sequence.
Select See also Selecting stitches while traveling.
To select objects while traveling through a

Use Edit > Polygon Select to select objects within design
a digitized bounding box.
1 Click the Jump by Object icon and travel through the
Sometimes the Select tool does not provide fine design, stopping just before the object to select. See
enough control. The Polygon Select tool lets you Traveling by object for details.
select individual objects by drawing an outline
Stop before the first
around them. Use Polygon Select to select object to be selected
objects with a bounding box.
To select objects with Polygon Select

1 Click the Polygon Select icon.
2 Mark reference points around the object/s you want to
select. 2 Click the Select icon.
3 Click the Select While Traveling icon.
4 Continue traveling through the design.
As you travel, objects are selected.
Objects change color

as they are selected
Mark reference points around

object/s to select
The objects you want to select must be completely

within the outline.
3 Press Enter to select. 5 When you have finished selecting, click the Select
While Traveling icon again to turn it off.
Selecting while traveling

Note If an object is already selected, it is deselected
when you travel through it.
In EasyDesign, you can select objects and colors as To select more objects, continue traveling with Ctrl
you ‘travel’ through the design. held down.
To leave an object out of the selection, release Ctrl
Selecting objects while traveling before you travel through it.
through a design
Selecting colors while traveling through
a design
Use Select to click and select objects.
Use Select to click and select objects.

Click Travel > Jump by Object to travel by objects.
Click Travel > Select While Traveling to toggle on Click Travel > Jump by Color to travel by color.
to select stitches, objects, or colors while traveling
through a design. Click Travel > Select While Traveling to select
In EasyDesign, you can select objects as you stitches while traveling.
‘travel’ through the design. Traveling is usually
In EasyDesign, you can select colors as you ‘travel’ The Resequence List provides a sequential list of
through the design. Traveling is usually associated objects as digitized, grouped by ‘color block’. It is
with checking the stitching sequence. See also a ‘modeless’ dialog meaning that it stays on the
Selecting stitches while traveling. design window as long as you need it and offers an
easy way to select objects and view them. It is
synchronized with the design window, dynamically
Try this! You can select objects in one color using updating whenever you manipulate objects. It is
View > Show > Selected Color only. See normally docked on the right of the design window
Viewing parts of a design for details. but can be dragged to any position and resized as
required. See also Objects and object details.
To select colors while traveling through a
design Note You can use the Resequence List to lock
1 Travel through the design, stopping just before the and unlock objects. Use it also to cut, copy and
color to select. See Traveling by object for details. paste, resequence, as well as branch objects. See
2 Click the Jump by Color icon. also Resequencing designs.
Stop before the first object to

be selected To select and view objects with the
Resequence List
1 Click the Resequence icon.
The Resequence List opens. It can be docked to the
left or right side of the design window, or dragged to any
3 Click the Select icon. position.
4 Click the Select While Traveling icon.
5 Continue traveling through the design. Click to view
As you travel, colors are selected. design objects
Objects change color as

they are selected
6 When you have finished selecting, click the Select

While Traveling icon again to turn it off.
Note If a color is already selected, it is deselected

when you travel through it.
To select more objects, continue traveling with Ctrl In color mode, the Resequence List shows a separate
held down. icon for each color block in the design, in order of
stitching sequence. It also indicates the thread color
To leave an object out of the selection, release Ctrl code together with the number of objects using the
before you travel through it. color.
2 Click the Objects button to view design objects.
Selecting and viewing objects with The Resequence List shows a separate icon for each
object in the design. The stitch count of each is also
the Resequence List shown, together with the object type and stitch type
used in its creation.
Use Edit > Resequence to toggle the
Resequence List on and off. Use it to select and
view objects in a design.
Click to view color

sequence
Right-click to access
popup menu
Try this! Right-click to access certain commands via

the popup menu, including lock/unlock and object
details.
3 Click an icon to select a color block and/or individual
objects.
When a color block is selected, all of its component
objects are selected as well.
click.
To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you click.
To deselect all objects, click away from objects or
color blocks.
55
Chapter 7
Grids & Hoops
Hoops are required to hold the fabric tight while stitching on your machine.
They are available in different sizes. JANOME Digitizer MBX allows you to select
from a wide range of standard factory-supplied hoops. If you have a hoop which
does not appear in the list, you can define a custom hoop from scratch or based
on a standard hoop. A representation of the selected hoop providing a guideline
for sizing and positioning your design is displayed in the design window.
This section describes how to set grid spacing in JANOME Digitizer MBX. It also
covers changing hoops and defining your own custom hoops. It explains
splitting designs on an MA Hoop when sending to machine as well as changing
hoop backgrounds.
Chapter 7 Grids & Hoops
Adjusting grid and guide settings
Click View > Display Grid to hide or show the

background grid.
Click View > Show Rulers and Guides to show or
hide rulers and guides. Right-click to change the
Guides settings.
Use grid and guide lines to help accurately align or
size embroidery objects. Turn on or off the grid, or
Grid spacing: 20 mm Grid spacing: 10 mm
change grid spacing as required.
To adjust grid and guide settings Changing backgrounds

Select Setup > Work Environment.
The Work Environment > Display tab opens.
In JANOME Digitizer MBX, you can set the color
Select the Display Grid checkbox to display the grid. inside the hoop to match the fabric you intend to
stitch out on. You can also set a background color
outside the hoop by way of contrast. Alternatively,
you can add background fabrics based on samples
Select packaged with the software. Backgrounds are
Display Grid treated as design details and are saved with the
design.
Adjust Grid Spacing by moving the slider.

The spacing value is displayed above the slider.
Select the Snap to Grid checkbox as required.
Reference points, control points or leading edges of
objects snap to the grid during digitizing, sizing,
reshaping, or positioning operations.
Select the Display Rulers and Guides checkbox as
required. The Snap to Guides control can be set Changing background colors
indepently of Snap to Grid.
Use Setup > Work Environment to change background
Select Display colors.
Rulers and Guides
Set the color inside the hoop to match the fabric
you intend to stitch out on. You can also set a
background color outside the hoop by way of
Try this! To use these settings as defaults for the contrast. See also Working with fabrics.
current template, click Save. See also Creating new
designs.
Click OK. To change the background color
1 Select Setup > Work Environment or right-click the
design window and select from the popup menu.
Click to choose
sample
Fabric preview
Choose Work
Environment
3 Click the Browse Fabrics button.

The Work Environment dialog opens.
The Select Fabric dialog displays a selection of fabric
samples to choose from.
Choose to change
background inside
or outside hoop
2 If not already selected, select the Colors option.

3 Select the Inside Hoop or Outside Hoop option as
required:
Option Purpose
Outside When selected, you choose a background
Hoop color to apply to the area outside the hoop,
or when the hoop is not displayed, to the
whole design window.
Inside When selected, a background color can Try this! You can add your own fabric samples to the
Hoop be applied within the hoop. Fabrics folder in any of the supported file formats. You
can also browse to another folder on your PC and
4 Select a color from the palette or mix your own. See
select a file in any of these formats. See also
Mixing your own background color for details.
Supported embroidery file formats.
5 Click OK.
4 Select a fabric sample and click Open or simply
double-click the file.
The selected fabric is displayed in the hoop preview in
the Work Environment dialog.
5 Click OK.
The selected fabric is applied to the whole design
window.
Inside hoop area recolored Outside hoop area recolored
Changing background fabrics

Set the color inside the hoop to match the color of
the fabric you intend to stitch out on. See also
Working with fabrics.
Mixing your own background color
To change the background fabric
Use Setup > Work Environment to mix a new background
1 Select Setup > Work Environment or right-click the color.
design window and select from the popup menu.
The Work Environment dialog opens. You can create a new background color for use with
2 Select the Fabrics option. the current design. Each new design uses the
default colors.
The dialog changes as shown.
Selecting hoops
To mix your own background color
1 Select Setup > Work Environment. Whenever you create a new design, a single hoop
The Work Environment dialog opens. representing the embroidery hoop you connect to
your embroidery machine appears by default in the
Click to mix color middle of the design window. The selected hoop is
saved with the design in the native JAN file format.
Select color to It is also saved to the JEF file which the machine
replace reads. A range of hoop sizes is available for a wide
variety of design types. You can also change hoop
2 Select a color slot in the palette. orientation on screen for ease of digitizing. See
3 Click Mix Color. also Rotating hoops.
The Color dialog opens.
Hoop ST (126x110)
Hoop AQ (140x200)
Make sure you have the correct hoop selected and

that your design fits within the design area on your
embroidery machine. When the machine reads the
JEF file, the stitching area is limited by the selected
hoop type. See also Hooping large designs.
4 In the Standard tab, select a color that most closely

matches the color you want. Warning Hoops used with AccuFil® have two
hooping areas. AccuFil® is software and machine
5 In the Custom tab, click and drag the crosshairs on the
firmware which works in tandem with stitch quilting
color spectrum to get the exact color you require.
designs using AQ and ASQ hoops. The red area is
6 Drag the slider on the right of the color spectrum to the maximum embroidery area available for
adjust color brightness. normal embroidery. When used with AccuFil®, only
The Hue, Luminosity and Saturation (HLS) and Red, the area within the blue dashed line should be
Green and Blue (RGB) values appear in the bottom used. For further information, talk to your Janome
right-hand corner of the dialog. Enter these values distributor.
directly if you want to define an exact color.
7 When you have mixed your color, click OK.
Changing hoops
The new color appears in the selected color slot.
Use View > Hoop List dropdown list to
change hoops.
It is a good idea to have the correct hoop selected
New color
before you stitch out a design. But sometimes you
may wish to change hoops before stitching out.
Note The new color is only saved with this design. The Hoop Type dropdown list control lets you
New designs use the default colors. quickly confirm what hoop is currently being used
and change it at any time. Select the smallest hoop
which fits the design from the available range. See fixed at the (0, 0) point of the current design
Supported hoop types for details. window.
Note The Hoop Type list is automatically filtered To center the hoop
according to the selected machine set. Only those 1 Open the Work Environment dialog:
hoops supported by the selected machine are Select Setup > Work Environment.
available. See Selecting machine models for
Right-click on the design window with nothing
details. selected and select Work Environment.
2 Click the Automatic Centering checkbox in the
To change hoops Hoops tab.
Select a hoop type by either of the following means:
Select from the Hoop Type dropdown menu on the
View toolbar.
Select automatic
centering
Select available Rotating hoops

hoop type
Use Combine > Rotate Hoop 90° CCW / CW to

rotate the hoop 90° in either direction with right
and left mouse-clicks.
Select Setup > Work Environment > Hoops tab
and select a hoop from the Hoop list. The Rotate Hoop tool allows you to rotate the
hoop for ease of digitizing. The attachment
mechanism is indicated, both on screen and
printed worksheets. You can thereby tell the
orientation of the design with respect to the hoop
and decide how to position it. Rotate the current
hoop by any one of the means described below.
Select hoop
from Hoop list
To rotate the hoop
Click the Rotate Hoop 90° CCW / CW icon.
Try this! The hoop background color can be changed.

See Changing backgrounds for details.
Note When you open an older sample design, it may

appear with the older style hoop saved with it. To view
it in the newer hoop, re-select from the hoop list.
Centering hoops
The Automatic Centering function ensures that
the center of the hoop (or offset center for older
style hoops – i.e. Hoop No.1&3), is automatically Right-click anywhere in the design window with nothing
positioned at the center of the current design, or at selected and select Rotate Hoop > 90°
the (0, 0) point of the current design window while Counterclockwise or 90° Clockwise.
the design contains no stitches. Otherwise the
hoop center – or offset center for old hoops – is
Use Combine > Add Hoop to center a new hoop

vertically in the design window.
Choose rotation
option
Use Combine > Delete Hoop to remove selected
hoops from the design window.
Use Combine > Calculate Hoopings to evaluate
Hooping large designs the hoopings that will result from the current hoop
layout.
Click Combine > Rotate Hoop 90° CCW/CW with
A problem arises when you create a large design left or right mouse buttons to rotate a selected
which has multiple design elements spread over a hoop 90° in either direction.
large area which cannot fit in a single hoop. Using
the Combine toolbar functions, you can combine When a large design or design layout requires
one or more designs in a single hoop or place multiple hoopings, it is important to establish the
multiple hoops over a large design layout. These stitching order so that objects in the foreground
can then be sent to the embroidery machine as a are sewn after those in the background.
single JEF file per hooping. You can also print a EasyDesign allows you to set up the position and
template which can be used to position each of the sequence of each hoop. Multiple hoops are
hooped portions of a design. See also Outputting color-coded as follows, according to their position
multi-hooped designs. in the sequence:
Hoop Color
1 Dark Green
2 Blue
3 Red
4 Brown
5 Orange
6 Purple
7 Teal
8 Aqua
Note In the unlikely event that you use more than

eight hoopings, the color sequence is repeated, as
Note JANOME Digitizer MBX supports JANOME MA long as none of the previously created hoop
and Giga hoops. These are two-position hoops positions is deleted.
which expand the available sewing area. When
sending to machine, in most cases EasyDesign will
only create one file as the two hoop positions are To create a multi-hooping sequence
saved in a single JEF file. See Stitching designs 1 Open or create the large design or design layout you
with multi-position hoops for details. want to sew out. See also Creating ornamental layouts.
Try this! EasyDesign allows you to define a work

area of up to 3m x 3m. See Creating ornamental
layouts for details.
Creating a multi-hooping sequence
Use Combine > Combine Mode to activate the

combined hooping functions.
6 Repeat these steps as required.
Try this! You can select a different hoop at any time.

This will change all hoopings in the design.
7 Re-position additional hoops and, if necessary, rotate
them so that they completely cover all objects in the
design.
Click the Rotate Hoop icon with left or right mouse
buttons to rotate a selected hoop 45° in either
direction.
Alternatively, click the hoop again and rotate hoops
2 Choose the hoop you want to work with from the by means of rotation handles and rotation
dropdown list. See Selecting hoops for details. center-point.
3 Click the Combine Mode icon.
This places the design in Combine Mode view and
enables the Add Hoop and Calculate Hoopings tools.
Try this! Nudge selected hoops into position using the

Arrow keys.
Note The first hoop cannot be moved until a second
8 Delete hoops as required with the Delete Hoop icon or
hoop is placed in the design. Once added, the first can
Delete key on your keyboard.
be moved anywhere in the design.
9 Repeat these steps until all design elements are
4 Click the Add Hoop button to add another hooping.
covered.
5 Position this over the design elements you want to
All covered design elements are displayed in green.
stitch first.
Warning If you want a repeating design to sew out in

a separate hooping, make sure it is grouped before
creating your ornamental layout. See Creating
ornamental layouts for details.
10 Finally, click the Calculate Hoopings icon to evaluate

the hoopings that will result from the current hoop
layout.
You are now ready to save the design to one or more

files or send it to machine. See also Outputting
multi-hooped designs.
Note It is important to realize the numbers of hoopings

in a multi-hooped design do not necessarily
correspond to the number of output files. It all depends Note Split lines do not affect original object
on the layering of objects within the design. See integrity and you can still reshape and transform
Outputting multi-hooped designs for details. ‘split objects’ in the normal way.
Try this! Print a copy of the design showing the hoop To split objects between hoopings
positions to help you stitch it in the correct hooping 1 Select Hoop Layout mode.
order. See Printing design layouts for details.
The example below shows multiple hoopings. One
object remains uncovered by any hooping – the
Splitting objects between hoopings lettering object.
Use Combine > Create Splitting Guide to split

large objects into smaller ‘virtual’ objects prior to
outputting to file, machine, or memory card.
The Splitting Guide tool allows you to split Lettering object
objects in multi-hooped designs that would not uncovered by any
otherwise fit within a single hooping. In effect, it single hooping
allows you to split large objects into smaller
‘virtual’ objects prior to outputting to file, machine,
or memory card. Although split lines are only
visible in Hoop Layout, they are maintained when
switching to other modes. See also Outputting
multi-hooped designs.
2 Select the Splitting Guide tool.

You are prompted to enter the starting point of the split
line within sewing field overlaps. In this case, we split
the lettering object in two.
Corner point
Selected point
Curve point
Digitize split line like
any run line
Note Split lines that do not cross an object completely,

3 Digitize split lines just as you would open curve objects, or cross an object which is already covered, are
using right-clicks for curves and left-clicks for corner ignored.
points.
As long as splits occur within the sewing field of Outputting alignment marks
overlapping hoopings, the resultant ‘split objects’ are
In order to help you correctly align multiple
displayed in green.
hoopings during stitchout, EasyDesign can stitch
out alignment marks for each hooping. These do
not form part of the design and are not saved with
the design file. However, they are added during
output and are viewable in the production
worksheet hooping list.
Try this! Correct alignment of multi-hooped

designs requires some practice. Third-party
training progams are available on the internet
which demostrate correct technique. Most
recommend using a sticky-back tear-away
stabilizer, heavy enough so that the alignment
marks do not tear the stabilizer. Use pins through
the alignment marks of one hooping to align the
corresponding marks of the next hooping.
To output alignment marks

‘Split objects’ are only split on output. The split will not 1 Open or create the large design or design layout you
necessarily be along the digitized line but will be made want to sew out. See also Creating ornamental layouts.
as inconspicuously as possible. The resulting objects
will preserve their original object type, stitch angle,
parameters and color.
4 Repeat as necessary or press Enter to complete.
Note Split lines can be reshaped by means of the

Reshape Splitting Guide tool. Control points for the
split line are highlighted and can be manipulated like
any line object.
2 Right-click the design window and select Work

Environment from the popup menu.
Choose to add
alignment marks Rectangle Total Height
Height
3 Select the Combine tab and choose the Add

Alignment Marks on Output option.
4 Adjust the margin settings as required.
The larger the margin, the greater the distance
Width
between the alignment mark and the maximum
embroidery area of the hoop. This makes it easier to
align but there may be some tradeoff in precision. Custom hoops are needed because new hoops
become available for sewing machines more
frequently than the software is updated. Also some
Try this! To check that alignment marks have been machines include hoop adaptors for third-party
added, activate the hooping list in Print Preview. See hoops which need to be defined in the software.
Printing multi-hooped designs for details.
JANOME Digitizer MBX records the embroidery
area of custom hoops to JEF file which can then be
read by multi-needle machines to determine the
stitching area. On the other hand, the stitching
area of single-needle machines is determined by
the selected hoop type. If the file contains a
‘non-standard’ (custom) hoop code, the hoop size
is automatically based on the design size which is
used to limit the stitching area.
Alignment marks included
Note If you open a JAN file which contains a

Defining custom hoops custom hoop not included in the hoop list, or if the
hoop has the same name as a listed one but
If you are using a hoop size that is not in the hoop different type and/or settings, JANOME
list, you can define your own and save it for later Digitizer MBX creates a new custom hoop with the
use. Two types of hoop can be defined or edited in same characteristics and tags it with a
JANOME Digitizer MBX – Rectangular and Oval. system-generated name.
To define or edit a custom hoop

1 Select Setup > Work Environment or right-click within
the design window and select Work Environment from
the popup menu.
The Work Environment > View dialog opens.
Custom hoop
options
2 Choose the desired option:

Option Purpose
Create This button accesses the Create/Edit Hoop
Hoop dialog which is used both for creating new
hoops and editing existing ones. Define hoop
dimensions
Edit Hoop Select a custom hoop in the Hoop list and
the Edit Hoop button becomes available.
This button accesses the same
Create/Edit Hoop dialog.
Delete Select a custom hoop in the Hoop list and
Hoop click the Delete Hoop button to remove it
from the list. You are prompted to confirm.
Whether you choose to create a hoop or edit an
existing one, the Create/Edit Hoop dialog opens. Warning In order to avoid the possibility of the needle
hitting the rim of the hoop, the size definition must be of
the embroidery area of the hoop and not its
external dimensions.
Select
required 5 Save the new or edited hoop definition:
hoop type If you are saving a modified hoop, click the Save
Hoop button.
If you are saving the definition as a new hoop, click
the Save Hoop As button and enter a hoop name in
the Save Hoop As dialog.
Define
hoop
dimensions
My rectangle hoop
6 Click Save.
7 Click OK to close the Work Environment dialog.
3 In the Format panel, select Rectangle or Oval as

required.
4 Adjust the settings in the Stitching Area Dimensions
panel as required:
For an oval hoop, enter Rectangle Height, Total
Height and Width.
For a rectangular hoop, enter the Height and the
Width of the rectangle.
Try this! You can create a circular hoop by entering ‘0’

in Rectangle Height field and setting Width and Total
Height fields to the same size.
66
Part II
Digitizing
Essentials
In EasyDesign, designs are composed of basic shapes or ‘embroidery

objects’. These are like ordinary vector graphics in that they have certain
defining properties or ‘details’ such as color, size, position, and so on. They
also have properties unique to embroidery such as stitch type and density.
Manual digitizing
This section describes how to digitize shapes with the main digitizing
methods. It also explains how to adjust digitizing settings to obtain the best
results. See Manual Digitizing for details.
Outlines & fills

This section explains how to select a stitch type for an object, as well as
change stitch settings to obtain the best results. Fill stitch types described
here include Satin, Weave, and Embossed Fill. See Outlines & Fills for
details.
Thread colors
This section describes how to select colors from the Color Palette and how
to change background colors inside and/or outside the hoop. See Thread
Colors for details.
Object details, fabrics & templates

This section describes how to strengthen and stabilize designs with
underlays and how to compensate for fabric stretch. It also explains how to
change fabric settings of existing designs. It also covers how to apply, create
and maintain templates in EasyDesign. See Object Details, Fabrics &
Templates for details.
67
Chapter 8
Manual Digitizing
In JANOME Digitizer MBX, you build

designs from basic shapes or ‘embroidery
objects’. Embroidery objects have certain
defining properties or ‘details’ such as
color, size, position, and so on. They also
have properties unique to embroidery
such as stitch type and density.
Properties for the objects you create are
defined as you digitize, but they can be
modified at any stage. The most important
property for an embroidery object is its
stitch type. Different stitch types are
suited to different shapes. See Selecting
fill stitches for details.
This section describes how to digitize shapes with the main digitizing methods.
It also explains how to adjust digitizing settings to obtain the best results.
Using digitizing methods Use Digitize > Satin Line to digitize columns or
borders of fixed width.
The process of creating embroidery objects on Use Digitize > Closed Satin Line to digitize closed
screen is called ‘digitizing’. Like design creation in columns or borders of fixed width.
graphics applications, this involves the use of
certain ‘input’ or ‘digitizing’ tools. These are similar Use Digitize > Parallel Fill to digitize closed
to drawing tools except that the end result are shapes with fill stitches.
embroidery objects rather than vector graphics.
Use Digitize > Parallel Fill Rectangle to digitize
rectangles with fill stitches.
Selecting digitizing methods
Use Digitize > Parallel Fill Circle to digitize circles
Use Digitize > Run Line to place a row of single with fill stitches.
line stitches along a digitized line.
Different digitizing methods or ‘tools’ are suited to
o
Use Digitize > Closed Single Run Line to digitize creating different shapes or design elements.
a closed closed outline of single run stitches. Digitizing methods divide broadly into two
categories – outline and fill. Run Line digitizing
Use Digitize > Turning Angle Fill to create
columns of varying width and stitch angle. methods are used to digitize outlines. Turning
Angle Fill and Satin Line are used to create
columnar shapes with differing characteristics.
Chapter 8 Manual Digitizing
Parallel Fill, the most commonly used digitizing Creating run lines
tool, can be used to create almost any closed
shape.
Use the Run Line tool to digitize lines of single or
Reference points and control points in triple run stitching. This tool is typically used to
add borders to designs.
EasyDesign
Once you have selected a digitizing method, you
digitize shapes in the same way by marking
‘reference points’ along an outline. In general, you
mark a reference point where:
a curved outline changes curvature
the outline has corners
the outline changes from a straight line to curve.
Try this! JANOME Digitizer MBX makes it easy to

convert lines to satin borders via the Object
Details > Line Stitch dialog. See Setting column
Run Line width & density for details.
tool
Digitizing run lines
Use Digitize > Single Run Line to place a row of

single run stitches along a digitized line.
Use Digitize > Triple Run Line to place a row of

triple run stitches along a digitized line.
Parallel Satin Line Use Digitize > Motif Run Line to place a row of
Fill tool tool motif run stitches along a digitized line.
You always use the left mouse button to mark a Use Digitize > Sculpture Run Line to place a row
corner point, and the right mouse button to mark of sculpture run stitches along a digitized line.
a curve point. Two points marked with the left
mouse button are always connected with a straight Use Digitize > Candlewicking Run Line to place a
line. Three points marked with the right mouse row of candlewicking run stitches along a digitized
line.
button are always connected with a curved line.
The reference points you mark when digitizing a Use Digitize > Backstitch Run Line to place a row
shape become the ‘control points’ of the resulting of backstitch run stitches along a digitized line.
embroidery ‘object’. Control points appear on Use Digitize > Stemstitch Run Line to place a row
object outlines and are used to edit or ‘transform’ of stemstitch run stitches along a digitized line.
objects. Such actions may include reshaping,
scaling (resizing), spacing letters, changing entry Digitize lines of single or triple run stitching with
and exit points. See Modifying Designs for details. the Run Line tools. Create objects using left and
right mouse clicks to mark reference points to form
an outline. Use left-clicks to enter corner points
Try this! Most individual control points can be and right-clicks to enter curve points. You can
added, deleted, moved or changed to either corner change the stitch length and type in the Line
or curve points. Some control points have a Stitch tab of the Object Details dialog. Preset
specific function and cannot be deleted – e.g. entry Run Line values by changing the current properties
points. See Reshaping objects for details. before you digitize. See also Objects and object
details.
Use Digitize > Closed Sculpture Run Line to

To digitize a run line digitize a closed closed outline of sculpture run
stitches.
1 Click a Run Line icon.
Use Digitize > Closed Candlewicking Run Line to
2 Digitize the shape of the line by marking reference
digitize a closed closed outline of candlewicking
points.
run stitches.
Click to enter corner points.
Use Digitize > Closed Backstitch Run Line to
Right-click to enter curve points. digitize a closed closed outline of backstitch run
19 4 stitches.
1 Click for Use Digitize > Closed Stemstitch Run Line to
corner points
2 6 digitize a closed closed outline of stemstitch run
15 7 stitches.
14 8 Digitize closed lines of single or triple run stitching

13 with the Closed Run Line tools. Create objects
12 9 using left and right mouse clicks to mark reference
Right-click for points to form an outline. Use left-clicks to enter
11 10 curve points corner points and right-clicks to enter curve points.
To constrain the line to 15° increments, hold down To digitize a closed run line
Ctrl as you digitize.
1 Click a Closed Run Line icon.
90° 60° 2 Digitize the shape of the line by marking reference
45° points.
30° Click to enter corner points.
Right-click to enter curve points.
180° 0°
8 9
Hold down Ctrl to 4
constrain the line to 15° 5 7
increments 3 6 10
270°
For a perfect circular arc, mark three points with a 2 11

12
right-click.
Object is closed
Where curves connect – either to a straight line or 1 automatically
another curve – click to mark the connection point.
Try this! If you make a mistake, press Backspace to Try this! If you make a mistake, press Backspace to
delete the last reference point, then continue digitizing. delete the last reference point, then continue digitizing.
3 Press Enter to finish digitizing the line. 3 Press Enter to close the line.
The first and last points are automatically closed.
Digitizing closed run lines
Changing run stitch type
Use Digitize > Closed Single Run Line to digitize You change the Run Line stitch type in the Object
a closed closed outline of single run stitches. Details dialog. You can choose run or triple run.
Run Line places a single row of run stitches along
Use Digitize > Closed Triple Run Line to digitize a
a digitized line. Triple run repeats each stitch three
closed closed outline of triple run stitches.
times for a thicker line. See also Creating motif
Use Digitize > Closed Motif Run Line to to digitize runs.
a closed closed outline of motif run stitches.
Stitch Length
Note These values only apply to objects created
1 2 3 4 5 6 with the Run Line digitizing methods. They do not
Single
affect travel runs, or underlay stitching.
3 6
Triple 1 4 To set run stitch length

1 Select and double-click the Run Line object.
2 5
2 The Object Details > Line Stitch dialog opens.
To change run stitch type

1 Double-click the Run Line object. Enter stitch length
The Object Details > Line Stitch dialog opens.
3 Enter a stitch length in the Stitch Length field.
Select Single Run Stitch Length 1.7mm
Line stitch type
Stitch Length 2.5mm

2 Select Single Run Line stitch type.
If a line has tight, sharp curves, reduce the length, for
3 Click OK.
example to 1.8mm, so that the stitches follow the line.
Try this! You can run line types without accessing

Try this! Mimic hand-made embroidery by setting the
Object Details simply by clicking a run line tool on the
triple run length to 4.0mm.
Digitizing toolbar. Convert between different types of
closed run lines or open run lines. You can also covert 4 Click OK.
to open or closed satin lines.
Creating thick lines & borders
Use Satin Line to digitize borders and outlines of

larger shapes. The Satin Line tool uses Satin
stitch.
Setting run stitch length Digitizing thick lines & borders

For Run Line stitches, set the stitch length to suit
the digitized shape. Where the object has tight Use Digitize > Satin Line to digitize columns or
curves, select a shorter stitch length. To reduce the borders of fixed width.
stitch count for flatter curves, increase the stitch Use Digitize > Closed Satin Line to digitize closed
length. columns or borders of fixed width.
Digitize columns and borders of fixed width with

the Satin Line tools. You can leave the shape open To set the column width & density
or, with the Closed Satin Line tool, close the first
and last reference points. 1 Select and double-click an object (Satin Line or Run).
The Object Details > Line Stitch dialog opens.
Enter required
column width
2 Enter a width in the Width field.

3 Drag the slider to set the stitch density:
Use a lower density to give a zigzag effect.
Use a higher density when using thin thread.
To create thick lines & borders 4 Click OK.
1 Select a Satin Line tool.
2 Digitize the shape of the column by marking reference
points.
Click to enter corner points.
4
2
5
7 Low density High density
3
6
1 Digitizing turning fills
Try this! If you make a mistake, press Backspace to Use Digitize > Turning Angle Satin Fill to create
delete the last reference point, then continue digitizing. satin fill columns of varying width and stitch angle.
3 Press Enter to complete the shape.
Use Digitize > Turning Angle Weave Fill to create
If you are using the close line tool, the object is weave fill columns of varying width and stitch
automatically closed. angle.
4 8 9 Use Digitize > Turning Angle Embossed Fill to
5 7 create embossed fill columns of varying width and
3 6 10 stitch angle.
Use Digitize > Turning Angle Contour Fill to
create contour fill columns of varying width and
2 12 11 stitch angle.
Object is closed Use Digitize > Turning Angle Radial Fill to create
1 automatically radial fill columns of varying width and stitch
angle.
Setting column width & density Use the Turning Angle Fill tools to digitize
You can set the exact width of Satin Line columns columns of varying width with turning stitches.
in the Object Details dialog. The value you set Digitized pairs of reference points define the
becomes the default width for new Satin Line outline, while lines connecting the pairs define the
objects. stitch angles.
Try this! If you are joining two columns, omit the last
stitch on the first column so that the exit point is close
to the entry point of the next column.
Digitizing parallel fills
Use Digitize > Parallel Satin Fill to digitize closed

shapes with satin fills.
Use Digitize > Parallel Weave Fill to digitize

closed shapes with weave fills.
Use Digitize > Parallel Embossed Fill to digitize

To digitize turning fills
closed shapes with embossed fills.
1 Click a Turning Angle Fill icon.
2 Digitize the shape by marking reference points on Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill to digitize closed
alternate sides of the column. shapes with motif fills.
Click to enter corner points. Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill to digitize
Right-click to enter curve points. closed shapes with contour fills.
Mark a pair of points wherever the outline changes, and
wherever you want the stitch angle to change. Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill to digitize closed
shapes with radial fills.
Use Digitize > Parallel Stipple Fill to digitize

closed shapes with stipple fills.
Use Digitize > Parallel Cross Stitch Fill to digitize

closed shapes with cross-stitch fills.
Stitches change their angle Stitches remain parallel between
gradually parallel stitch angles Use the Parallel Fill tools to digitize large and
complex shapes generally with fixed rather than
turning stitch angles. Most shapes can be digitized
with these tools. See also Creating motif fills.
Note The control points in a pair do not have to be the

same type. For example, one can be a corner point, the
other a curve.
Try this! If you make a mistake, press Backspace to

delete the last reference point, then continue digitizing.
3 When you have finished digitizing the line, either: To digitize parallel fills
Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit 1 Click a Parallel Fill icon.
point at the last reference point you digitized, or 2 Digitize the boundary of the shape, by marking
Press Spacebar to omit the last stitch and place the reference points around the outline of the shape.
exit point on the opposite side of the column. Click to enter corner points.
Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill: Circle to digitize

Try this! Follow the prompts in the status bar to help closed circular chapes withradial fill.
you digitize. If you make a mistake, press Backspace
to delete the last reference point, then continue Use Digitize > Parallel Stipple Fill: Circle to
digitizing. digitize closed circular chapes with stipple fill.
3 Close the shape. Use Digitize > Parallel Cross Stitch Fill: Circle to
To close the shape with the same type of reference digitize closed circular chapes with cross stitch fill.
point as the last you digitized – i.e. corner or curve –
simply press Enter. Digitize circles and ovals with a few clicks. You can
To close the shape using a different type of reference use any fill stitch type with circles and ovals.
point, mark the last on top of the first and press
Enter.
8 9
4
5 7
3 6 10
2 e 12 11
rv
cu Object is closed
1 automatically
8 9
4
5 7
3 6 10
ht
ig
2 tra e 11
s lin 12
To digitize circles & ovals
Last point is marked on top
1 of first with left button 1 Choose a Parallel Fill: Circle method from the
Digitize toolbar.
2 Digitize the circle.
Note Boundaries must not overlap.
Click to mark the center of the circle or oval. A circle
4 Press Enter. outline attaches to the pointer.
Move the pointer until the outline is the required size,
Note To adjust stitch angles in Parallel Fill objects, see then click to mark the radius reference point.
Adjusting stitch angles. This point also marks the stitch entry point. The stitch
angle will be perpendicular to the line connecting the
center point and the radius reference point.
Digitizing circles & ovals Release the mouse button.
Use Digitize > Parallel Satin Fill: Circle to digitize Center 1

closed circular chapes with satin fill.
Use Digitize > Parallel Weave Fill: Circle to

2
digitize closed circular chapes with weave fill.
Use Digitize > Parallel Embossed Fill: Circle to

digitize closed circular chapes with embossed fill. Digitizing squares & rectangles
Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill: Circle to
digitize closed circular chapes with contour fill. Use Digitize > Parallel Satin Fill: Rectangle to
digitize closed rectangular shapes with satin fills.
Use Digitize > Parallel Weave Fill: Rectangle to

digitize closed rectangular shapes with weave fill. 1
Use Digitize > Parallel Embossed Fill: Rectangle

to digitize closed rectangular shapes with
embossed fill. 2
Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill: Rectangle to

digitize closed rectangular shapes with motif fill. To create a square, hold the Ctrl key down whilst
dragging the pointer.
Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill: Rectangle to
digitize closed rectangular shapes with contour 1
fill.
Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill: Rectangle to
digitize closed rectangular shapes with radial fill.
Use Digitize > Parallel Stipple Fill: Rectangle to 2

digitize closed rectangular shapes with stipple fill.
Use Digitize > Parallel Cross Stitch Fill: Rectangle
to digitize closed rectangular shapes with cross
stitch fill.
Digitize squares and rectangles with a few clicks.

You can use any fill stitch type with squares and
rectangles. See also Creating motif fills.
To digitize squares & rectangles

1 Click the Parallel Fill Rectangle icon.
2 Digitize the square and rectangle.
Click to mark one corner of the rectangle.
Drag the pointer until the outline is the required size.
Release the mouse button.
75
Chapter 9
Outlines & Fills
All embroidery objects in JANOME

Digitizer MBX contain a defining set of
settings or ‘values’. The values stored
with an object become its ‘properties’.
All objects have certain properties in
common such as size and position.
There are other, more specific properties
of objects which depend on the object
type. The most important property of all
embroidery objects is the stitch type.
Stitch properties are defined as you
digitize, but they can be changed at any
stage. When you create an embroidery
object, you can accept the default
settings for the particular digitizing method, or apply new ones. Default
settings are stored in the design template.
This section explains how to select a stitch type for an object, as well as change
stitch settings to obtain the best results. Fill stitch types described here include
Satin, Weave, and Embossed Fill.
Selecting fill stitches
Different stitch types are suited to different

objects. When you digitize an object, it uses the
current stitch type for the selected digitizing
method. However, you can change an object’s
stitch type at any stage. You can also preset the
stitch type by selecting it as ‘current’ before
digitizing. 2 Select a fill stitch type:
To select fill stitches

1 Select and double-click the object/s whose stitch type
you want to change.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Chapter 9 Outlines & Fills
may exceed the maximum stitch the embroidery

Stitch Type Purpose machine can produce. When the Auto Split setting
applied, EasyDesign breaks any long Satin stitches
Satin Fill Well-suited to narrow columns and
shapes. See Creating satin fills for into shorter ones. It also distributes needle
details. penetrations in a random pattern so that they do
not form a line in the middle of the shape.
Weave Fill Consists of rows of run stitches and is
suitable for filling large, irregular shapes.
See Creating weave fills for details. To create objects with Satin Fill
Embossed Use to fill large areas with unique artistic 1 With no objects selected, click the Object Details icon.
Fill effects. See Creating embossed fills for
details. The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Stipple Fill Stippling is a method for creating
textured fills of run stitching which Select Satin Fill
meanders more or less randomly within
a border. See Creating stipple fills for
details.
Toggle Auto Split
Cross Stitch Cross Stitch fill is something like Pattern on/off
Fill Fill but it is generated differently and
uses travel runs under and along the
2 Select Satin Fill.
cross stitching. See Creating cross
stitch fills for details. 3 Create an object using one of the Satin Line or
Turning Angle Fill tools. See Creating thick lines &
Contour Fill Contour Fill follows the contours of a borders for details. See also Digitizing turning fills.
shape, creating a curved, light and
shade effect. See Creating curved fill
effects for details.
Motif Fill Motif Fill is a decorative stitch used for
filling closed objects. Patterns are
repeated in parallel rows to fill a shape.
See Creating motif fills for details.
3 Click OK.
Auto Split OFF Auto Split ON
Creating satin fills

Note You can toggle Auto Split on/off for Satin objects
of any object type. The feature is off by default.
Satin stitch is
well-suited to narrow Adjusting satin stitch spacing
columns and shapes,
where the length of each Stitch spacing is the distance in millimeters
stitch forms the width of between two needle penetrations on the same side
the column. Satin of a column. Where a column is narrow, stitches
stitches are almost are tight, thus requiring fewer stitches to cover the
parallel, with every fabric. Where a column is very narrow, stitches
second stitch slightly need to be less dense because too many needle
slanted. Because there penetrations can damage the fabric.
are generally no needle penetrations breaking up
Satin spacing Satin spacing
the fill, Satin stitch creates a glossy, high-quality
effect.
Creating objects with Satin Fill

Create Satin Fill objects with the following
procedure. If a Satin shape is wide, some stitches
Change the stitch density in Satin fills by dragging Creating objects with Weave Fill
the slider in the Object Details dialog. The larger
the spacing between stitches, the lower the Create Weave Fill objects with the following
density. The smaller the spacing, the higher the procedure.
density.
To create objects with Weave Fill
To adjust satin stitch spacing 1 With no objects selected, click the Object Details icon.
1 Select and double-click a Satin object. The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Select Weave Fill
Move to adjust stitch density 2 Select Weave Fill.

3 Create an object with the Parallel Fill or Turning
2 Move the slider to adjust stitch density: Angle Fill tool.
To increase stitch density, move the slider to the
right. Selecting Weave Fill patterns
To reduce the density for more open stitching, move
the slider to the left. You can select from many Weave Fill patterns.
3 Click OK. Generally the default size and spacing will produce
the best results, but you may like to change the
stitch angle.
Density reduced
To select a Weave Fill pattern
1 Select and double-click a Weave Fill object.
Density increased The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Select weave
Creating weave fills pattern
Weave Fill stitch consists of rows of run stitches

and is suitable for filling large, irregular shapes. 2 Click the ‘spin box’ to cycle through a list of patterns, or
Stitches are laid in rows going back and forth enter the number directly into the field.
across the shape. These can be parallel or slightly 3 Click OK.
turning. Stitch offsets in each row are used to
eliminate horizontal split lines. Adjusting Weave Fill stitch spacing
For Weave Fill, stitch density is determined by the
distance between each row of stitches. The spacing
setting is the distance between two forward rows.
You can control stitch density in Weave Fill objects

by adjusting the pattern, stitch spacing and length.
2 In the Stitch Length field, enter the stitch length you

Row spacing require.
3 Click OK.
Stitch length
Row direction
Length: 2.5 mm Length: 4.5 mm
Minimum Stitch: 0.4 mm Minimum Stitch: 0.4 mm
To adjust Weave Fill stitch spacing
1 Select and double-click the Weave Fill object. Creating embossed fills
Embossed Fill is a decorative stitch type used to

Adjust stitch spacing
fill wide and large areas with decorative patterns
while keeping the appearance of a solid field of
stitching.
2 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the new spacing
value.
This value is the distance between each forward row of
stitching.
To increase the density, enter a smaller value.
To decrease the density, enter a larger value. Embossed Fill needle penetrations form a tile
3 Click OK. pattern. The pattern is repeated along a grid. You
can change stitch values to give an even greater
variation.
Creating fills with Embossed Fill

Create Embossed Fill objects with the following
Stitch Spacing: 0.4 mm Stitch Spacing: 0.8 mm procedure.
Adjusting Weave Fill stitch length To create fills with Embossed Fill
Specify the stitch length generated for Weave Fill 1 With no objects selected, click the Object Details icon.
objects. The stitch length varies slightly in Weave The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Fill fills to ensure that small stitches are not
generated at the edges of the shape. Select Embossed Fill
To adjust Weave Fill stitch length

1 Select and double-click a Weave Fill object.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. 2 Select Embossed Fill.
3 Create an object with the Parallel Fill or Turning
Angle Fill tool.
Turn on Visualizer or view Display Needle Points to
Adjust stitch length see the effect of Embossed Fill.
Selecting an Embossed Fill pattern
You can select from many Embossed Fill patterns.

Generally the default size and spacing will produce
the best results, but you may like to change the
stitch angle. Size 7.00 mm Size 5.00 mm
To select an Embossed Fill pattern Adjusting Embossed Fill spacing

1 Select and double-click the Embossed Fill object. The Embossed Fill spacing setting determines the
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. distance between patterns. You can change the
horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) spacing between
Select pattern each repetition.
Spacing X
increased
2 From the Pattern dropdown list, select the required

pattern.
A preview of the pattern appears. Spacing Y
3 Click OK. increased
Adjusting Embossed Fill size

To adjust Embossed Fill spacing
You can change the size of a pattern to get
different effects. 1 Select and double-click an Embossed Fill object.
Adjust pattern spacing
To adjust Embossed Fill size

1 Select and double-click the Embossed Fill object. 2 In the Spacing fields, enter a new spacing value.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. This value is the distance between patterns – X is the
horizontal and Y the vertical spacing.
To increase spacing, enter a smaller value.
To decrease spacing, enter a larger one.
Adjust pattern size
3 Click OK.
2 In the Size field, enter the size you require.

3 Click OK.
Spacing X
increased
Spacing Y
increased
To create a stipple fill

Adjusting Embossed Fill stitch angle 1 Select and double-click a Stipple Fill object.
You can change the stitch angle to get the best The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
results for each angle.
Adjust stitch values as

required
To adjust Embossed Fill stitch angle Adjust stipple settings
1 Select and double-click the Embossed Fill object.

2 Adjust run Stitch Values as desired:
Adjust Stitch Length for smoother or sharper
curves.
Adjust pattern orientation
2 In the Rotate field, enter the rotation angle you require.

3 Click OK.
Stitch length: 1.0 mm Stitch Length: 3.0 mm
Adjust Run Count defines the number of stitch

Rotation Angle 0° Rotation Angle 90°
repetitions – e.g. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 – and hence the stitch
bulk.
3 Adjust Stipple Values as desired:
Creating stipple fills Adjust Loop Spacing for tighter or more open
stitching.
Stippling is a method for creating textured fills of

run stitching which meanders more or less
randomly within a border. It can be applied to
closed objects with a single stitch angle. You
control stitch density in stipple objects by
adjusting stitch length and loop spacing. Stipple fill
objects can be reshaped like any other object. Loop Spacing: 1.5 mm Loop Spacing: 2.5 mm
Adjust Inset Step to offset stippling inwards from the

object outline. To leave a larger gap between the
stippling and the outline, enter a larger value. Note
that the stipple fill cannot extend beyond the object
outline.
4 Click OK to finish and close. Cross Stitch
settings
Once a stipple fill is generated, you can adjust object
details of the generated stipple run at any time. You can
also reshape and scale stipple fill object outlines while
preserving settings. See Reshaping objects for details.
Note Stitch angle has no effect on the pattern layout.

2 Adjust cross stitch settings as desired:
Field Description
Stitch Size Controls the size of cross specified as
a counted fabric rather than an actual
Creating cross stitch fills cross size.
Threads Number of times – 2, 4 or 6 – thread
Cross Stitch fill is a stitch type in its own right but passes over the same cross in order to
does not replace the JANOME Cross Stitch make it bulkier.
application available from the Digitize toolbar. It is Stitch Style Full cross (X), diagonal, or upright (+).
something like Pattern Fill but it is generated Floss Controls which way top leg of the cross
differently and uses travel runs under and along Direction – i.e. full length stitch – is directed –
the cross stitching. See also Embroidery Stamps & forward or backward for diagonal full
Motifs. crosses and horizontal or vertical for
upright full crosses.
3 Click Apply to preview the effect or OK to finish and
close.
Stitch Style: Upright Cross Stitch Style: Full Cross
To create a cross stitch fill

Try this! The cross stitch grid is not displayed but you
1 Select and double-click a Cross Stitch Fill object. can set the background grid to the cross size to get a
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. better idea of how the grid is used to generate the
crosses. See Displaying grids for details.
Creating curved fill effects 2 Create a contour fill object. See Digitizing parallel fills
for details.
3 Double-click to access object details.
EasyDesign provides techniques for creating
curved stitching for a variety of effects. Contour
Fill follows the contours of a shape, creating a
curved, light and shade effect. Radial Fill is
achieved by radiating a stitch pattern from a
Adjust stitch spacing
common central point. Florentine Effect can be and length
applied to Weave Fill objects to create a flowing
stitch effect along a digitized line.
Select contour fill type
Creating contour fills

4 Adjust stitch spacing and length as required.
Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill to digitize 5 Select a contour type – Standard or Spiral.
closed shapes with fill stitches.
Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill Rectangle to

digitize rectangles with fill stitches.
Use Digitize > Parallel Contour Fill Circle to

digitize circles with fill stitches.
‘Contour’ is a curved fill stitch type – stitches follow

the contours of a shape, creating a curved, light Standard Contour Spiral Contour
and shade effect. Use it to create a sense of
movement in contrast to flatter fills created by
6 Click OK to apply.
Satin or Weave stitching. There are two types –
Standard and Spiral – both of which can be
applied to a variety of objects. Creating radial fills
Standard Contour Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill to digitize

Standard Contour creates rows of stitches across closed shapes with fill stitches.
the shape, perpendicular to the digitized stitch Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill Rectangle to
angle. The number of stitch lines is constant, so digitize rectangles with fill stitches.
the stitching is denser where the shape is
narrower, and more open where the shape is wider. Use Digitize > Parallel Radial Fill Circle to digitize
circles with fill stitches.
Spiral Contour
Spiral Contour creates a single, continuous line of The Radial Fill stitching effect is achieved by
stitching that spirals around to fill the shape. radiating stitches from a common central point. It
Typically, it is used for rings and borders, but it is can be applied using fill stitches with or without
also suitable for other closed shapes. Spiral patterns, including Satin and Weave fills.
Contour can only be used with closed shapes with
two outlines such as rings. If a shape is not
properly closed, it will be filled with Standard
Contour instead. You cannot use Spiral Contour
with Circle objects.
To create a contour fill

1 Select a contour fill digitizing method from the Digitize
toolbar.
Creating Florentine effects
Use Edit > Florentine Effect to create

user-defined curved stitching.
Florentine Effect can be applied to Weave Fill

objects to create a flowing stitch effect along a
digitized line. The stitches follow the digitized line
but maintain uniform density and needle
penetration patterns. The digitizing method varies,
depending whether you are applying the effect to
new or existing objects.
To create a radial fill To create a Florentine effect

1 Select a radial fill digitizing method from the Digitize 1 Create a Weave Fill object. See Creating weave fills for
toolbar. details.
2 Create a radial fill object. See Digitizing parallel fills for 2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.
details.
Try this! Use the Reshape Object tool to change the

shape of the curve. See Reshaping objects for details.
4 To apply a pattern to your radial fill, click the Pattern

checkbox. Creating decorative outlines
5 Select a pattern from the dropdown list as desired.
6 Adjust the pattern size and spacing settings in both EasyDesign provides a range of decorative stitches
vertical and horizontal directions. for use as borders. Available stitch types include
backstitch, stemstitch, and candlewicking.
7 Click OK to apply. Try this! You can also create decorative stitch
effects with pattern runs. See Creating motif runs
for details.
Creating backstitch outlines
Use Digitize > Backstitch to digitize backstitch

outlines.
Backstitch is an older-style, adaptable stitch which

can be used for delicate outlines. This stitch follows
intricate curves well.
Overlap: 30% Overlap: 70%
Creating stemstitch outlines
Use Digitize > Stemstitch to digitize stemstitch

outlines.
Stemstitch is a detail stitch and can be used to

mimic hand-sewn embroidery. It is used for stems
and vines with other decorative stitches, or as an
To create a backstitch outline outline for Satin or Motif fills.
1 Click the Backstitch icon and digitize a backstitch

outline as you would a run stitch outline. See Creating
run lines for details.
To create a stemstitch outline

1 Click the Stemstitch icon and digitize a stemstitch
outline as you would a run stitch outline. See Creating
3 If not already applied, select Backstitch Line from the run lines for details.
Stitch Type list. 2 Double-click to access object details.
4 Adjust the Stitch Length and Stitch Thickness as
required.
Stitch Length: Stitch Length: 3 If not already applied, select Stem Stitch Line from the
3.0 mm 1.5 mm
Stitch Type list.
5 Adjust the Overlap as required. 4 Adjust the Line Thickness as required.
Line Thickness: Line Thickness:

2.0 mm 1.0 mm
5 Adjust the Spacing as required. 3 If not already applied, select Candlewicking Run Line
from the Stitch Type list.
4 Adjust Size and Spacing as required.
Spacing: Spacing:
0.8 mm 1.5 mm
6 Adjust Angle and Stitch Thickness settings as

required. 5 Click OK to apply.
Creating sculpture run outlines
Creating candlewick outlines
Use Digitize > Sculpture Run Line to digitize
sculpture run outlines.
Use Digitize > Candlewicking to digitize
candlewicking outlines.
The Sculpture Run outline is used to simulate line
stitches in quilting. It is a variation of multiple run
Candlewicking is a traditional white-on-white
embroidery technique, usually done on white linen stitching, where each alternative triple/multiple
run stitch is replaced by a single run stitch.
or cotton fabric with heavy cotton threads. Stitches
Sculpture Run outline is recommended for use
used are mostly knots.
only with later-model machines. Recommended
sewing settings include:
Setting Recommended
Needle Red Tip needle #14
Needle thread Monofilament clear thread #60 (with
spool net)
Bobbin thread Rayon #60 (75d)
Bobbin holder Bobbin holder for hand-look stitching
(preset with lower tension)
To create a candlewick outline Upper thread 7
tension
1 Click the Candlewicking icon and digitize a Stitch length 2
candlewick outline as you would a run stitch outline.
See Creating run lines for details. Speed 400 spm
Note Results will vary depending on fabric and

other sewing conditions. In this case, it is
recommended to use the ‘Hand-looking Quilting
Stitch’ option on later-model machines. Test your
design on a small piece of fabric before stitching
your project.
To create a sculpture run outline

1 Click the Sculpture Run icon and digitize a sculpture
run outline as you would a run stitch outline. See
Creating run lines for details.
3 If not already applied, select Sculpture Run Line from

the Stitch Type list.
4 Adjust Stitch Length as required.
87
Chapter 10
Thread Colors
You select thread colors for embroidery

objects from the Color Palette. JANOME
Digitizer MBX lets you manage thread
colors. Select from a wide range of
commercial thread charts. You can also set
the color inside the hoop to match the color
of the fabric you intend to sew on.
You need to decide how many different
1
thread colors to use and the sequence in
which they will be stitched. Wherever
possible, simplify the design to reduce the 2
number of color changes. Always start with

the shapes at the back and work your way 3
forward, layer by layer.
This section describes how to select colors
from the Color Palette and how to change background colors inside and/or
outside the hoop.
Selecting thread colors Selecting a new current color
Click Docker > Color Palette to open the Color

The Color Palette has up to 128 color slots. New Palette. Use this to change colors of selected
objects are digitized using the currently selected objects or set default color for new objects.
color. You can change color before or after
digitizing. JANOME Digitizer MBX also lets you When you digitize a new object, it automatically
manage the thread colors in your color palette. takes the color selected in the Color Palette. This
Select from a wide range of commercial thread is the ‘current’ color.
charts. Adjust the exact number of colors in the
Color Palette as required. Add extra slots as To select a new current color
required.
1 Deselect all objects.
2 Access the Color Palette by one of the following
Try this! When you insert one design in another, means:
the two color palettes are merged. Click the Current Color icon on the Digitize toolbar
Select the View > Color Palette, or
Press the shortcut Ctrl+R.
Chapter 10 Thread Colors
when working with monograms or other lettering

objects, including individual characters. You can
remove manually inserted color changes at any
time.
Try this! Resize and click-and-drag the Color Palette

anywhere within the Design Window.
3 Hover the mouse pointer over a color to view its brand,
code and description in a tooltip.
4 Select the color you want.
This then becomes the current (default) color.
To insert a manual color change
Recoloring selected objects 1 Press Esc to deselect all objects in the design and
deactivate the Select While Traveling tool.
Change the color of one or more selected objects
in your design at any time. You can select all 2 Use any of the available tools to travel through the
design by object or color. See Simulating design
objects of the same color with a single command.
stitchout for details.
Use this feature to apply a change across all
objects of the same color. See Simulating design
stitchout for details.
To recolor a selected object

1 Select the object (or objects) you want to recolor.
2 Select a color from the Color Palette.
The objects appear in the new color. The current color
does not change.
3 Use the arrow keys to locate the individual stitch within

the object where you want to place the color change.
See Traveling by stitches for details.
+10
Color
changed -1 +1
Objects
selected -10
Inserting manual color changes Note If you travel by color or by object only, the stitch
cursor will always be at the beginning of an object.
Inserting a manual color change at this point will
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you insert a color change the entire object’s color property.
change on any desired stitch in EasyDesign. A color 4 Select the color you want from the Color Palette.
change of any selected color is inserted at the A color change is inserted at the current stitch cursor
current cursor position. This is particularly useful location.
Add or remove colors – you can assign up to 128

color slots. Find and sort specific colors by color
code. See also Selecting thread colors.
You would normally set up your color palette when
starting a new design. However, you might want to
replace an existing color palette. For example:
The default color palette contains 78 colors. You
might want to replace these with colors from a
different thread chart.
When you convert vector graphics in Graphics
mode, colors are appended to the color palette
as RGB values. These can be matched to an
actual thread chart.
If you read a JEF file, color information will be
appended to the color palette. Again, you can
5 Repeat as many times as required. match these colors to an actual thread chart.
If you receive a design which uses colors from a
thread chart you don’t have, you can match
them to a preferred thread chart.
To set up a color palette

1 Select Setup > Thread Colors.
The Thread Colors dialog opens. The left-hand
column represents the colors currently in the actual
Color Palette. The right-hand column represents the
threads available in the currently selected Thread
Chart.
Note The Edit > Remove Color Change command is
enabled when the stitch cursor is positioned on a stitch
carrying a manual color change. Selecting the
command removes the color change. Select thread
chart
Replace or
add threads
Travel to color Select Edit > Remove to color
change Color Change palette
Note If a color is already being used by one or more

Try this! Alternatively, select the entire object and objects in the current design, a tick will appear in the
select a color from the Color Palette. The entire object color field of the Color Palette list.
reverts to the chosen color. 2 Set the exact number of colors required in the Number
of Colors field.
If you are only using six colors, limit the number in the
Setting up color palettes Color Palette to those six. Add extra slots as required.
3 In the left-hand column, select the color slot you want
to assign a thread to.
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you manage thread
4 In the right-hand column, select a thread chart from the
colors for each design you create or modify. Select
Thread Chart dropdown list.
from a wide range of commercial thread charts.
5 Locate the color you want to use by scrolling down the

list.
Try this! If you know the exact code of the color you
are looking for, key it into the Find Code field.
6 Use one of the following buttons to transfer the
selected color to the Color Palette:
Button Purpose
Replace The color will replace the currently selected
color in the Color Palette list.
Double-clicking a thread in the Thread
Chart list has the same effect.
Add The color will be appended to the Color
Palette list. The Number of Colors field will
increase by one.
Match & All colors in the Color Palette list will be
Replace replaced by the nearest matching color
All from the selected Thread Chart. This
provides a quick way to switch between
thread brands.
7 Repeat for other color slots in the Color Palette.
Note The Color Palette you define here is saved with

the current design.
91
Chapter 11
Object Details, Fabrics &

Templates
Embroidery object details include general characteristics such as size and

position, as well as embroidery-specific characteristics such as stitch type and
density. The particular settings determine how stitches will be regenerated
when you reshape, transform or scale an object. When you start a new design,
JANOME Digitizer MBX uses default settings or ‘values’ stored in the fabric or
template. It provides a set of optimized settings to take into account the type
of fabric you are stitching on.
Embroidery appearance and quality depends a lot on underlay which serves as

a foundation for the cover stitching. Although it increases the stitch count,
underlay helps to stabilize fabrics and reduce puckering and pulling especially
on larger designs. Embroidery stitches pull fabric inward where the needle
penetrates. This can cause gaps to appear in the embroidery. For an object to
sew out correctly, it must have correct stitch spacing, sufficient pull
compensation together with a suitable underlay for the combination of cover
stitch type, object type, object shape and fabric.
Most designs use the ‘Normal’ template, but you can create and use your own.
In fact you can save any combination of settings in a template, such as favorite
stitch or lettering settings. These, however, will generally be overridden by
fabric settings.
Chapter 11 Object Details, Fabrics & Templates
This section describes how to strengthen and stabilize designs with underlays
and how to compensate for fabric stretch. It also explains how to change fabric
settings of existing designs. It also covers how to apply, create and maintain
templates in EasyDesign.
Objects and object details Object

Description
Type
Designs created in EasyDesign are composed of The Run Line tool creates lines of single or triple
‘embroidery objects’. They are called ‘objects’ run stitching. This tool is typically used to add
because they are discrete entities which can be borders to designs.The objects created are
manipulated independently of each other. Each known collectively as Run Line objects.
object has certain defining properties or ‘details’ The Turning Angle Fill tools create columns of
such as color, size, position, and so on. The most varying width with turning stitches. Different
important property of an embroidery object is its effects can be applied to these objects.
stitch type. Other important properties include Collectively they are known as Turning Angle Fill
underlay type and pull compensation. objects.
The Satin Line tool creates borders and outlines
Object types using Satin stitch. Typically it is used for columns
and borders of fixed width with larger shapes.
Different digitizing methods or ‘tools’ are suited to Collectively these objects are known as Satin
creating different shapes or design elements. Line objects.
These in turn translate into different object types.
The Parallel Fill tools create large and complex
Like digitizing methods, object types divide
shapes generally with fixed rather than turning
broadly into two categories – outline and fill. A
stitch angles. Most shapes can be digitized with
third ‘manual’ type cannot be created in these tools. Collectively these objects are
EasyDesign but it is recognized when you open a known as Parallel Fill objects.
SEW or JEF stitch file. See also Reading & Writing
Design Files. The Circle Fill tools are a variant on Parallel Fill
tools used to quickly digitize circles and ovals
with a few clicks. Collectively these objects are
known as Circle Fill objects.
When you open a stitch format file, EasyDesign
attempts to reconstruct object outlines from
stitch data contained in the file. Manual stitches
Recognized are the result if the software is unable to
objects recognize stitches as a supported object type.
When you create designs using the
Click-to-Design tools, particularly with automatic
outlines, you will see this ‘branched object’ icon
in the Resequence List. Objects are
resequenced and connectors minimized. All
component objects are grouped to form a single
‘branched object’.
The Resequence List shown above provides a

sequential list of objects as digitized, grouped by
Note Properties or ‘details’ of all embroidery
‘color block’. It is a ‘modeless’ dialog meaning that
objects can be modified in EasyDesign. Even
it stays on the Design Window as long as you need
Manual objects can be modified. When you
it and offers an easy way to select objects and view
transform (scale, rotate, mirror) Manual objects,
them. See also Selecting and viewing objects with
however, the original stitch density does not
the Resequence List.
change. See Object details for details.
Object details Setting current object details

JANOME Digitizer MBX stores three sets of object
details – default, current and existing. Use Edit > Object Details to modify details of
selected objects or preset current settings.
When you change current object details, the

Note Some object details can be modified
settings automatically apply to any new objects
on-screen – for example, you can change the size
created in the current design. You can also apply
details by scaling the object with the selection
current details to existing objects. Before
handles. Other details, such as stitch spacing or
starting, you can adjust current object details to
length, are modified via the Object Details dialog.
new settings. You can only change the settings of
Default object details objects not controlled by fabric settings. See also
Working with fabrics.
Default object details are controlled by fabric
settings. These become the starting settings used
when creating a new design based on that fabric. Note Settings of selected objects can override
If you want to change defaults, you can create a current fabric settings. See Changing details of
custom fabric to suit particular needs. You can also selected objects for details.
modify, rename or delete any custom fabrics you
create. See Working with fabrics for details.
To set current object details
Some settings, such as the default motif, are
controlled by the design template. If you save 1 Make sure no objects are selected.
changes to a new template, however, in most 2 Click the Object Details icon.
instances, fabric settings override template values. The Object Details dialog opens.
See Working with design templates for details.
Current object details

Current object details are those settings used to
create new objects. Unless you change these
settings, they remain the same as the fabric or
template defaults. You generally change them to
save time when digitizing. For example, you may
preset the Satin Fill stitch setting to use a specific
density for all new Satin objects you create.
Note The change affects new objects in the

design, not the fabric or template defaults. To Tabs display at the top of the Object Details dialog.
apply changes to all new designs based on the These provide access to all the possible object details
current fabric, you need to change the default – settings.
not the current – details. See also Working with 3 Click a tab to view the current settings and change as
fabrics. required.
4 Click OK.
Details of existing objects
Details of existing objects are the settings stored Changing details of selected objects
with each object in the design. You can make the
details of a selected object into new current details You can change the details of a selected object or
or new defaults. You can also apply current details objects. If you select more than one object, the
to existing objects. Object Details dialog will only display tabs that
include relevant settings for all selected objects.
For example, if you select a Parallel Fill object and
a Satin Line object, neither Parallel Fill nor Satin
Line tabs will display as these settings do not
apply to both objects. If selected objects have
different current values for the same setting, the The Underlay tool is a toggle button that allows
field will be blank. If you enter a new value, it will you to apply automatic underlay to new or selected
apply to both objects. objects based on current settings. The Underlay
button is deselected by default.
To apply automatic underlay

With or without objects selected, click the Underlay
icon.
Values of With no objects selected, underlay stitches are
selected objects automatically generated for all new objects. For both
changed new or selected objects, automatically generated
underlay stitches are based on current properties.
With or without objects selected, click the Underlay
icon to toggle the effect off.
Note Changing the details of existing objects does
not affect the current or default settings, nor the Without
details of any objects not currently selected. See underlay
also Working with fabrics.
To change details of selected objects

With
1 Select the object/s whose details you want to change. underlay
2 Double-click to open the Object Details dialog.
3 Select the tab you want and change the settings as
required.
4 Click OK. Changing underlays
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides a selection of
underlay types:
Stabilizing with underlays
Center Run
JANOME Digitizer MBX generates underlay underlay
stitching automatically based on current settings.
These are stored with each object in the same way
as other object details. They are regenerated
whenever the object is scaled or transformed. Zigzag
EasyDesign lets you adjust values to suit different underlay
fabrics, lettering appearance and size.
Larger areas and stretchy fabrics such as knits and
pique generally need more underlay than smaller Edge Run
areas and firm fabrics such as drill or leather. At underlay
times, when you want a full design with extra lift
under the stitches, a weave underlay is preferable.
On knits, edge run is best. See also Working with
Weave
fabrics.
underlay
Applying automatic underlay
Use Edit > Underlay to apply automatic underlays In addition to the basic underlay stitch types –
to new or selected objects. Center Run, Zigzag, Edge Run, and Weave –
JANOME Digitizer MBX also provides a selection of
underlay combinations such as Double Zigzag,
Center Run + Zigzag, etc. This allows you to apply

dual underlays to design objects. To adjust Center Run or Edge Run underlay
settings
Note Any combination containing Center Run 1 Select and double-click a fill object.
cannot be used with Parallel Fill or Parallel Fill The Object Details dialog opens.
Rectangle objects. 2 Select the Underlay tab.
To change underlays
1 Select and double-click a fill object.
The Object Details dialog opens.
2 Select the Underlay tab. Enter required
stitch length
Select
underlay
3 Select Center Run or Edge Run from the Underlay

Type list.
Select 4 Adjust Stitch Length setting as required:
underlay type
Stitch length:
2.0 mm
3 If not already checked, select the Underlay checkbox. Stitch length:

4 Make a selection from the Underlay Type list. 4.0 mm
5 Click OK.
Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run 5 Click OK.

underlay settings
Adjusting Zigzag underlay settings
Center Run places a row of stitches along the
center of a column. It is used to stabilize narrow Use Zigzag underlay stitching to support wide
columns – e.g. 2-3mm wide. Edge Run places columns. You can set stitch length properties for
stitches around the edge of an object. Zigzag underlay. The stitch length is the length of
each zigzag stitch.
To adjust Zigzag underlay settings

Note You cannot use Center Run with Parallel 2 Select the Underlay tab.
Fill or Parallel Fill Rectangle objects.
Stitch length:
2.0 mm
Enter required
stitch length Stitch length:
and spacing 4.0 mm
3 Select Zigzag from the Underlay Type list.

4 Adjust Stitch Length and Stitch Spacing settings as 5 Click OK.
required:
Compensating for fabric stretch

Stitch length:
2.0 mm
Embroidery stitches tend to pull fabric inwards
where the needle penetrates. This can cause fabric
to pucker, and gaps to appear in the embroidery.
Experienced digitizers can manually compensate
Stitch length: for pull by overlapping objects as they digitize. The
4.0 mm
Stretchiness Allowance setting in JANOME
Digitizer MBX, however, counters the pull effect by
‘overstitching’ outlines of filled shapes on the sides
5 Click OK.
where the needle penetrates.
Adjusting Weave underlay settings Calculated outline

Weave underlay is used to stabilize large, filled Digitized outline
shapes. It resembles an extremely open Weave fill
stitch, where rows of stitches are placed across the Stretchiness
object to create the underlay. allowance
To adjust Weave underlay settings Adjust the amount of overstitching you need by
1 Select and double-click a fill object. varying the stretchiness allowance. This is handy if
The Object Details dialog opens. you want to stitch a design on fabrics with varying
2 Select the Underlay tab. degrees of stretch. See also Working with fabrics.
Appropriate pull compensation settings vary with
the type of fabric – stretchy, pile, etc – hooping
method – tight or loosely hooped – and size of
embroidery object – wide or narrow columns. Use
the following table as a guideline.
Enter required
stitch length Fabric Stretchiness allowance (mm)
and spacing
Drills, cotton 0.20
3 Select Weave from the Underlay Type list. T-shirt 0.35
4 Adjust Stitch Length and Stitch Spacing settings as Fleece, jumper 0.40
required: Lettering 0.2 - 0.3
2 Inspect the stitching sequence to see where automatic

To compensate for fabric stretch trims or connecting runs have been inserted.

2 Select the Stretchiness tab.
Select Stretchiness
Allowance and adjust
as required
3 If not already checked, select the Stretchiness

Allowance checkbox.
Trim Tie-in Connecting run
4 Enter the amount (in millimeters) by which you want to
overstitch. 3 Select the object.
The tool is enabled only when the selection contains at
least one embroidery object.
4 Click the Always Tie-Off & Trim toggle to force
the software to tie-off after every object.
Stretchiness: 0.3 mm Stretchiness: 0.6 mm
5 Click OK.
Trimming connectors
Use Edit > Always Tie-Off & Trim to trim

connectors for selected embroidery object/s. Tie-off after every letter
By default, EasyDesign always decides when to

trim and tie-off stitches. However, when activated, Working with fabrics
the Always Tie-Off & Trim toggle forces
connectors to be trimmed for selected embroidery
object/s. This includes both connectors inside and Embroidery stitches pull fabric inward where the
after objects. needle penetrates. This can cause fabric to pucker,
When a trim is inserted with this tool, the software and gaps to appear in the embroidery. For an
adds a tie-off and a minimum of three (3) ‘jumps’ object to sew out correctly, it must have correct
to the connector. Any trimmed connector is always stitch spacing, sufficient pull compensation
tied into the next object. This means the machine together with a suitable underlay for the
will trim if machine settings allow. When the toggle combination of cover stitch type, object type,
is off, the software will decide whether or not to object shape and fabric. JANOME Digitizer MBX
trim. provides a set of optimized fabric settings so that
the software will take into account the type of
fabric you are stitching on.
Note Some machines are preset to trim by jumps.
Others are preset to trim by distance. The machine
presets will always override what you see on
screen.
To always trim connectors

1 Create or open your design.
Select fabric
Fabrics are a critical element of designs and are Recommended

controlled separately from template values. Fabric backing and/or
topping
settings are fewer in number than those contained
in templates. Templates set the global values for
your design but each design requires its own fabric
settings which are saved with the design.
3 Select a fabric type from the list.
The Required Stabilizer field displays the name of one
Note Because fabrics are not part of the template, or more recommended stabilizers and any other
when you create a new design and possibly change relevant information.
templates, JANOME Digitizer MBX uses the current 4 Click OK.
fabric. You can continue to use that fabric, change
Stitch settings will be automatically adjusted for all
it immediately or change it later. See also Working applicable objects – i.e. all object types other than Motif
with design templates. Fill, Appliqué, Photo Click, Single Run and Triple Run.
Changing fabric settings Managing fabrics

You can change fabric settings of existing designs. In addition to the pre-defined fabric settings, you
Choose from a set of pre-defined fabrics aimed at can create your own custom fabric settings to suit
minimizing stitching defects when designs are particular needs. You can also modify, rename or
sewn out. These make the necessary changes to delete any custom fabrics you create.
the system settings – e.g. ‘stretchiness’. The new
settings can be applied to all applicable objects –
all object types other than Motif Fill, Appliqué, To manage fabrics
Photo Click, as well as Single and Triple Run.
1 Select Setup > Manage Fabrics.
Objects can subsequently be modified via Object
The Manage Fabrics dialog opens.
Details. See also Changing details of selected
objects.
Create new
To change fabric settings fabric type
1 Select individual objects in your design as required.

2 Select Setup > Choose Fabric.
The Choose Fabric dialog opens.
Note If you already have custom fabrics defined, you

have the option of editing, renaming, or deleting.
2 To create a new fabric type, click New.
The New Fabric dialog opens.
Fabric: Denim
Enter fabric Stretchiness: Low
name
3 Change the Based on Fabric setting as required. Fabric: Denim

Stretchiness: Medium
4 Enter a descriptive name for the fabric type in the New
Fabric Name field and click OK.
The Fabric Settings dialog opens. This dialog allows
you to set the fabric values for four object groups – Fabric: Denim
Weave/Embossed Fill, Wide Satin, Narrow Satin, and Stretchiness: High
Lettering – as well as enter details of any
recommended stabilizers.
8 Click the tab to access the Wide Satin settings.

These settings will become the defaults for larger Satin
objects. See Creating satin fills for details.
5 Adjust the Stitch Length and Stitch Spacing settings

for your Weave / Embossed Fill objects as required:
Weave Fill stitch consists of rows of run stitches and
is suitable for filling large, irregular shapes. See
Creating weave fills for details. 9 Adjust the Wide Satin settings as you did for Weave /
Embossed Fill is a decorative stitch type. Use it to fill Embossed Fill objects.
wide and large areas with unique artistic effects while
keeping the appearance of a solid field of stitching.
Note Instead of Stitch Length and Stitch Spacing
See Creating embossed fills for details.
settings, you have a single density setting which is
6 Set a suitable underlay type for Weave and Embossed controlled by a slider bar.
Fill objects. See Stabilizing with underlays for details.
10 Click the tab to access the Narrow Satin settings and
7 Set a stretchiness allowance for Weave and Embossed adjust as you did for Wide Satin objects. See Creating
Fill objects. See Compensating for fabric stretch for satin fills for details.
details.
have to set the current details every time. For

example, a template may include standard objects
and sample lettering. It may simply have preferred
stitch settings, lettering font and size, and colors
set as current details. Or it may have special
density, pull compensation or underlay settings set
up to suit different fabrics.
Frequently used
hoop or background
color can be saved in
11 Click the tab to access the Lettering settings and the template
adjust as you did for Narrow Satin objects. See
Changing lettering stitch types for details.
When you start JANOME Digitizer MBX, it creates a

blank design based on the Normal template. It
then prompts you for the fabric you wish to use.
When you select File > New, you are prompted to
select a template. The template then uses
whatever fabric is currently active when you first
opened a design or created a new one from the
Getting Started dialog.
Note Fabrics are a critical element of designs and

are controlled separately from template values.
12 Click the tab to access the Stabilizer settings. Fabric settings are fewer in number than those
contained in templates. Templates set the global
values for your design but each design requires its
own fabric settings which are saved with the
design. See also Working with fabrics.
The NORMAL template

The NORMAL template is the default template
supplied with JANOME Digitizer MBX. It contains
current object details.
13 Key in one or more recommended stabilizer(s) in the
Required Stabilizer field, together with a description Creating design templates
or any other relevant information on the stabilizer for
the custom fabric. This information will be displayed in You create templates from designs containing the
the Choose Fabric dialog. See Changing fabric required objects and object details. Simply save
settings for details. the design, or elements of it, as a template.
14 Click OK. Templates look the same as design files, but use
the file extension JMT.
Working with design templates

Note You cannot overwrite templates by accident.
Each time you create a new design from a
Templates are special files used to store default template, JANOME Digitizer MBX opens a
settings. Use templates when digitizing
frequently-used design types so that you do not
duplicate. When you save the design the first time,

the Save As dialog opens so you can save the
template under a new name.
To create a design template

1 Start a new design or open an existing one.
2 Adjust the object details and effects as required.
3 Add the objects and lettering you want to appear in the Design 1 Design 2
template.
Using design templates

Lettering added to the When you start a new design from the File menu,
template to display with a list of the available templates appears in the
every design
New dialog. See Creating new designs for details.
Note The template list only appears when you

start a design from the File menu. If you select the
New tool, the NORMAL template is applied by
default.
Try this! You can enter lettering baselines on their own
but it helps to include sample text. You can overtype the Modifying design templates
sample text when using the template.
You can modify templates in the same way as a
4 Select File > Save As.
normal design.
The Save As dialog opens.
Note Changes apply only to future uses of the

template. Existing designs based on the template
are not affected.
To modify design templates

1 Select File > Open.
2 Navigate to the JANOME Digitizer MBX\Template
folder, then select Templates (JMT) from the Files of
type dropdown list.
The available template files display.
5 Select Templates (JMT) from Save as type list.

JANOME Digitizer MBX automatically opens the
JANOME Digitizer MBX\Template folder. Design
templates must be saved here or they will not appear in
the template list when you start a new design.
6 Enter a name for the template in the File name field.
7 Click Save.
3 Select the template you want to modify and click Open.

4 Modify object details, styles and other settings as
required.
6 From the Save as type dropdown list, select
Templates (JMT), and click Save.
Try this! To create a new template based on the

modified one, type a new file name and click Save.
7 Click Yes to confirm.
The modified template is ready for use.
Deleting design templates

Delete templates in the same way as you would
any other Windows file, using Windows Explorer.
Templates are located in the JANOME
Digitizer MBX\Template folder.
103
Part III
Digitizing with
Artwork
There are two broad categories of artwork file, both of which can be
imported into EasyDesign for use as digitizing backdrops – vector and
bitmap. To create good quality embroidery, you need to choose or create
suitable artwork of either format.
Digitizing with backdrops

This section describes how to scan it into JANOME Digitizer MBX and edit it
before use as a digitizing backdrop. It also describes how to insert into
JANOME Digitizer MBX and save bitmap images, as well as how to show and
hide them as you digitize. Editing images in external graphics packages is
also covered. See Digitizing with Backdrops for details.
Preparing images for automatic digitizing

This section describes how to prepare both outlined and non-outlined
images for automatic digitizing. See Preparing Images for Automatic
Digitizing for details.
Automatic digitizing
This section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images to
embroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to create
embroidery from grayscale images. See Automatic Digitizing for details.
104
Chapter 12
Digitizing with
Backdrops
Artwork can be inserted, pasted or scanned into

JANOME Digitizer MBX for use as digitizing
templates or ‘backdrops’.
This section describes how to scan it into JANOME
Digitizer MBX and edit it before use as a digitizing
backdrop. It also describes how to insert into
JANOME Digitizer MBX and save bitmap images,
as well as how to show and hide them as you
digitize. Editing images in external graphics
packages is also covered.
Backdrops can help you to: Shop Pro. Images updated in this way are
Digitize shapes manually. automatically re-imported into JANOME
Digitizer MBX.
You trace shapes and lines over the artwork
using the appropriate input methods. Using a
bitmap image in this way is like using an
enlargement drawing and digitizer tablet,
Choosing suitable artwork
except that everything is done on-screen. See
Manual Digitizing for details. For both manual and automatic digitizing
Digitize shapes automatically with purposes, ‘clean’ images, sometimes referred to as
Click-to-Stitch. ‘cartoons’, work best. Such images have a limited
You select a shape and Click-to-Stitch number of solid colors which in turn have
automatically determines the required well-defined outlines. Ideally, they are:
stitches. See Digitizing images with Well defined, where each shape is made up of
Click-to-Design for details. pixels of the same color
Digitize complete images automatically with Clearly ‘blocked’, where each shape is a
Click-to-Design. stitchable size, at least 1 sq mm
You select the image and Click-to-Design Saved at a color depth of at least 256 colors (8
automatically determines the shapes and bit), or preferably millions of colors (16 bit).
stitches needed to digitize the design. See (Images are automatically reduced to 256
Creating entire designs using advanced settings colors or less when loaded into JANOME
for details. Digitizer MBX.)
From within JANOME Digitizer MBX you can open
images in Paint, Corel PhotoPaint, or Paint
Chapter 12 Digitizing with Backdrops
Scanned images
Images scanned from
hardcopy drawings or
Clean picture with existing embroidery typically
well-defined outlines
contain a lot of introduced
‘noise’. While they can be
used as input to automatic
digitizing, once again, best
results are achieved with
relatively clean images
Clean picture with
well-defined color blocks
consisting of solid color
blocks. Typically, logos and
simple drawings scanned Image containing a lot of
from business cards, scanner ‘noise’
letterheads, books,
magazines, cards fall into this category.
Noisy images typically need to be prepared by
Complex picture, needs reducing the color count and sharpening the
editing to remove outlines. See Preparing Images for Automatic
background and clean color Digitizing for details.
blocks
Dithered images
Dithering is a software technique which combines
Automatic digitizing techniques produce best existing colors in a checkerboard arrangement of
results with images of the type found in clipart pixels. It is typically used to simulate colors that
libraries or created from scratch in a graphics are missing from an image palette.
package. Automatic digitizing can work with
images from other sources but they require some Dithered color
preparation. This is because most commonly blocks
available images are not made up of solid colors.
Scanners introduce noise, while graphics packages
perform ‘dithering’ and ‘anti-aliasing’ to improve
image print quality.
Automatic digitizing works least effectively with
photographic images which may contain many
dithered colors and complex forms. With
photographs, however, you can pick out shapes
that you want to embroider, leaving out
unnecessary detail.
Like noisy images, dithered images need to be
color-reduced before use. Be aware, however, that
while the software is excellent at processing
dithered colors within a defined outline, it does not
work so well with non-outlined images. See
Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing for
details.
Anti-aliased images
Anti-aliasing is a software technique similar to
dithering which is used to soften hard outlines
where color blocks intersect. It produces smoother
outlines by ‘blurring’ the pixels where colors join.
contains, the higher the resolution needs to be.

Anti-aliased outlines
Use the following table as a guide.
Scanning
Type of artwork
resolution
Business cards, letter heads 150 - 300 dpi
Hand sketches 150 - 300 dpi
Photos and images 150 - 300 dpi
Commercial art, line drawing 72 - 150 dpi
Color mode
Where anti-aliasing is deliberately used to blur
outlines, these need to be ‘sharpened’ before use Most scanners also require you to enter color mode
with automatic digitizing. See Preparing Images information. First decide whether your image is
for Automatic Digitizing for details. line art (black and white drawing), sketch, color
picture, or black and white or color photograph,
then choose an appropriate mode. Black and white
Scanning artwork into EasyDesign mode produces the smallest files. Color
photograph and grayscale modes generate 256
color images and produce similar sized files. ‘RGB’,
If you have existing artwork, you can scan it with ‘True Color’ or ‘millions of colors’ modes generate
a TWAIN-compatible scanner using the JANOME 16.7 million colors and produce the biggest files.
Digitizer MBX scanning function. It is important to Use the table below to decide which mode is
scan your artwork properly if you intend to use one suitable for use with your image.
of the automatic digitizing techniques; the scanned
image quality will affect the quality of the final
embroidered design. Recom.
Source Colors in
Example Descrip. color
image image
mode *
Preparing artwork for scanning
Line art Two Black / 2
With embroidery design, less is more. You do not colors - white
need every detail in an image to create a design. usually drawing 2
You use the ‘structure’ of the image rather than the black and Line art
fine details of texture and color. To simplify white
artwork, you can cover it with tracing paper and Drawing Sketch or Gray- 256
draw only the essential shapes and lines which will drawing scale
be filled with stitches. When scanning, take away with Line art 2
the original artwork and put white paper behind shades of
the tracing paper. Shiny surfaces, such as glossy gray
photographs, may not scan well. Cover them with Color Two Color 16
tracing paper. If the artwork has very light colors, picture colors or RGB million
highlight outlines with a fine black felt-tip pen. more Millions of 16
colors million
Scanning resolution Color 2 - 256
drawing
Most scanners require you to enter scanning
resolution information. Resolution determines the * Different scanning software uses different terms for the
number of dots per inch (dpi) used to create a same mode.
drawing. The higher the value, the clearer the
image but larger the file. For digitizing purposes, Scanning tips
use a maximum resolution of 300 dpi (dots per Here are some tips when scanning artwork for use
inch). A resolution of 72dpi (screen resolution) will as digitizing backdrops:
usually be sufficient. Generally speaking, the
smaller the source image and/or more detail it
Do not scan line art images in grayscale mode; Importing images into EasyDesign
grayscale scanning produces fuzzy edges.
Scan color images in RGB mode (millions of
colors) rather than 256 color mode. You may not Bitmap images can be inserted, pasted or scanned
notice any difference on screen. In fact the 256 into JANOME Digitizer MBX for use as digitizing
color image may look better than the RGB backdrops. For both manual and automatic
image. However, JANOME Digitizer MBX digitizing purposes, ‘clean’ images, sometimes
converts all images to 256 colors or less upon referred to as ‘cartoons’, work best. Scanners
loading. It uses the extra information to produce introduce noise, while graphics packages perform
a better image than if it was originally scanned ‘dithering’ and ‘anti-aliasing’ to improve image
at 256 colors. print quality. See Preparing Images for Automatic
Digitizing for details.
Scanned in 256
color mode
Scanned in RGB color

mode (millions of colors)
Traced image scanned Auto-digitized

Do not scan color images in CMYK mode as this
is only used for images that will be printed and
the colors may be different from RGB colors. Try this! You can scale and transform images
If the image needs to be resized, scale it when after importing, but it is generally better to do so
you scan it. Scaling afterwards may distort the during scanning. Scaling afterwards may distort
image. the image.
Sharpening Inserting images

Some scanning software lets you apply what is
Use Image > Insert Image to insert an image for use as a
called ‘sharpening’ as you scan. Sharpening
backdrop.
compensates for the slight blurring in a scanned
image by looking for any differences between You can load bitmap images of various formats for
colors in the image. Sharpening accentuates these use as digitizing backdrops. See also Choosing
differences which makes the image edges more suitable artwork.
defined. It does not increase the image details; it
just makes them more obvious. In general, use
sharpening with images that have well-defined
outlines. Do not use it with non-outlined images.
Scanned with
sharpening
Scanned without Bitmap image can be Partially digitized

sharpening used as backdrop bitmap
3 Create a new file in EasyDesign or open the design file

into which you want to insert the image.
Note Vector graphics are converted to bitmap
4 Click the Paste icon or press Ctrl+V.
images when inserted into JANOME Digitizer MBX.
See also Converting vector and embroidery The image is pasted into the design.
objects.
To insert an image
1 Select Image > Insert Image.
Select folder
Note You may need to resize the image to fit within the
dimensions of the selected hoop. See Scaling objects
using object details for details. See also Editing images
in graphics applications.
Select required format
Scanning bitmap images
Use Image > Scan to scan an image into JANOME
3 Select a file type from the Files of Type list – e.g. BMP.
Digitizer MBX.
4 Select the file you want to insert.
5 Click Open. You can scan images directly into JANOME
Digitizer MBX for use as digitizing backdrops. The
scanning feature in JANOME Digitizer MBX allows
Try this! Select the Preview checkbox to preview the you to use most TWAIN-compatible scanners. You
selected file. can use any scanning software provided that it can
save the image in one of the compatible formats.
Copying & pasting images See also Scanning artwork into EasyDesign.
Click Standard > Paste to paste copied images in

the design. To scan a bitmap image
1 Set up your scanner. See Setting up scanners for
You can copy and paste an image into EasyDesign details.
by copying it from another embroidery design or 2 Prepare the artwork for scanning. See Preparing
graphics application, and pasting it into your artwork for scanning for details.
design. 3 Start JANOME Digitizer MBX.
4 Create a new file or open a design you want to insert
the drawing into.
Note You cannot copy and paste an image into
EasyEdit. 5 Select Image > Scan.
Your scanning program will open.
6 Choose a scanning mode and resolution. See
To copy & paste an image Scanning resolution and Color mode for details.
1 Select the image you want to copy and paste. 7 Preview the image in the scanning program.
2 Copy it to the Windows Clipboard by pressing Ctrl+C. 8 Select the area to be scanned and scan the image.
9 Scan the artwork.

10 Save the scanned image in a third-party application.
See Editing images in graphics applications for details.
Save in a compatible format image file to the
..\Embroidery Album folder.
Editing imported images
For both manual and automatic digitizing

purposes, you may want to crop an image before
digitizing. You can do this within JANOME Select Image > Crop Image > Freehand Shape and
Digitizer MBX or using a third-party graphics mark reference points to crop the image in free form
application. Sometimes, you may want to save using right- and left-clicks.
backdrops as separate files after scanning or
cropping.
Cropping images for digitizing
Use Image > Crop Image to crop an image for use with
Photo Click.
JANOME Digitizer MBX allows you to crop images
prior to use. Before using bitmap images for design
purposes, crop them to remove unnecessary detail
and save processing time. This feature is primarily
intended for use with the Photo Click tool. See
Creating embroidery from photographs for details. JANOME Digitizer MBX crops the area inside the
cropping selection.
Warning With cropped images, the Photo Click Reshaping cropped images
tool produces stitches only in the visible areas of
the image. However, cropped images may produce Use Edit > Reshape Object to display control
unexpected results when used with Click-to-Stitch points of cropped areas and reshape them.
or Click-to-Design tools. In this case, the solution
is to edit the image in a third-party graphics After an image has been cropped, you can reshape
application and remove the unwanted areas of the and transform the cropping outlines in the same
image altogether. See Editing images in graphics way as you reshape and transform lettering. You
applications for details. can also use the tool to reposition cropping
outlines.
To crop an image for digitizing

To reshape cropped images
1 Scan or load the image you want to use. See Importing
images into EasyDesign for details. 1 Crop an image. See Cropping images for digitizing for
2 Select the image and a cropping tool: details.
Select Image > Crop Image > Rectangle and click 2 Select the cropped image.
and drag a bounding box around the area to crop.
Editing images in graphics applications
Use Image > Touch Up Image to edit images in a graphics

package.
Sometimes you need to edit images directly in a
third-party graphics package. You would normally
do this in order to eliminate backgrounds, flood-fill
solid areas with color, or add outlines, close gaps,
or reinforce outlines. From within JANOME
Digitizer MBX you can open images directly in
Paint, Photopaint, or Paint Shop Pro. Images
updated in this way are automatically re-imported
3 Click the Reshape Object icon.
into JANOME Digitizer MBX.
The cropping outline is displayed with reshape nodes.
Skew Scale vertically
Scale proportionally
Scale horizontally
There are many graphics packages which can help

Move reshape nodes you improve your scanned images. At one end of
the spectrum there is the simple Paint program.
Rotate
This comes free with Windows but can handle few
Anchor formats or color conversions. At the other end,
there are professional tools such as Photopaint.
Such programs can do almost anything but may be
Try this! Experiment with sizing handles, skew and
too expensive for occasional use. A compromise is
rotation handles. Note the rotation anchor point can’t
be moved. See also Arranging & Transforming Objects. Paint Shop Pro which has many of the features of
the high-end tools but at a much lower cost.
4 Adjust reshape nodes to change the shape.
To edit an image in a graphics application

1 Select Image > Insert Image to load an image.
2 Select the image.
Background may be
cleaned, eye area outlined
and antlers edited
Note Reshape nodes can’t be deleted, added or

changeable between corner and circular points. See
also Reshaping objects.
5 Press Esc to finish. 3 Select Image > Touch Up Image and select a graphics
package.
The image opens in the graphics package.
4 Edit the image and save.
Background cleaned and

eye outlined
5 Select File > Update <Filename>.

The image displays in JANOME Digitizer MBX overlaid
with stripes. This means that it is still open in the
graphics package.
File still open in the

graphics package
Try this! Select File > Exit & Return <Filename> to

exit the graphics package and show the updated image
in JANOME Digitizer MBX. The stripes will disappear.
112
Chapter 13
Preparing Images for

Automatic Digitizing
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports the automatic

and semi-automatic digitizing of both bitmap
images and vector drawings. The quality of the
resulting designs greatly depends on the type
and quality of the original artwork. Generally
speaking, vector drawings preserve the picture
quality when resized, whereas bitmap images
cause problems of pixilation and image
degradation when enlarged or scaled down.
However, any scaling required should be done
before importing into EasyDesign as the
importing operation automatically transforms
vector drawings into bitmaps. In order to make
bitmap images more suitable for automatic
digitizing, JANOME Digitizer MBX also provides image processing capabilities
and links to graphics packages.
This section describes how to prepare both outlined and non-outlined images
for automatic digitizing.
Image preparation techniques Outlined vs non-outlined images

Before preparing your image you need to know
Before applying automatic digitizing, you what type you are using. For the purposes of
frequently need to improve or ‘clean up’ artwork. automatic digitizing, there are two categories –
To work effectively, both Click-to-Design and outlined and non-outlined. Outlined images ideally
have a solid black outline around each colored
Click-to-Stitch require solid color images as area. Non-outlined images ideally consist of solid
input. You can improve artwork both with bitmap areas of color. Outlined and non-outlined images
editing tools in graphics packages and/or the require different methods of preparation.
image processing tools provided in JANOME
Digitizer MBX. In fact, the software will not let you
apply Click-to-Design until the image has been
suitably processed. Preparing images for
automatic digitizing.
Chapter 13 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing
Image without outlines
Image before color reduction Image after color reduction
If you are scanning images, make sure you scan

Image with outlines them correctly for best results. See also Scanning
artwork into EasyDesign.
Image clean up
In practice, cleaning up scanned images may
involve any one or a combination of the following
techniques:
Reducing the number of colors
Adding or emphasizing outlines
Removing noise, dithering or anti-aliasing
Eliminating unnecessary detail
Image scanned in RGB color Image scanned in 256 color
Cropping sections mode, then colors reduced to 8 mode, then colors reduced to 8
Eliminating backgrounds.
Be aware that the Image Preparation tool is
In EasyDesign, you can allow the software to good at removing noise and anti-aliasing but not so
reduce the color count automatically or specify a good at processing dithering in non-outlined
precise number. The latter is useful if you want to images. By contrast, the Outlined Image
match design colors to an exact number of thread Preparation tool is excellent at processing
colors. See also Choosing suitable artwork. dithered colors as it averages all pixels within a
defined outline. See also Inserting images.
Color reduction
Image Preparation tool used with non-outlined image –
Sometimes an image looks clean but extra colors dithered color blocks not completely cleaned, edges fuzzy
have been introduced during scanning or in a
graphics package. Color reduction means reducing
the actual number of image colors in order to
eliminate unnecessary detail and reduce each
block to a single color. Color reduction also cleans
the image, removing noise and anti-aliasing if
present. This in turn helps minimize the number of
trims and color changes required in the resulting
embroidery design. Reduce colors in a
non-outlined image using the Image Preparation
tool and in an outlined image using the Outlined
Image Preparation tool.
Color reduction should only be applied if the loss of
detail does not affect the image shapes. Before
color reduction, the colored areas in the image Outlined Image Preparation tool used with outlined
below include many colors. After reduction, each image – dithered color blocks cleaned, edges sharp
area is reduced to a single color. The detail is
preserved. Outline sharpening
Outline sharpening means more clearly defining
the outlines bordering distinct color blocks or
shapes in the image. These may have been Noise filtering

indistinct in the original or made so by the
scanning process. Outline sharpening is important Noise filtering means restoring the solid color
for automatic digitizing because it makes it easier blocks of the original image in scanned images.
for the software to identify the distinct areas which This is achieved by merging different shades into
become embroidery objects in the resulting one solid color. Noise filtering is important for
design. automatic digitizing because it makes it easier for
the software to identify solid color blocks which
become embroidery objects in the resulting
Note Outline sharpening only works on images design. It also cleans up blurred or mottled areas
with black or dark outlines. of color.
Image before outline

sharpening
Image before noise filtering, Image after noise filtering,

mottled color single colors
Image after outline
sharpening
Image preparation tools
Some images have solid outlines but they may be Use the image preparation tools to prepare images
indistinct or incomplete. These need to be rectified for automatic digitizing. Your choice of tool
with the JANOME Digitizer MBX image preparation depends on the image. There are three tools:
tools or a graphics package. See Editing images in
graphics applications for details.
Tool Purpose Capabilities

Edit Image Link to a graphics package – e.g. Lets you crop, sharpen, re-color, add outlines, remove noise from
Paint Shop Pro – for editing an image an image.
outside JANOME Digitizer MBX.
Image Prepare any non-outlined image. Lets you reduce colors to a specified number. It automatically:
Preparation reduces each block to a single color
removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering
removes colors smaller than specified area.
Outlined Prepare outlined images. Lets you adjust lightness or darkness of outlines. It automatically:
Image blends each outlined block into a single color
Preparation removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering
sharpens outlines.
Using image preparation tools

Note Even if your image looks ready to stitch It is important to use the correct preparation tools
when inserted into the software, it will need to be for your image. The example below shows an
image-processed before conversion. The software image with indistinct outlines. If the Outlined
will not let you apply automatic digitizing Image Preparation tool is used, outlines can be
techniques without preliminary image-processing. made darker and more distinct, improving
stitching. By contrast, using the Image
Preparation tool before stitching produces a Image preparation summary

poorly stitched design.
Non-outlined
Image Preparation Action Outlined image
used – outlines not image
sharpened, poor
stitching
Scan image Scan in RGB Scan in RGB
mode mode
Use sharpening No sharpening
Scan line drawing Scan in two color
mode
Image with indistinct outlines
Touching up in Crop Crop
graphics package Add or edit Edit image
Outlined Image
Preparation used – outlines shapes
improved stitching Edit colors Edit colors
Remove noise Remove noise
Use Outlined Sharpen outlines
Image and remove noise
Preparation tool in
Image with solid outlines
JANOME
Digitizer MBX
Before using the Outlined Image Preparation Use Image Reduce colors
tool, make sure that the image contains solid Preparation tool in and remove noise
outlines. If there are gaps, separate color areas will JANOME
be blended into one. Digitizer MBX
Digitize Manual Manual
Click-to-Stitch Click-to-Stitch
Click-to-Design Click-to-Design
Outlined Image Preparing non-outlined images

Preparation used
Image partially outlined, Image colors blended Use Image Preparation > Image Preparation to
some area not closed
reduce the number of colors and remove image
If you need to add outlines, close gaps, or reinforce ‘noise’ in non-outlined images.
an outline, you may need to draw it by hand before Use the Image Preparation tool to prepare
scanning the image. Or you may add it after non-outlined images for automatic digitizing. The
scanning in a graphics package. See Editing tool automatically reduces color blocks in bitmap
images in graphics applications for details. images to a single color, removing anti-aliasing and
noise. You can let the software reduce the color
count automatically or specify a precise number.
Try this! Try darkening the outlines using the The latter is useful if you want to match design
outline appearance slider. colors to an exact number of thread colors.
Try this! Depending on the quality of the scanned

image, you may need to touch it up manually
Outlined Image before processing in JANOME Digitizer MBX. You
Preparation used would normally do this in order to eliminate
backgrounds, flood-fill solid areas with color, or
Image outline completed in Outlines sharpened add outlines, close gaps, crop areas or reinforce
graphics package outlines. See Editing images in graphics
applications for details.
Preparing outlined images

To prepare non-outlined images
1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into Use Image Preparation > Outlined Image
EasyDesign for details. Preparation to sharpen outlines and reduce noise
in outlined images.
Use the Outlined Image Preparation tool to
Image scanned in
RGB color mode –
prepare outlined images for automatic digitizing.
converted to 256 The tool automatically sharpens outlines and
colors upon loading reduces noise. Areas enclosed by a black outline
are reduced to a single color. Outline sharpening
makes it easier for the software to recognize
distinct areas in the image. These areas then
2 Click the Image Preparation icon. become the embroidery objects of the finished
design. Use it particularly if the outlines are blurry,
The Auto Color Reduction dialog opens.
fuzzy or indistinct.
Try this! Depending on the quality of the scanned

image, you may need to touch it up manually
before processing in JANOME Digitizer MBX. You
would normally do this in order to eliminate
backgrounds, flood-fill solid areas with color, or
add borders, close gaps, crop areas or reinforce
borders. See Editing images in graphics
applications for details.
Enter To prepare outlined images

number of
colors
1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into
EasyDesign for details.
The image appears in the preview panel. The

Available field shows the number of image colors.
2 Click the Outlined Image Preparation icon.

The Outlined Image Preparation dialog opens.
Reduced to 4 colors Reduced to 6 colors
3 Check how many colors are in the image.

This is indicated by Available. If there appear to be too
many, the image probably contains noise.
4 Enter the number of colors you require.
The preview shows you how the design will look.
5 Click OK to apply the changes.
Outlines not
sharpened
Set outline
appearance
Number of
colors in image Slider moved
to left
Click to preview
results of noise
reduction
The image appears in the preview panel. The

Available Colors field shows the number of image
colors. Slider moved
to right
3 Set the outline contrast tolerance by dragging the slider
control.
This produces a black and white preview of the
detected outlines. 5 Click OK to apply the changes.
Zoomed
area
Outlines sharpened
and noise reduced
Move slider to
sharpen outline and
remove speckles
Try this! Move the slider to the right until there is too
much black, then move it slowly back to the left. Stop
when the image shows all the outlines you need.
4 Click Show Color Areas to see the updated image.
118
Chapter 14
Automatic Digitizing
The Click-to-Stitch tools are

useful for quickly creating
embroidery objects from images
that do not require particular
artistic effects or
embroidery-specific knowledge.
This in turn frees you to spend
more time on the artistic or
inherently complicated areas of
your designs.
Click-to-Design automatically
converts artwork to fully digitized
embroidery with little or no
intervention. Various forms of
artwork can be used – both bitmap
and vector – and various levels of
user ‘assists’ applied to the
process.
Use Photo Click to create
embroidery from photographs or
other images, color or grayscale.
Photo Click designs consist of rows of stitches of varying spacing. The effect
resembles the output of a line printer.
This section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images to
embroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to create embroidery
from grayscale images.
Converting vector and embroidery Use Switch & Convert > Convert Selected
objects Graphics to Embroidery to convert selected
bitmaps or vectors (including text) to embroidery
and switch to Embroidery mode.
Use Switch & Convert > Convert Selected Use Switch & Convert > Show Embroidery to
Embroidery to Graphics to convert selected toggle on/off display of embroidery objects in
embroidery objects to vector graphics and switch Graphics mode.
to Graphics mode.
Click View > Display Vectors to toggle on/off
display of vector graphics in Embroidery mode.
Chapter 14 Automatic Digitizing
EasyDesign lets you convert vector graphics Embroidery mode opens in a few moments and the
directly to embroidery objects. In fact, entire converted embroidery objects are displayed.
clipart designs can be converted to embroidery.
The resulting objects take the current stitch type,
color and object details set for the particular object
type. You can modify these as required. You can
also convert embroidery to vector objects.
Note EasyDesign includes as standard the entire

suite of CorelDRAW® Essentials drawing tools
which offer many techniques for drafting outlines
and shapes on screen. For a detailed description of
the CorelDRAW® interface, refer to the electronic
User Guide available via the Windows Start >
To convert embroidery objects to vectors, simply do the
Programs group. Alternatively, use the onscreen reverse – select the embroidery objects and click
help available from the Graphics mode Help Convert Selected Embroidery to Graphics.
menu.
Graphics mode opens in a few moments and the
converted vector objects display.
To convert vector and embroidery objects
Create a new design with a graphic or open an existing
one. See Creating and opening designs for details.
Prepare artwork as necessary. See Digitizing with
Backdrops for details. See also the CorelDRAW® User
Guide.
The Convert tools are located on the Switch &
Convert toolbar as shown:
Try this! Graphics text can also be converted to native
Switch & Convert toolbar embroidery fonts. See also Creating lettering in
in Embroidery mode Graphics mode.
Switch & Convert toolbar

Digitizing images with
in Graphics mode
Click-to-Stitch
The tool behavior depends on the mode in which it is
invoked and objects selected in the design window: Use Digitize > Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill to
In Graphics mode, selected vector objects are digitize large artwork shapes with Parallel Weave
converted to embroidery and displayed in Fill, preserving any holes within.
Embroidery mode. Unselected objects are Use Digitize > Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill without
displayed but can’t be selected. Holes to digitize large artwork shapes with
In Embroidery mode, selected embroidery objects Parallel Weave Fill, ignoring any holes within.
are converted to vector objects and displayed in
Use Digitize > Click-to-Turning Angle Satin Fill to
Graphics mode. Unselected objects are displayed
digitize narrow column artwork shapes with satin
but can’t be selected.
stitch.
Use Digitize > Click-to-Centerline to digitize
Note You can hide embroidery objects in Graphics centerlines in artwork with run line stitches.
mode or vector objects in Embroidery mode by
toggling off Show Embroidery or Display Vectors. Use Digitize > Click-to-Outline to digitize
See also Showing & hiding backdrops. boundaries of shapes with run stitching using
Select the vector objects you want to convert and click current properties.
Convert Selected Graphics to Embroidery.
Use Digitize > Match to Palette to find the nearest 3 Click the Match to Palette icon.
match between a selected image color and thread 4 Select a Click-to-Stitch digitizing method.
color. 5 Click the shape you want to digitize.
The object is digitized in the nearest palette color.
The Click-to-Stitch tools provide everything
necessary to digitize shapes in bitmap images
automatically without using manual input
methods. These tools are useful for quickly
creating embroidery objects from scanned images
that do not require particular artistic effects or
embroidery-specific knowledge. This in turn frees
you to spend more time on the artistic or
inherently complicated areas of your designs.
Click-to-Stitch is available as a ‘flyout toolbar’ on
the Digitize toolbar providing the six options
shown above. These tools trigger functions of the Matched to palette Digitized in current color
same name found in the Embroidery >
Click-to-Stitch menu.
Note If Match to Palette is not selected, the object is
digitized in the current palette color.
Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch, it
needs to be image-processed first. See Preparing Digitizing fills with Click-to-Stitch
Images for Automatic Digitizing for details.
Use Digitize > Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill to
Matching palette colors to an image digitize large artwork shapes with Parallel Weave
Fill, preserving any holes within.
Use Digitize > Match to Palette to find the nearest Use Digitize > Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill without
match between a selected image color and thread Holes to digitize large artwork shapes with
color. If not selected, the color is digitized in the Parallel Weave Fill, ignoring any holes within.
current palette color. Use Digitize > Click-to-Turning Angle Satin Fill to
digitize narrow column artwork shapes with satin
Use the Match to Palette tool to find the nearest stitch.
match between a selected image color block and a
palette color. If Match to Palette is not selected, Click-to-Stitch can be used to create ‘closed’
the color block is digitized in the current palette Weave Fill objects, as well as objects with turning
color. Satin Fills. Use Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill to
digitize large areas in your artwork with Weave
Fill stitching, preserving any holes within them. If
To match palette colors to an image you want holes ignored, use the Click-to-Parallel
1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into Weave Fill without Holes tool. Use
EasyDesign for details. Click-to-Turning Angle Satin Fill to digitize
narrow column shapes with turning Satin Fill
stitching. Current properties are applied. You can
modify these as required before or after using the
tools.
To digitize fills with Click-to-Stitch

2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images
for Automatic Digitizing for details.
2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images 3 Select a thread color from the Color Palette. See
for Automatic Digitizing for details. Selecting thread colors for details.
Alternatively, use the Match to Palette tool to find the

nearest matching thread color. See Matching palette To digitize outlines with Click-to-Stitch
colors to an image for details.
4 Select the required Click-to-Stitch fill input method. 1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into
5 Click the shape you want to digitize.
2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images
6 Press Enter. for Automatic Digitizing for details.
The shape is immediately filled with stitches. 3 Select a thread color from the Color Palette. See
Selecting thread colors for details.
Alternatively, use the Match to Palette tool to find the
Click the object
nearest matching thread color. See Matching palette
colors to an image for details.
4 Select the required Click-to-Stitch outline input
method. Stitches are generated according to current
Object filled
stitch settings.
with stitches Use Click-to-Centerline to digitize centerlines in
your artwork with run stitching.
7 Digitize other filled shapes in the artwork in the same

way changing thread color and input method as
required.
Click to digitize centerline
Use Click-to-Outline to digitize boundaries of

shapes with run stitching.
All filled areas
digitized and shown
in Visualizer
8 Click Visualizer to check the result.
Note Stitches are generated according to current stitch

settings. These can be modified.
Digitizing outlines with Click-to-Stitch Click to digitize outlines
Use Digitize > Click-to-Centerline to digitize Try this! Depending on the thickness of the image
centerlines in artwork with run line stitches. outline, you may obtain double-lines with
Use Digitize > Click-to-Outline to digitize Click-to-Outline. You edit these lines as desired.
boundaries of shapes with run stitching using
current properties.
Use Click-to-Stitch to digitize boundaries and
details with run stitching. Current properties are
applied. You can modify these as required before
or after using the tools.
Note Even if an image is not pre-processed with

the Image Preparation tool, Click-to-Design
Instantly automatically processes the selected
image and converts it to embroidery. See also
Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing.
To create an entire design instantly

Unwanted outlines removed Outline stitch type changed
Digitizing images with

Click-to-Design
An extension of Click-to-Stitch technology,

Click-to-Design recognizes shapes in artwork
and makes decisions about the most suitable stitch
types to use. It also determines the stitching
sequence based on closest join. Artwork is ‘batch
processed’ to create the many embroidery objects
that make up a design. Click-to-Design has a
‘flyout toolbar’ with two options: Click-to-Design
Instantly (the default) and Click-to-Design
Advanced. These can also be found in the
Embroidery > Click-to-Design menu.
Note Only one image may be selected at a time. 2 Select the image and click the
The tool is disabled if the selection contains Click-to-Design Instantly icon.
anything other than an image.
Try this! If you want the software to automatically omit
Creating entire designs instantly the image background, make sure the background
color surrounds the design by at least one pixel.
Use Digitize > Click-to-Design Instantly to create
embroidery designs directly from imported
Accessing advanced features
images using default settings.
The Click-to-Design Advanced feature is
In essence, creating an embroidery design with the accessed in Embroidery mode in either of the
Click-to-Design Instantly tool is simply a matter following ways:
of selecting the image you want to convert, and
clicking the tool. The system automatically Selecting an image and clicking the
determines colors to fill, turn into details, or omit Click-to-Design Advanced button on the
altogether. And it chooses the most suitable stitch Digitize toolbar.
types to apply using default settings. Selecting an image and selecting Embroidery
> Click-to-Design > Advanced.
Tool Description
Color
reduction Use Add Colors to manually add a
controls Add Colors merged color to the color list. See
Adding merged colors for details.
Image Use Add Color to manually add a
preview
Add Color single color to the color list. See
Adding single colors for details.
Click the Undo button to undo any
Undo changes effected by the Add Color
tools.
Merged
color list Click Redo to redo any undone
Redo
changes.
Use to adjust the default color count
Auto Color
for the processed image. See
Reduction
Stitching Stitching options for details.
options
Click to zoom into both preview
Zoom In
panels.
Zoom Out similarly affects both
Note The ‘Kids Shoe’ sample image used to Zoom Out
preview panels.
illustrate the Click-to-Design Advanced feature
was created by Worakit Sirijinda courtesy of the Show All
Click to display the whole image in
FreeDigitalPhotos.net website. both preview panels.
The Click-to-Design dialog in EasyDesign
Notes:
combines two primary functions – color reduction
and stitching options. The Color Reduction panel Click and drag the cursor over either preview panel to
provides two views of the selected image: pan the image.
Left panel: displays the original image color When the focus is in the preview panel, the mouse
count. scroll wheel performs according to Work Environment
presets. See Setting scrolling options for details.
Right panel: displays the processed image color
count. This automatically updates as settings Image colors
are adjusted.
If the selected image has not already been
The Stitching Options panel lets you choose how color-reduced, it displays the results of automatic
to embroider fills, details, outlines and borders. color reduction, listing all colors making up each
merged color.
Note Click-to-Design accepts artwork in either a

raw or pre-prepared state. For best results,
however, it may be necessary to pre-prepare your
artwork before processing via Click-to-Design.
See Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing for
details.
Color reduction
The Color Reduction panel of the
Click-to-Design dialog works as follows:
Color reduction tools

Color reduction tools appearing at the top of the
dialog are listed below:
Image colors merged to a Use slider to adjust

single color per row color count or enter
precise value
JANOME Digitizer MBX calculates the average color

of each row and finds the closest match in the
current thread color palette. The matched thread,
showing color block, code and brand, is displayed
in the Thread Colors column. Note The preview you see in this dialog may not
exactly match the preview you see in the
Click-to-Design dialog. The reason for this is that
Try this! You may want to preset the Color Auto Color Reduction only reduces image colors.
Palette according to your available threads The Click-to-Design dialog matches those colors
before processing the image. Select from a wide to available threads. You may want to preset the
range of commercial thread charts. Add or remove Color Palette according to your available threads
colors – you can assign up to 128 color slots. Find before processing the image. See Setting up color
and sort specific colors by color code. See Setting palettes for details.
up color palettes for details.
Color merging
Automatic color reduction After automatic color reduction, colors can be
further merged by clicking and dragging one row
Use Auto Color Reduction to adjust the default on top of another.
color count for the processed image.
Use the Auto Color Reduction control to reduce
the color count to a precise number. This is useful
if you want to match design colors to an exact
number of thread colors.
Two pink rows merged by

dragging one on top of another
Color-reduced images Reassign colors

If the selected image has already been Firstly, use the Color Reduction panel to indicate
color-reduced, it displays a single image color per how the reduced color set is to be interpreted by
row. See also Preparing Images for Automatic the software – i.e. as fills, details, or omitted
Digitizing. altogether. Override automatic color assignments
by tagging checkboxes in the Omit, Fills and
Details columns as required.
Pre-prepared
image – one image
color per row
Tag colors by purpose –
fill, detail, or omit
Locate colors
While the cursor pointer is over a row in the Color
List, select it, right-click and hold to display Note When tagging checkboxes, the first click
processed image with that color only in the selects the line, the second click selects the actual
Preview panel. checkbox. Only one checkbox can be tagged in
each row. In other words, options are mutually
exclusive.
Stitching options
Once thread colors have been assigned for use as
fills or details, you can decide how they are to be
stitched. Or let the software decide. You can also
allow the software to automatically generate
outlines during image conversion. These may be in
the form of outlines around objects and/or borders
Right-click to around the design itself. Select outline and border
locate selected
color colors from the droplist. Colors and object details
of generated objects can be changed at any time.
Select stitch types

for fills and details
Stitching options Generate outines and/or
borders as desired
For each thread color, JANOME Digitizer MBX uses
‘fuzzy logic’ to assess how that color will be used in
an embroidered design – i.e. for fills, details, or Creating entire designs using advanced
omitted altogether. The Color Reduction panel settings
lets you override the software. The Stitching
Options panel lets you choose how fills and details Use Digitize > Click-to-Design Advanced for
should be embroidered. It also lets you add greater control when creating embroidery designs
automatic outlines and borders. directly from imported images.
If you want greater control over your artwork, the
Click-to-Design Advanced tool allows you to
control colors and stitch types used during 4 Use any of the available color reduction techniques to
conversion. edit the thread color list. See Accessing advanced
features for details.
To create entire designs using advanced

settings Try this! Use the Number of Colors control to reduce
the color count to a precise number. This is useful if you
1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into want to match design colors to an exact number of
EasyDesign for details. thread colors. See Stitching options for details.
5 If you want more control over color merging and
matching, use any of the available manual techniques.
See Adding merged colors for details. See also Adding
single colors.
Try this! You can drag-and-drop one row on top of

another to merge image colors. The dragged row will
be removed and the target row updated with the
additional colors. The matched thread color is also
updated.
2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images 6 Override automatic color assignments by tagging
for Automatic Digitizing for details. checkboxes in the Omit, Fills and Details columns in
3 Select the image and click the the Color Reduction panel.
Click-to-Design Advanced icon. Once thread colors have been assigned for use as fills
The Click-to-Design dialog opens. This dialog or details, you can decide how they are to be stitched.
combines two primary functions – color reduction and Or let the software decide.
stitching options.
Background color
omitted
Green colors
Color reduction omitted
settings
Stitching options for details, 7 Select a stitching style for details from the Details
outlines and borders droplist:
Try this! The software matches colors from the

current Color Palette. You may want to preset the
chart according to your available threads before
processing the image. See Setting up color palettes for
details.
While a circle is drawn, a small preview panel appears

Option Purpose at the bottom of the preview panel indicating which
colors are being picked up.
Satin Suited for use with thicker lines or smaller
shapes of varying width. This will depend 3 Release the mouse button.
on the design and colors chosen for use The selected colors form a new row at the end of the
as details. color list with selected colors automatically merged.
Satin Line Suited for use with outlines of constant
width. These can subsequently be Try this! You can drag-and-drop one row on top of
converted to run stitch outlines. The another to merge image colors. The dragged row will
software will, however, override Satin Line be removed and the target row updated with the
if it encounters a shape of varying width. additional colors. The matched thread color is also
updated.
Note Fills are automatically selected. These can be Adding single colors
changed later as required.
8 Click OK. Use Add Color to manually add a single color to
Click-to-Design converts the artwork to embroidery the color list.
objects and generates stitches.
If automatic color reduction does not give you the
precise result you want, you can add selected
Try this! The Stitching Options panel also allows you colors to the color list from within the image.
to automatically generate outlines between objects
and/or borders around the design itself. See Creating
automatic outlines and borders for details. To add a single color
1 Click the Add Color button and move the cursor over
the original image preview field.
The cursor pointer changes.
2 Zoom into a particular area and pick a color.
While the cursor pointer is hovering over the original
image, a small preview panel appears at the bottom of
the preview panel indicating which color is being picked
up.
3 Release the mouse button.
The selected color is added to a new row at the end of
the color list.
Adding merged colors
Creating automatic outlines and borders
Use Add Colors to manually add a merged color
to the color list. Use Digitize > Click-to-Design Advanced to
create automatic outlines and borders from
If automatic color reduction does not give you the imported images.
precise result you want, you can add your own
merged color to the color list from selected colors The Click-to-Design Advanced tool allows you to
within the image. automatically generate outlines during image
conversion. These may be in the form of outlines
between objects and/or borders around the design
To add merged color itself. You can select the outline colors to use at the
1 Click the Add Colors button and move the cursor over time of converting the image. Colors and object
the original image preview field. details of generated objects can be changed at any
The cursor pointer changes. time.
2 Click and drag the left mouse button over the image to
pick up colors within the selection area.
Set conversion
To create automatic outlines and borders options as required
1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into Add outlines and/or
EasyDesign for details. borders as required
and set colors
4 Set conversion options for all colors in the image as

required. See Creating entire designs using advanced
settings for details.
5 From the Outlines and/or Border droplists, choose
thread colors as required.
Generated outline stitching uses Run Line stitching
to surround separate color blocks in the source
image. This has the same stitch properties as any
details generated during conversion. See also
Digitizing run lines.
2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images Generated border outlines are created as Satin Line
for Automatic Digitizing for details. objects with current design settings for width and
3 Select the image and click the other properties. The border is oriented clockwise for
Click-to-Design Advanced icon. consistent stitching with objects such as appliqué.
See also Digitizing thick lines & borders.
The Click-to-Design dialog opens.
6 Click OK.
Click-to-Design converts the artwork to embroidery
objects and generates stitches.
Try this! You may, if you wish, omit all image colors
from the selection criteria and choose to generate only
outlines and/or borders.
Creating embroidery from For improved results, you may need to edit images
photographs using an image editing tool such as Corel Paint
Shop Pro, Photo-Paint or Adobe Photoshop.
Use Digitize > Photo Click Instantly to create

embroidery designs directly from photographs or Try this! You can print design images directly
other images using default settings. onto a special fabric or transfer via your inkjet
Use Digitize > Photo Click Advanced for greater printer. Printed images can then be combined with
control when creating embroidery designs directly Photo Click to produce stitch highlights on the
from photographs or other images. image. See also Setting print options.
Use Photo Click to create embroidery from

photographs or other images, color or grayscale. To create embroidery from photographs
Photo Click designs consist of rows of stitches of 1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into
varying spacing (PhotoSatin Fill). The effect EasyDesign for details.
resembles the output of a line printer. Adjust the 2 Select a thread color.
angle of the rows and/or the stitches themselves.
3 With the image selected, click one of the Photo Click
icons.
If Photo Click Instantly is active, the photo will be
processed using the current settings and selected
thread color.
If Photo Click Advanced is active, the Object
Details > Photo Click dialog opens.
Grayscale images are made up of different shades

of gray pixels. Color images are automatically
converted to grayscale when you apply Photo
Click. For best results, use images with
well-defined subjects, good detail, and high
contrast or constantly varying shades. The
Photo_Click_Image.bmp sample included with
the software is an example of this type of image. 4 In the Resolution panel, select a resolution option –
By contrast, the image below is not suitable as it Low, Medium, High, or Extra High.
does not contain enough detail and has poor The coarser the resolution, the more spacing between
contrast. rows.
High resolution Low resolution
5 In the Background panel, select a background option:

Option Purpose
Light Applies the maximum row width to the
lightest part of the image.
Dark Applies the maximum row width to the
darkest part of the image.
Light background Dark background
Try this! The option you select usually depends on

whether the fabric is light or dark. The Dark option
produces a negative of the image.
6 In the Fill panel, adjust the Grain Angle as required.
This determines the angle of the stitches.
Grain Angle: 0° Grain Angle: 90°
7 Click OK.
EasyDesign generates stitches for the selected image.
This process may take some time.
Try this! Use Visualizer for a more accurate

representation of the stitching.
131
Part IV
Modifying Designs
After digitizing a design, you can modify it as a whole, edit individual objects
or even individual stitches.
Combining & resequencing objects

This section describes how to combine objects and designs by copying and
pasting, duplicating, and inserting techniques. It also describes how to
resequence objects by cut and paste, by color or object. See Combining &
Resequencing Objects for details.
Arranging & transforming objects

This section describes how to position objects, lock and group, as well as
how to scale, rotate, skew, and flip objects. See Arranging & Transforming
Objects for details.
Reshaping & editing objects

This section describes how to reshape objects with control points, adjust
stitch angles, and change entry and exit points. See Reshaping & Editing
Stitch editing
This section describes how to select and edit the stitches in a stitch-based
design, using EasyEdit. See Stitch Editing for details.
132
Chapter 15
Combining &
Resequencing Objects
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you add to designs

quickly by duplicating and copying existing
objects. It also lets you combine designs by
inserting the contents of one file into another.
Stitching sequence usually occurs in the order in
which the design was digitized. However, you can
change this by a variety of methods.
This section describes how to combine objects
and designs by copying and pasting, duplicating,
and inserting techniques. It also describes how
to resequence objects by cut and paste, by color
or object.
Combining objects & designs

To insert designs
A design or design objects can be copied or cut and 1 Open the first design.
placed on the Windows Clipboard for temporary 2 Travel to the point in the stitching sequence where you
storage. It can then be pasted any number of want to insert the second design. See Traveling
times, within either the same or another design, through designs for details.
until replaced on the Clipboard. You can also cut, You can insert a design between objects in the
copy and paste lettering objects within and sequence, or ‘nest’ the design within an object.
between designs. When you insert one design in 3 Select Embroidery > Insert Design.
another, the two Color Palettes are merged. The Open dialog opens.
Inserting designs
Use Embroidery > Insert Design to combine two or more

designs.
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you insert one design
into another. The two (or more) designs can then
be saved as a combined design.
Chapter 15 Combining & Resequencing Objects
Objects copied
and pasted
4 From the Look In dropdown list, select the folder where Note You can also remove objects from a design
the design you want to insert is stored, and select the using the Cut command and paste them back in
required format from the Files of type dropdown list. again. Cut and Paste changes the stitching
5 Select the design file to insert, and click Open. sequence in the design. See Resequencing objects
The design is inserted at the current needle position. with cut & paste for details.
6 Move the second design into the required position. See
Positioning objects using click and drag for details.
To copy & paste objects
1 Select the object/s to copy.
Move into the

required position
2 Click the Copy icon.

Try this! To ensure that all the objects in the inserted The selected object is copied to the Clipboard.
design stay together, group the design while working 3 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence at which
with it. See Grouping objects for details. you want to paste the object. See Traveling through
7 Save the combined design under the original or designs in EasyEdit for details.
different name.
The designs you have inserted are now combined into
one design.
Travel to the
position
Try this! If the two designs share colors, you may want
to resequence them for efficient stitchout. See
Resequencing designs for details. You can paste between other objects in the sequence,
or ‘nest’ the copied object within an object. See Nesting
objects for details.
Copying & pasting objects 4 Click the Paste icon.
The object is pasted in the design. The object remains
Click Standard > Copy to copy selected objects to on the Clipboard and can be pasted repeatedly until the
the Clipboard. next Copy or Cut command.
Click Standard > Paste to paste copied objects in
the design.
You can copy objects to create multiple, identical Object pasted

objects, or to insert objects from other designs. then flipped
Nesting objects
You can inset or ‘nest’ an object in the middle of Object
selected
another object’s stitching sequence to prevent long
connectors being generated. Nesting lets you
create or insert an object at an exact point of the
stitching sequence. This feature is particularly
useful with stamps, and other designs where long
connectors may be generated.
Object cut and
pasted
4 3
1 2
The second object is ‘nested’ in the stitching sequence

Objects not nested – long connectors of the first object. All required functions are
automatically inserted for the second object.
2 4
Try this! To view the connectors that are generated for
1 3 the nested object, view in normal view.
Deleting objects
Various methods are available for deleting objects.
Objects nested – short connectors
and better stitching order
To delete objects
Select the object/s to delete, and do one of the
Note The stitching sequence of nested objects is following:
maintained when stitches are regenerated for Press Delete.
either object. However, if you resequence a design
Select Edit > Delete.
containing nested objects it will stitch objects in
the original object sequence.
Duplicating & cloning objects
To nest objects
1 Travel through the first object until the needle position Objects can be quickly duplicated or cloned in a
marker is in the place you want to insert the second single operation rather than copied and pasted.
object. See Traveling through designs in EasyEdit for Duplicated objects can be resized and reshaped for
details. a variety of purposes. Duplicates also allow you to
create effects like drop shadows for lettering or
other objects. They can also be superimposed to
Traveled to the
point create special open stitching blending effects.
Duplicated object
spacing increased
and color changed
to create blending
2 Insert the second object. To do this, either digitize the effect
object or cut and paste it into position.
Duplicating objects
Select Edit > Duplicate to duplicate selected objects.

Objects can be duplicated rather than copied. Right-click
When an object is duplicated, it is not copied to the object
Clipboard. This leaves the Clipboard free for you to
cut or copy other objects.
Drag-and-drop
Object
duplicated
To duplicate objects Try this! For more precise positioning, hold down the
Ctrl key while dragging – movement is thereby
1 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence at which constrained to X or Y axes.
you want to place the object. See Traveling through
designs for details. 3 Release the mouse.
You can place the duplicate between other objects in A duplicate object(s) is created at the release point.
the sequence, or ‘nest’ it within an object. See Nesting
objects for details.
2 Select the object/s to duplicate.
3 Select Edit > Duplicate or press Ctrl+D.
The duplicate object is placed at the specified position
in the stitching sequence. Duplicate objects are placed
according to settings in the Edit tab of the Work
Environment dialog. See also Setting duplication
options.
Warning Make sure that there is only one copy of an

object at any one position. If an object is pasted twice
at the same position, it will be stitched twice.
Right-click, hold down Ctrl key,
Cloning objects and drag-and-drop object Release it
The Quick Clone feature lets you quickly duplicate

selected objects by right-clicking, dragging and Try this! Clone objects to another window by the same
releasing at a new position. method. To temporarily deactivate automatic scrolling,
hold down the Shift key while dragging. An identical
copy of the selection is created at the same
To clone objects coordinates as the first window, no matter where the
mouse is released.
1 Select an object or objects.
2 Holding down the right mouse button, drag the
object(s) to a new position.
Setting duplication options
A black outline of the object appears. The cursor icon Select Setup > Work Environment > Edit to set object
includes a plus symbol. duplication options.
The Duplicate feature allows you to create effects

Click Standard > Paste to paste copied objects in
like drop shadows for lettering or other objects. It the design.
allows you to add an X and Y offset when
duplicating. Duplicate objects are placed according
You can resequence objects by cutting an object
to settings in the Edit tab of the Work
from the design and pasting it back at a different
Environment dialog.
point in the sequence. This does not change the
physical location of the object.
To set duplication options
1 Select Setup > Work Environment. To resequence objects with cut & paste
The Work Environment dialog opens. 1 Select the object/s to resequence.
2 Select the Edit tab. 2 Click the Cut icon.
The selected object is removed from the design and
moved to the Clipboard.
Select default
object duplication
settings
3 Select required Duplicate option:
Option Effect Completed design with Select and cut object to be

center stitched first changed
Object When activated, cloned objects are
Position duplicated in the same location as the 3 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence where
selected object/s. This is the default you want to paste the object. See Simulating design
behavior. stitchout for details.
Shift When activated, selected object/s are You can paste between other objects in the sequence,
Objects duplicated with horizontal and vertical or ‘nest’ the cut object within another object. See
offsets as indicated. Use these to create Nesting objects for details.
precise offsets for effects such as drop If you do not move the current needle position marker,
shadows. the object is pasted at the end of the sequence.
4 Click the Paste icon.
4 Click OK. The object is pasted back in the design.
Needle position
Resequencing designs marker
The embroidery objects in a design form a stitching

sequence. Initially, objects are stitched in the order
in which they were created. You can change the
position of a selected object by cutting it, then
pasting it somewhere else in the sequence, or by
using the Resequence tool. Travel to end of design Paste object
Resequencing objects with cut & paste

Note The object remains on the Clipboard and can be
Click Standard > Cut to cut selected objects and pasted repeatedly until the next Copy or Cut
place them on the Clipboard. command.
Resequencing selected objects
Use Docker > Resequence to resequence

selected objects in the required stitching order.
You can resequence objects by selecting them in Right-click to

the required stitching order. The Resequence List access popup
is ‘modeless’ meaning that it stays on the Design menu
Window as long as you need it. See also Selecting
and viewing objects with the Resequence List.
To resequence selected objects Resequencing objects by color

The Resequence List opens. Use Docker > Resequence to resequence
selected objects by color.
2 Click the Object button corresponding to the object you
want to select. See also Objects and object details.
You can resequence objects by color. This reduces
the number of color changes in a design. The
Resequence List is ‘modeless’ meaning that it
stays on the Design Window as long as you need it.
To resequence objects by color

The Resequence List opens.
2 Select the Colors button as required.
3 Select the first object you want to resequence.

Holding down Ctrl, select multiple objects to
resequence.
2 3
Holding down Shift, select a range of objects to 1
resequence.
4 Click the buttons to reposition selected object/s in the
stitching sequence:
Button Purpose 5 6
4
Top: moves it to the start of the sequence. Stitching sequence
labelled, color changes
Up: moves it up one place up in the after each object
sequence.
Down: moves it one place down in the
3 Select the first color you want to resequence.
sequence.
Holding down Ctrl, select multiple objects to
Bottom: moves it to the end of the sequence. resequence.
Holding down Shift, select a range of objects to
Delete: removes it from the sequence. resequence.
4 Use the buttons to reposition the selected color/s in the
stitching sequence. See Resequencing selected
Try this! You can also access commands via the objects for details.
Resequence List, including lock/unlock and object
details.
Warning When saved into earlier versions of the

software, monograms and appliqués may be
subjected to the Break Apart procedure by
Reposition default.
selected color
To break apart composite objects

1 Select the object you want to break apart – e.g.
branched object, appliqué, monogram.
The Break Apart command is activated.
Alternatively, click-and-drag colors to reposition in the

stitching sequence. 2 Click the Break Apart icon. The branched object is split
into its component objects.
3 5
1
Try this! To modify individual objects – e.g. to change

4 6
the stitching sequence of monogram borders – use the
2 Resequence List to ungroup objects and resequence.
Stitching sequence
changed, color changes
reduced
Breaking apart composite objects
Use Edit > Break Apart to split composite objects

– monograms, appliqués, etc – into component
objects.
The Break Apart tool allows you to split composite

objects such as monograms and appliqué into their
components. The effect on these objects is similar
to the ungrouping operation.
139
Chapter 16
Reshaping & Editing

Objects
JANOME Digitizer MBX lets you modify object

shapes by means of control points. These vary
slightly with the object type. For some objects,
you can also change control points from
corner points to curves. Stitch angle lines and
entry and exit markers all appear around
selected objects. Stitch angle adjustments
depend on the type of object you are working
with. With some objects you can set a stitch
angle for the entire object. With others, you
can adjust the turning stitch angles. You can
also change the stitch entry and exit points of
individual objects. This is useful in order to
reduce the number of travel runs connecting
adjoining objects.
This section describes how to reshape objects with control points, adjust stitch
angles, and change entry and exit points.
Reshaping objects
Entry point
You can change the shape of an object by selecting Exit point

it with the Reshape tool and moving, adding or
Corner point
deleting control points on the outline. For some
objects, you can also change control points from Curve point
corner points to curves. The types of control points
you will encounter in Reshape mode are shown Stitch angle line
below.
Try this! The Reshape tool lets you modify

shapes without affecting the stitch angles.
Chapter 16 Reshaping & Editing Objects
Reshaping objects using control points
Use Edit > Reshape Object to display control

points of selected objects and reshape them.
Change object shapes by selecting them with the

Reshape Object tool and modifying the available
control points.
Click and drag a bounding box around a group of
control points to select.
To reshape objects using control points
1 Select the object to reshape.
2 Select the Reshape Object icon.
Control points appear around the object.
Entry point Exit point
Moving control points

Curve control
point
You can move control points to change an outline
shape.
To move control points

Corner control
point Click and drag a single control point to a new position.
Similarly, click and drag multiple control points to a new
3 Modify the outline by adding, deleting, changing or position.
moving the control points, depending on the object type
and the required change.
4 Change entry and exit points, and stitch angle as
required.
Selecting control points

Control points can be selected individually or
together, for repositioning or modification.
Adding control points
To select control points Use Edit > Reshape Object to reshape selected
Click to select a single control point. objects.
You can add control points to object outlines by

clicking with the Reshape Object tool selected.
Note You cannot add control points to objects

created with the Parallel Fill Circle tool. See also
Reshaping circle objects.
Holding down Ctrl, click to select multiple control
points.
To add control points

1 Position the pointer where you want to add the control
point.
2 Click to add a control point.
Left-click to add a corner point.
Right-click to add a curve point.
Note If the object only has two control points (or two
Left-click Right-click pairs of control points as in the case of Turning Angle
Fill objects), deleting one deletes the whole object.
3 Adjust the position of the control point by dragging it
along the outline as required.
Reshaping circle objects
Changing control points
Reshape object outlines by changing corner control Use Edit > Reshape Object to reshape circle
points to curves, or vice versa. objects.
You can change Circle objects from circles to ovals

Note You cannot change the end points of Turning using the Reshape Object tool. Circle objects
Angle Fill columns, or any control point in objects have two reshape control points (used to change
created with the Parallel Fill Circle tool. See also the radius and orientation of the object), a center
Reshaping circle objects. point (used to reposition it), and a stitch entry
point. You cannot add, change or delete control
points in these objects.
To change control points
1 Select the control point.
2 Press Spacebar. To reshape circle objects
Corner control point changes to curve, and vice versa. 1 Select a Parallel Fill Circle object.
Deleting control points
Entry point
Delete unwanted control points to change an
outline or to remove unwanted boundaries from 90°
Parallel Fill objects.
Stitch angle Control point

Note You cannot delete the control points from Center point
objects created with the Parallel Fill Circle tool.
See also Reshaping circle objects.
To delete control points

Try this! To move a circle, click the control point in the
1 Select the control point or points. circle’s center, and drag it to a new position.
2 Press Delete. 3 Click a control point on the circle outline.
To reshape without changing the orientation, use the
top control point.
Adjusting Parallel Fill stitch angles by

Drag top
control point object details
You can change the stitch angle of Parallel Fill
objects using Object Details.
To reshape and spin the object around its center

point, use the side control point.
To adjust Parallel Fill stitch angles by object
details
Drag side
control point 1 Select and double-click a Parallel Fill object.
The Object Details > Parallel Fill tab opens.
Try this! To scale a circle without changing it to an Enter required

stitch angle
oval, select it with the Select tool, and use the corner
selection handles to scale it.
2 Enter the required stitch angle in the Fill Stitch Angle
field.
3 Click OK.
Scale using corner
selection handles
Adjusting stitch angles Angle: 90° Angle: 0°
Stitch angle adjustments depend on the type of Adjusting Parallel Fill stitch angle
object you are working with. With Parallel Fill on-screen
objects you can set a stitch angle for the entire
object. You can do the same with Turning Angle Use Edit > Reshape Object to display control
Fill objects. You can also adjust the stitch angle in points and stitch angle lines of selected objects.
Turning Angle Fill and Parallel Fill objects using
the Reshape Object tool. You can change the stitch angle of Parallel Fill
objects using the Reshape Object tool.
Note You cannot change the stitch angle of Satin

Line objects as the stitches automatically turn to To adjust Parallel Fill stitch angles on-screen
follow the shape. You can, however, change the 1 Select a Parallel Fill object.
stitch angle of Parallel Fill Circle objects by 2 Click the Reshape Object icon.
moving the stitch entry point.
Control points appear together with a stitch angle line.

To edit stitch angles in Reshape mode
1 Select the lettering object.
2 Click the Reshape Object icon and click the letter
outline.
3 Click-and-drag stitch angle points to their required
positions.
The stitch angles change accordingly.
3 Click and drag the line as required.
Note Notice that the mouse pointer changes to a ‘stitch

angle mouse pointer’.
Note Notice that the mouse pointer changes to a ‘stitch

angle mouse pointer’.
4 Select and delete stitch angles by pressing the Delete
button.
5 Holding down the Ctrl key, click the outline wherever
you want to place a stitch angle line.
Try this! To minimize gaps in your embroidery, place

the entry and exit points opposite each other on the Changing entry & exit points
outside boundary. Then define the stitch angle so it is
perpendicular to the line between the entry and exit
points. Use Edit > Reshape Object to adjust the entry and
exit points of selected objects.
Editing stitch angles in Reshape mode
You can change the stitch entry and exit points of
individual objects. Do this to place the exit point
Use Edit > Reshape Object to display control next to adjoining objects for smaller connecting
points and stitch angle lines of selected objects.
stitches, or to reduce the number of travel runs.
You can adjust the stitch angles of Lettering and
Turning Angle Fill objects interactively using the
Reshape Object tool. You can also add and Note In Circle objects, the stitch angle is
delete stitch angles while in Reshape mode. perpendicular to the line connecting the entry point
to the circle center. Thus, changing the stitch entry
point in a Circle object changes its stitch angle.
Entry Entry
point point
To change entry & exit points

1 Select the object to change.
Control points appear, including entry and exit points.
Entry
point
Exit point
Note In Circle objects, only the entry point appears.

3 Select the entry or exit point as required, and drag it to
a different position on the object outline.
Entry point
Exit point

145
Chapter 17
Arranging &
Transforming Objects
You can change the position, size and

orientation of objects in a design by moving,
scaling and transforming them. Group objects
together to apply a change to them all at once,
or lock them to avoid unintentional
modification. You can modify objects directly
on-screen or by changing their settings. You
can also access some of these functions using
the popup menu.
The scalability and stitching quality of a design
ultimately depend on its original source. Only
native JAN designs contain the complete set of
design information required for 100% perfect
scaling and transformation. See also Embroidery
design formats.
This section describes how to position objects, lock and group, as well as how
to scale, rotate, skew, and flip objects.
Positioning & aligning objects 2 Click and drag the object to a new position.
Position objects in your design using the mouse to

drag them to a new position, nudging them with
the arrow keys or by specifying the X:Y coordinates
in the Object Details dialog.
Positioning objects using click and drag

The simplest way to move an object in your design
is to click and drag it to a new position.
Alternatively, use the arrow keys to ‘nudge’ objects
into position. Cross-hair cursor
centers objects
To position objects using click and drag 3 For more accurate positioning, press the arrow keys to
‘nudge’ the object into the required position.
1 Select the object/s to move.
Chapter 17 Arranging & Transforming Objects
found in the Align popup menu. The tools are all

enabled when two or more objects are selected.
Try this! Zoom in to make small adjustments. The
distance the object moves depends on the current
zoom factor. The greater the zoom factor, the smaller To align objects
the distance moved.
1 Select the objects you want to align.
Positioning objects using object details
You can position selected objects relative to the Note Objects are aligned with the last object
center of a design by entering its X:Y coordinates selected.
in the Object Details dialog. 2 Select the object you want to align with.
3 Click an alignment tool or select Align in the popup
menu by right-clicking the objects.
To position objects using object details
1 Select the object/s to move. Align center
2 Double-click the object to open the Object Details
dialog, and select the Dimensions tab.
1 Align left
2
3
Enter new
coordinates Align bottom
3 Enter the new object coordinates in the Position fields.

Try this! You can also access the commands via the
4 Click OK. Design Window or the Resequence List. See also
The object is centered over the coordinates you set. Resequencing selected objects.
Aligning objects
Use Alignment > Align Left to left-align selected

objects.
Use Alignment > Align Centers Vertically to align
selected objects through their vertical centers.
Right-click and
Use Alignment > Align Right to right-align select Align
selected objects.
Use Alignment > Align Top to top-align selected
objects.
Use Alignment > Align Centers Horizontally to
horizontally align centers selected objects.
Use Alignment > Align Bottom to bottom-align Distributing objects evenly
selected objects.
Use Alignment > Align Centers to align selected Use Alignment > Space Evenly Horizontally to
objects to their centers. arrange the selected objects such that they are
horizontally spaced evenly.
Quickly align selected objects in a design to the Use Alignment > Space Evenly Vertically to
left, right, top, bottom or center of a specific arrange the selected objects such that they are
object. The Align tools in Alignment toolbar offer vertically spaced evenly.
a set of buttons to trigger corresponding functions
You can automatically distribute selected objects
with even spacing between them, both vertically or
horizontally. The Alignment toolbar offers a set of

buttons to trigger functions of the same name
found in the Alignment menu. The tools only
become enabled when three or more objects are
selected.
Objects unaligned and

To distribute objects evenly unevenly spaced
Select the three or more objects you want to evenly
distribute.
Objects
aligned
horizontally
To space evenly in the horizontal direction, click the

Space Evenly Horizontally icon. Objects evenly
spaced
horizontally
Design Window or the Resequence List. See also
To space evenly in the vertical direction, click the Resequencing selected objects.
Space Evenly Vertically icon.
Space evenly
commands
Locking & grouping objects
When you lock objects, you can prevent them from

being moved or modified by accident. When you
group objects, you can apply a change to all
Note Don’t confuse spacing with alignment. The
objects at once, saving time, and ensuring that the
example below shows objects which are both
change is consistent across all.
unaligned and unevenly spaced in the horizontal
direction.
Locking objects
Select Edit > Lock to lock selected objects. Select Edit >
Unlock to unlock objects.
Lock objects to prevent them from being moved or
modified by accident. For example, locking
backdrops or vector drawings holds them in place
as you digitize, transform or reshape the

embroidery objects near them. Locked objects can
Note You need to ungroup before you can set
be unlocked for modification at any time.
embroidery properties for any individual object in
the group.
To lock objects
Select the object you want to lock and select Edit > To ungroup objects
Lock.
1 Select the grouped object.
The selection handles disappear, indicating that the
object can no longer be selected or modified. 2 Select Edit > Ungroup.
To unlock objects, select Edit > Unlock. The object is ungrouped, and the component objects
selected.
All locked objects in the design are unlocked.
Try this! Right-click the selected objects and select

lock from the popup menu.
Grouping objects
You can group selected objects or the whole design
to keep them together for moving, scaling and Object is ungrouped, Ungrouped objects can be
transforming actions. component objects selected selected individually
To group objects
Scaling objects
1 Select the objects to group.
2 Select Edit > Group.
You can scale objects by dragging the selection
handles with the mouse, specifying the exact
dimensions in the Object Details dialog, or by
Select, move, resize,
setting the distance between reference points on
transform grouped the design. As an object is scaled, the stitch count
objects as a single object changes to preserve the current stitch spacing.
Note Only native JAN designs contain the

Selected objects are combined into a group. This can complete set of design information required for
be selected, moved, resized and transformed as a 100% perfect scaling and transformation.
single object.
Scaling objects using click & drag
Try this! To select with a bounding outline, simply drag You can change the height and width of an object,
the outline over one component object and the whole or scale it proportionally using the selection
group will be selected. See also Selecting objects with handles. Scale objects individually, or select
a bounding box. multiple objects and scale them together.
Ungrouping objects
To scale objects using click and drag
Select Edit > Ungroup to ungroup selected objects. 1 Select the object/s to scale.
When you have finished making changes to a Eight selection handles appear around the object.
group, you can ungroup it and work with the 2 Click and drag a selection handle to resize the object.
objects individually.
To scale objects using object details

1 Select the object/s to scale.
2 Double-click the object to open the Object Details
dialog, and select the Dimensions tab.
Drag Shift + drag
Adjust height and
Scale proportionally Scale proportionally width values
about center
To scale height and width proportionally, use a corner
handle. 3 In the Dimensions panel, scale the object as required.
Either:
Drag Enter exact height and width values
Enter the new height and width as a percentage of
the current dimensions.
4 Click OK.
Scale vertically
Height scaled
To change the height, use the handles at the Original by 150% Height scaled by 50%
center-top or center-bottom. object width scaled by 125%
Drag
Scale horizontally Scale horizontally
To change the width, use the handles at the Note After scaling, the new object size is reset to
center-sides. 100%.
Try this! To resize around a center anchor, hold down Rotating & skewing objects
Shift while you resize.
Shift + drag Shift + drag
You can rotate and skew objects directly on-screen
or by using the Rotate tool.
Scale
vertically in
both
Rotating objects using click & drag
directions
Scale horizontally in
both directions Click Edit > Select and click an object to select it.
Scaling objects using object details When you select an object, selection handles
display at its extremities. If you click the object
You can scale selected objects or a whole design again, the handles change to rotation handles.
using Object Details. This allows stitches to be
regenerated and the original stitch density
preserved. To rotate objects using click and drag
1 Select the object/s to rotate.
Warning If you scale a stitch design by more than 2 Click the object a second time.
5%, changes to stitch density will affect the design Rotation handles appear at the corners of the object
quality. See also Embroidery design formats. and an anchor point displays at the object’s center.
Rotation handle
To rotate objects using Rotate CCW/CW
Skew handle
1 Select object/s with the Select tool.
Anchor point
First click displays Second click displays

selection handles rotation handles
Note If you click too quickly, the Object Details dialog

opens.
3 If required, drag the rotation anchor from the center to
a new position.
4 Click a rotation handle, and drag it clockwise or
anti-clockwise. An outline and cross-hairs display as 2 Click Rotate 45° CCW/CW on the toolbar.
you rotate.
Click to rotate 45° counter-clockwise.
Right-click to rotate 45° clockwise.
Resequence List. See also Resequencing selected
objects.
Drag a corner to Drag the anchor Drag a corner to

rotate about the point rotate about the
anchor point anchor point
Note Rotate and skew tooltips similar to the resize

tooltip provide precise feedback. Knowing the figure is
especially useful when you want to apply the same
rotation (or skew angle) to multiple objects.
Skewing objects using click & drag

You can skew objects along the horizontal plane by
clicking skew handles and dragging to the required
angle.
Tooltip shows
precise rotation
angle To skew objects using click and drag
1 Select the object/s to skew.
2 Click the object a second time.
Rotating objects using Rotate CCW/CW
Rotation and skew handles appear around the object.
Skew handles are diamond-shaped and appear at the
Click Edit > Rotate 45° CCW/CW to rotate a
center-top and bottom of the object.
selected object or design by 45° clockwise.
Right-click to rotate by 45° counter-clockwise. 3 Drag the skew handles left or right.
The object skews along the horizontal plane. An outline
Use the Rotate 45° CCW/CW tool to rotate and cross-hairs show the change to the object’s shape.
objects by 45° rotations in either direction.
Drag skew handle

left or right
Source object Flip horizontally

Note Rotate and skew tooltips similar to the resize
tooltip provide precise feedback. Knowing the figure is
especially useful when you want to apply the same
skew angle to multiple objects.
Flip vertically Flip in both directions

Tooltip shows
precise skew
angle
Resequence List. See also Resequencing selected
objects.
Flipping objects
Click Edit > Flip Vertically to flip selected objects Right-click and
or design up/down. select Flip
Click Edit > Flip Horizontally to flip selected

objects or design left/right.
You can flip selected objects horizontally or

vertically using the dedicated tools. Creating ornamental layouts
To flip objects The Easy Layout feature allows you to arrange

multiple embroidery designs on the item or fabric
Select the object/s to flip. to be sewn. You can create a large embroidery
Click the Flip Horizontally tool to flip the object layout using Easy Layout and any selected
left/right. design/s or object/s. Designs are automatically
Click Flip Vertically to flip up/down. copied, rotated and placed in the work area
Alternatively, right-click the object and select Flip according to the chosen transformation method.
Horizontally or Flip Vertically from the popup menu.
The Easy Layout Work Area dialog is displayed.
Define rectangular
or circular work
area
Define work
area color
2 Select either a rectangular or round work area and

You can also print out the layout with Cloth Setter enter the required size.
marks to enable them to use the Cloth Setter to 3 Optionally click the color droplist to change the display
physically layout the designs on the item or fabric color.
you wish to embroider. You can also print the
template which can be used to position each of the
hooped portions of the design. See Printing
Designs for details.
Change display
Try this! When used in conjunction with the color
Combine toolbar, you can place multiple hoops
around a single design. See Hooping large designs
for details.
4 Optionally, click More Colors to select another color or

Defining work areas
create a new color of your choice.
The Colors dialog opens.
Use Easy Layout > Display Layout Work Area to
toggle display of the defined work area.
Use Easy Layout > Define Layout Work Area to
access the Easy Layout Work Area dialog.
Use Easy Layout > Apply to generate the object/s
and stitches of copies created by Easy Layout
operations. Pressing the Enter key has the same
effect.
Before you can create a design layout, you first Pick or define
need to define a work area according to the color of your
characteristics of the item or fabric you intend to choice
sew to. Work areas may be defined as rectangular
or circular spaces. EasyDesign allows you to define
a work area of up to 3m x 3m.
5 Click OK to confirm selections.
To define a work area 6 Click the Display Layout Work Area button to display
the layout.
1 Click the Define Layout Work Area button to create a
new work area.
To create a rectangular layout

1 Insert a design and/or select a design/s or object/s
already on-screen.
2 Click the Display Layout Work Area icon to toggle
display of the defined work area. See also Defining
work areas.
3 Move to the desired position in the work area.
Objects
grouped for
separate
stitchout
Creating layouts
Use Easy Layout > Copy And Mirror To Corners

to automatically create copies of any selected
object/s in each corner of the layout work area.
Use Easy Layout > Copy To Circle to
automatically create copies (specified by number
of repeats) of selected object/s around the center Warning If you want the selected objects to sew out in
of the work area. separate hoopings, make sure they are grouped before
proceeding. Otherwise, they will be color-optimized for
Use Easy Layout > Number of Copies to specify
a single stitchout – i.e. color block by color block. See
exact number of repeats.
also Hooping large designs.
Use Easy Layout > Move To Center to 4 Select the Copy And Mirror To Corners method.
automatically move selected object/s to the
center of the work area. Four wireframe copies are displayed and placed
equidistant around the center of the work area. Each
Use Easy Layout > Apply to generate the object/s copy is mirrored about the vertical or horizontal plane
and stitches of copies created by Easy Layout depending on the location of the reference design.
operations. (Pressing Enter has the same effect.)
Create large embroidery layouts using Easy
Layout together with selected design/s and/or
object/s. Designs are automatically copied, rotated
and placed in the work area according to the
chosen transformation method. Designs are
always placed equidistant around the center of the
work area based on the reference design/s or
object/s – i.e. the design/s or object/s selected to
perform the operation.
Try this! When used in conjunction with the

Combine toolbar, you can place multiple hoops
around a single design. See Hooping large designs
for details.
5 Click the Apply button or press Enter to confirm.

6 Insert or create additional designs as required.
5 Use the spin box control to define the number of

copies.
These are shown in wireframe and placed equidistant
Try this! Use the Move To Center tool to around the center of the work area. Each copy is
automatically move selected object/s to the center of rotated about the center of the work area according to
the work area. Press Enter to confirm. the number of copies created.
6 Click the Apply button or press Enter to confirm.
To create a circular layout 7 Insert or create additional designs as required.
1 Insert a design and/or select a design/s or object/s
already on-screen.
2 Click the Display Layout Work Area icon to toggle
display of the defined work area. See also Defining
work areas.
3 Move them to the desired position in the work area.
Try this! Use the Move To Center tool to

automatically move selected object/s to the center of
the work area. Press Enter to confirm.
Warning If you want the selected design/s or object/s

to sew out in a separate hooping, make sure it is
grouped before proceeding. See Hooping large
designs for details.
4 Select the Copy To Circle method.
155
Chapter 18
Stitch Editing
With EasyDesign stitches are automatically

generated from design outlines and properties.
This means you can scale, transform and reshape
JANOME Digitizer MBX designs without affecting
stitch density or quality.
The EasyEdit application allows you to work with
traditional stitch-based designs in the SEW or JEF
format. Using EasyEdit, you can fine-tune your
designs without having to convert them into JAN
format. EasyEdit lets you edit individual stitches.
You simply select them like any other object and
move the needlepoint position as required. You
may need to do this particularly when working
with ‘stitch’ files which do not contain design
outline data. See Embroidery design formats for details.
This section describes how to select and edit the stitches in a stitch-based
design, using JANOME Digitizer MBX EasyEdit.
Traveling through designs in Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through
EasyEdit the stitch sequence.
Use the Jump to Start/End of Design tool or

When working with embroidery designs, you need keyboard shortcuts to travel quickly to the start or
to understand the stitching sequence. You can view end of the stitching sequence. See also Appendices
a design’s stitching sequence in EasyEdit by & Index.
‘traveling’ through it by stitches or colors. JANOME
Digitizer MBX simulates stitching out by changing
stitches from black to their allocated thread color To travel to the start or end of a design
as they are ‘stitched’.
To travel to the start of the design, click the Jump to
Start/End of Design icon, then click the Back travel
Traveling to the start or end of a design icon.
To travel to the end of the design, click the Jump to
Use Travel > Jump to Start/End of Design in Start/End of Design icon, then click the Forward
conjunction with Forward and Back icons to travel travel icon.
to the start or end of a design.
the stitch sequence.
Chapter 18 Stitch Editing
Traveling by color stitches in EasyEdit. You can jump to the start or

end of a design or travel by object or color in
Use Travel > Jump by Color then use the Forward EasyDesign. See also Appendices & Index.
and Back icons to travel to the previous or next
color change.
Note The current needle position is indicated by a
‘current stitch position marker’. Initially, this is
a design.
located at the end of the design. When you travel
Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through a through stitches, the needle position marker
design. moves accordingly. See also Stitch Editing.
Use the color travel tool or keyboard shortcuts to

travel through the design by color. This is useful if Current needle
you need to locate a specific color change in order position marker
to insert a stitch or delete it from the stitching
sequence. See also Appendices & Index.
To travel by stitches
1 In EasyEdit, select a stitch traveling tool. You can
choose from the following:
Jump By 1 Stitch
Jump By 10 Stitches
Travel to start of Travel to end of
design design Jump By 100 Stitches.
2 Travel through the design.
To travel by color To travel to the next stitch in the stitching sequence,
click the Forward arrow on the toolbar.
To travel to the previous or next color, click the Jump To travel to the previous stitch, click the Back arrow.
by Color icon, then click the Back or Forward travel
icon. See also Quick Reference. As you travel, the current position marker moves to
show the stitching sequence.
Traveling by stitches
Use Travel > Jump By 1 Stitch in conjunction with Travel backwards

Forward and Back icons to travel by 1 stitch. one stitch
Use Travel > Jump By 10 Stitches in conjunction

with Forward and Back icons to travel by 10 Try this! You can also use the shortcut keys to travel
stitches. by stitches through your design. Press Esc, then press
Use Travel > Jump By 100 Stitches in conjunction the left and right arrows to jump backwards by 1 stitch,
with Forward and Back icons to travel by 100 the up and down arrows by 10 stitches, and the keypad
stitches. ‘+’ and ‘-’ by 100 stitches.
+10
Click Travel > Back to travel backwards through

-1 +1
Use the stitch travel tools or shortcut keys to travel
through the design one or more stitches at a time. -10
You can only travel by stitches, to the start or end
of a design or travel by color, as well as edit
Selecting stitches
The Stitch Mode tool lets you select single Selected stitch
stitches, several stitches, or a range of stitches by
selecting their needle points, or dragging a
bounding box around them. Selected stitches are
highlighted in a different color.
Selecting all stitches in a design Selecting stitches with a bounding box

Select all stitches to apply changes to a whole
design. See also Quick Reference. Click Edit > Stitch Mode to select stitches with a
bounding box.
To select all stitches in a design In EasyEdit you can quickly select all stitches in a
Select Edit > Select All or press Ctrl+A. group by dragging a bounding box around them.
Sizing handles appear around the entire design.
To select stitches with a bounding box
1 Click the Stitch Mode icon.
2 Drag a bounding box around the stitches you want to
select.
Stitches are selected when you release the mouse
button.
Bounding box Stitches selected
No stitches selected All stitches selected
To deselect, press X or Esc.
Selecting stitches by needle point
Use Edit > Stitch Mode to select individual stitches

for editing.
You can select individual stitches in Stitch Mode

by selecting their needle points. Selecting stitches while traveling
Toggle Travel > Select While Traveling to select

Try this! Zoom in and display the needle points stitches while traveling through a design.
for easier selection.
In EasyEdit, you can select stitches as you ‘travel’
through the design. Traveling is usually associated
To select stitches by needle point
with checking the stitching sequence. See also
1 In EasyEdit, click the Stitch Mode icon. Stitch Editing.
2 Click a needle point.
The needle point changes color and the needle
To select stitches while traveling
position marker moves to the selected stitch. All
stitches after the needle position marker in the stitching 1 In EasyEdit, use the travel tools to travel to the first
sequence appear in black. stitch you want to select. See also Traveling through
designs in EasyEdit.
2 Click the Select While Traveling tool on the Edit
toolbar.
3 Click the Stitch Mode tool.

Continue traveling through the design. As you select,
the stitches/objects become selected.
Stitches selected
4 Move the mouse pointer where you want to insert the
new stitch, and right-click.
4 When you have finished selecting, click the Select Right-click

While Traveling tool again to turn it off.
Editing stitches
In EasyEdit you can insert stitches in an object to 5 Move the mouse to where you want to insert the next
stitch, and right-click.
fill gaps. You can move or delete individual or
clusters of selected stitches.
Stitches
inserted
Right-click
Inserting stitches
6 Continue right-clicking as required.
Use Edit > Stitch Mode to insert stitches in an
object.
Moving stitches
You can insert stitches in an object to fill gaps.
Inserted stitches are considered part of the object Use Edit > Stitch Mode to select individual
(rather than independent objects). Where stitches for moving.
possible, edit the object details rather than
individual stitches. For example, to increase stitch In EasyEdit, you can move individual or groups of
density, reduce spacing rather than insert stitches. selected stitches.
To insert stitches To move stitches

1 In EasyEdit, click the Stitch Mode icon. 1 In EasyEdit, click the Stitch Mode icon.
2 Zoom into the area you want to edit. 2 Select stitches and drag them to a new position.
3 Select a needlepoint. The stitch shadow outline shows the new position.
The stitch changes color and the needle position 3 Press Enter.
marker moves to the selected stitch.
Drag stitch to new

position
Split into two blocks
Shadow outline
Selected stitch
Deleting stitches
Splitting stitch blocks
Use Edit > Stitch Mode to select individual stitches
Use Edit > Stitch Mode to select individual stitches for deletion.
for deletion.
Use Edit > Split Block to split objects at a selected You can delete individual or groups of selected
needlepoint. stitches.
In both EasyEdit and EasyDesign, you can split

large stitch blocks into fragments in order to Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated
reposition, transform or resize them in the design, for any reason, all stitch editing functions are lost.
or delete them altogether. Where possible, edit the object details rather than
individual stitches. See Adjusting satin stitch
spacing, Adjusting Weave Fill stitch spacing and
To split stitch blocks Adjusting Embossed Fill spacing for details.
1 Select the object you want to split.
2 If working in EasyEdit, click the Stitch Mode icon. To delete stitches
3 Travel to the stitch needlepoint where you want to split
1 In EasyEdit, click the Stitch Mode icon.
the object. See Traveling by stitches for details.
2 Select a stitch or stitches.
3 Press Delete.
Locate the needle Select stitches

point at which you
want to split the object
Press
Delete
Try this! In EasyEdit, simply click the needle point at

which you want to split the stitch block.
4 Click the Split Block icon.
This splits the object at the selected needlepoint –
stitches that come before and after in the stitching
sequence are split into separate objects or ‘stitch
blocks’.
160
Part V
Advanced
Digitizing
EasyDesign provides specialized productivity features as well as special

effects and digitizing techniques.
Advanced digitizing techniques

This section describes how to reinforce outlines. It also covers cutting holes
in objects as well as removing underlying stitching. It deals with
automatically filling holes in objects. And it covers generating outlines and
offsets for selected objects. See Advanced Digitizing Techniques for details.
Stitch effects
This section describes how to create cut and fill holes in objects, as well as
how to apply Feather Edge, Gradient Fill, and Travel on Edge effects to
selected objects. Details of Ambience Quilting are also provided. See Stitch
Effects for details.
Embroidery stamps & motifs

This section describes how to insert stamps into your design, and how to
adjust them to get the results you want. It also explains how to create motif
runs and fills with the built-in motif library. See Embroidery Stamps & Motifs
for details.
Digitizing for appliqué

This section describes different techniques for creating appliqué including
how to digitize appliqué objects. It also covers creating partial cover
appliqué for overlapping objects. See Digitizing for Appliqué for details.
161
Chapter 19
Advanced Digitizing
Techniques
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides specialized

digitizing features to enhance your
embroidery.
Use Backtrack and Repeat to reinforce
outlines while specifying the direction of the
stitching.
Use the Cut Hole tool to cut holes in
objects in order to prevent a build-up of
stitch layers where they are not needed.
Use the Remove Overlaps tool to remove
underlying layers of stitching in overlapping
objects.
The Fill Holes function fills holes in
selected Parallel Fill objects either by removing them altogether or by creating
new objects based on the holes in the original object.
Use the Outlines & Offsets tool to add outlines to selected objects. The
generated outline is an independent object that can be reshaped or modified as
required.
Branching is an advanced feature which lets you digitize similar, overlapping
objects – e.g. the fingers of a hand, sections of a custom letter – without having
to think about the most efficient stitching sequence and joins.
This section describes how to reinforce outlines. It also covers cutting holes in
objects as well as removing underlying stitching. It deals with automatically
filling holes in objects. And it covers generating outlines and offsets for selected
objects.
Reinforcing outlines Use Edit > Repeat to reinforce closed outlines by

double-stitching in the same direction.
Use Edit > Backtrack to reinforce open outlines by Use Backtrack and Repeat to reinforce outlines
double-stitching in reverse direction. while specifying the direction of the stitching.
Backtrack stitches in reverse direction to the
Chapter 19 Advanced Digitizing Techniques
original. It is typically used to make run stitch Use the Remove Overlaps tool to remove
outlines thicker without creating unwanted underlying layers of stitching in overlapping
connecting stitches. Repeat duplicates the original objects. This helps to reduce the stitch count and
stitch direction and is typically used with closed prevent a build-up of stitches where they are not
shapes. The tools are enabled if Single Run Lines, needed.
Triple Run Lines, or Satin Lines are selected.
Use Backtrack for open Use Repeat for closed

shapes shapes
Note If you use Repeat for open shapes, a

To remove underlying stitching
connecting stitch is inserted from the end to the
start of the object which will require trimming. 1 Select one or more ‘cutters’.
To reinforce outlines
1 Select the object (or objects) to reinforce.
The tools are enabled if one or more of these objects
are selected – Single Run Lines, Triple Run Lines, or
Satin Lines.
2 Choose the best tool for the task, depending on
whether you have chosen an open or closed object:
Click the Backtrack icon to reinforce open outlines
by double-stitching in reverse direction.
Click the Repeat icon to reinforce closed outlines by
double-stitching in the same direction. 2 Click Remove Overlaps icon or select Edit > Remove
The object is duplicated and placed on top of the Overlaps.
original. It is the same color and is positioned after it in The stitching overlap is removed. A margin of overlap
the stitching sequence. is automatically calculated between cutter and
3 Check that the object has been duplicated by using one underlying object/s in order to avoid unsightly gaps.
of the following methods:
Check the stitch count in the Status Line. Overlap automatically
Use Slow Redraw. See Simulating design stitchout applied
for details.
Travel through the stitches. See Traveling through
designs for details.
Removing underlying stitching
Use Edit > Remove Overlaps to remove

underlying layers of stitching in overlapping
objects.
Try this! You can use an entire design as a cutter

excluding objects, such as borders or details, less than
a certain width.
Shape is cut out
Cutting holes in objects
Use Edit > Cut Hole to cut holes in selected

objects.
Filling holes in objects
Use the Cut Hole tool to cut holes in objects in
order to maintain shapes but eliminate areas of
unwanted stitching. Prevent a build-up of stitch Use Edit > Fill Holes to fill holes in selected
layers where they are not needed. See also Filling objects.
holes in objects.
The Fill Holes function fills holes in selected
Parallel Fill objects – excluding objects created with
the Parallel Fill Circle tool – either by removing
Note Cut Hole cannot be used with objects
them altogether or by creating new objects based
created with the Parallel Fill Circle or Turning
on the holes in the original object. See also Cutting
Angle Fill objects.
holes in objects.
To cut holes in objects

To fill holes in objects
1 Select the Parallel Fill object in which you want to cut
a hole. 1 Select the source object.
Select the object

to cut a hole in
2 To use the default settings, simply click the Fill Holes

2 Click the Cut Hole icon. icon.
3 Digitize the shape you want to cut. 3 To control overlaps or remove holes altogether, select
Edit > Fill Holes.
The Fill Holes dialog opens.
Digitize the
shape to cut out
Adjust
underlap value
4 Press Enter. as required
5 Press Enter again to remove the stitches from the
digitized area.
4 Choose to remove holes altogether or create new
objects.
5 If you choose to create new objects, adjust the

Underlap value as required. To create outlines & offsets
1 Select the source object or objects.
2 Click the Outlines & Offsets icon.
The Outlines & Offsets dialog opens. This dialog
allows you to add outlines and offsets in a single
process.
Underlap: 1.00 Underlap: -1.00
To cover holes exactly, accept the default value of Generate outline

0.00. objects and insert
To overlap the filled holes and the original object, them directly after
enter a positive offset – e.g. 1.00. Overlapping the object in stitching
sequence
objects prevents gaps appearing.
To leave a gap between the filled holes and the
original object, enter a negative offset – e.g. -1.00. Generate offset
6 Click OK. objects for selected
embroidery objects
All holes are converted to Parallel Fill objects with the and add them to end
same fill stitch settings, stitch angle, stitch effects and of stitching
thread color as the source object. sequence
Creating outlines & offsets
Use Edit > Outlines & Offsets to add outlines

and/or offset outlines to selected closed objects.
3 Tick Object outlines as required.
Use the Outlines & Offsets tool to add outlines to When activated, for each of the selected filled
selected objects. Any closed shape can be used. embroidery objects, the software generates outline
The generated outline is an independent object objects and inserts them immediately after the source
that can be reshaped or modified as required. Use object in the stitching sequence. Options include:
offset objects to highlight details – e.g. small satin The Type droplist includes the full range of outline
objects – or create seamless borders. types including: Backstitch Line, Motif Run Line,
Satin Line, Single Run Line, Stemstitch Line, Triple
Run Line.
The Color dropdown lists in both panels default to
the currently selected color in the color palette.
Three Overlap options determine how outlines are
to overlap:
Tool Notes
Individual All generated outlines are full
Outlines outlines.
Common Intersecting outlines are combined
Outlines into a single outline.
Trimmed Overlapped portions are trimmed
Outlines by overlapping objects.
4 Tick Offset Outlines as required.

When activated, for each of the selected filled
embroidery objects, the software generates offset About branching
objects and adds them to the end of the stitching
sequence. Branching is an advanced feature which lets you
5 Select color and stitch types as for object outlines. digitize similar, overlapping objects – e.g. the
6 Enter the required offset in millimeters. fingers of a hand, sections of a custom letter –
without having to think about the most efficient
7 In the Offset Count field, enter the number of offset
stitching sequence and joins.
objects required.
Properties of branched objects
Branching works with most objects. Shapes
digitized with the Parallel Fill: Circle tools cannot
be used. Branched objects preserve their original
settings while sharing the color of the first object
in the sequence.
Source object Offset Count:1 Offset Count 2
8 Set Offset options as you do for object outlines:
Tool Notes
Individual All generated offsets are full
Offsets outlines.
Common Intersecting offsets are combined
Offsets into a single outline. Editing branched objects
Branched objects remain editable. They can be
9 Click OK.
reshaped. There is only one entry and one exit
point, but all component objects have individual
Branching like-objects reshape points. The object details of a branched
object can be accessed and modified via the
Object Details dialog.
Apply Branching to join selected objects to form
a single ‘branched object’. Objects are Applying automatic branching
resequenced, connectors minimized, and stitches
regenerated. All component objects are grouped Use Edit > Branching to automatically branch selected
and selectable as one. embroidery objects.
Apply Branching to selected objects. These
become a single branched object.
Objects resequenced,
connectors minimized
To apply automatic branching Try this! When the entry and exit point are the same,
1 Select the objects you want to branch. there are two layers of outline stitching. If they are
different, the path between the entry and exit will have
three layers. It is your choice whether to have the extra
travel layer or a trim connection to the next object
instead.
Long connectors between

separate objects
Try this! The Resequence List provides an easy way

to select objects in designs and access their object 4 Travel through the branched object to check stitching.
details. You can use it to branch like objects in a design. See Traveling through designs for details.
See also Selecting and viewing objects with the
Resequence List.
2 Select Edit > Branching.
EasyDesign will prompt you to digitize entry and exit
points.
3 Digitize entry and exit points, or press Enter twice to
accept the defaults.
Component objects are grouped and share the color of
the first branched object. Objects are resequenced,
connectors minimized, and stitches regenerated.
167
Chapter 20
Stitch Effects
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides

specialized digitizing features to enhance
your embroidery.
Use Feather Edge to create rough
edges, to create shading effects, or to
imitate fur or other fluffy textures in your
design. Gradient Fill is an artistic stitch
effect that gradually varies the stitch
spacing between dense and open fill
along an embroidery object. It allows you
to easily create different shading and
color effects.
In JANOME Digitizer MBX, the Travel on
Edge effect is typically used in
combination with open Weave Fill
stitching to fill backgrounds or for shading effects. The Ambience Quilting
feature is used to create ‘echo’ quilting designs.
This section describes how to create cut and fill holes in objects, as well as how
to apply Feather Edge, Gradient Fill, and Travel on Edge effects to selected
objects. Details of Ambience Quilting are also provided.
Creating feathered edges
Use Feather Edge to create rough edges, to

create shading effects, or to imitate fur or other
fluffy textures in your design.
Chapter 20 Stitch Effects
Applying Feather Edge
Click Edit > Feather Edge to apply feathering to

new or selected objects.
Apply Feather Edge to create a rough edge along

one or more sides of an object. Feather Edge is
applied using the current Feather Edge settings in
the Object Details dialog. Change these settings
before or after applying the effect. See Adjusting
Feather Edge settings for details.
3 Select the Feathered checkbox.
4 Enter a Maximum Width for the feathering, this is the
To apply Feather Edge margin in which the stitches will fall.
Click the Feather Edge icon.
The effect is applied to new or selected objects, based
on the current Feather Edge settings.
Max. Width: 0.5mm Max. Width: 3.0mm
5 Use the Raggedness slider to indicate the required

Click Feather Edge again to remove the effect. degree of texture:
left for a smooth texture
Adjusting Feather Edge settings right for a rough texture.
Click Edit > Feather Edge to apply feathering to

new or selected objects.
Adjust the Feather Edge settings to change the

amount of feathering, the side of the object to
which the effect is applied and the margin in which
the stitches should fall.
Raggedness: Low: less Raggedness: High: more

variation in stitch length variation in stitch length
6 Select the Feathered Side checkbox you require: left

or right or both.
7 Click OK.
Range
To adjust Feather Edge settings

1 Select and double-click the object.
2 Select the Feathering tab.
Maximum spacing
Minimum spacing
Left Right
You can apply it using current settings. These can
be adjusted and the type of Gradient Fill changed
either before or after you apply it.
To apply Gradient Fill

Select an object and click the Gradient Fill icon.
Left and Right The effect is applied based on current Gradient Fill
settings.
Creating gradient fill effects
Gradient Fill is an artistic stitch effect that

gradually varies the stitch spacing between dense
and open fill along an embroidery object. It allows
you to easily create different shading and color
effects.
Click Gradient Fill again to remove the effect.
Adjusting Gradient Fill settings
Use Edit > Gradient Fill to vary stitch spacings

between dense and open fill.
Use the Object Details dialog to select the

Gradient Fill type and set the minimum and
maximum spacings.
Try this! Apply Travel on Edge effect to force
underlying travel runs to the edges of an object so
that they can’t be seen through open stitching. See Try this! Because of the open stitch, Gradient
Creating open stitching effects for details. Fill is best used without underlay.
Applying Gradient Fill

To adjust Gradient Fill settings
Use Edit > Gradient Fill to vary stitch spacings 1 Select and double-click the object.
between dense and open fill. The Object Details dialog opens.
2 Select the Gradient Fill tab.
Use Gradient Fill to create perspective effects and
shading. It can be applied to Satin Fill, Weave Fill,
Embossed Fill or Satin Border objects.
In JANOME Digitizer MBX, the Travel on Edge

effect is typically used in combination with open
Weave Fill stitching to fill backgrounds or for
shading effects where the absence of travel runs
under the fill is more important than exact spacing.
It is available for use with Parallel Fill or Parallel Fill
Rectangle objects using Weave Fill stitching.
3 Select the Gradient Fill checkbox if not already

checked.
4 In the Profile panel, select the desired profile.
Travel on Edge automatically moves underlying

travel runs to the edges of an object so they can’t
be seen. It also applies consistent row spacing and
prevents segments from overlapping. Without it,
travel runs, spacing variations and overlapping
rows between segments are visible and can spoil
the effect of open stitching. Another use of Travel
5 In the Values panel, enter new spacing values as on Edge is with gradient fill effects. Gradient Fill
required. extends the usefulness of Travel on Edge by
Maximum Spacing: the largest spacing value to providing a simple way to produce variation in a
allow. filled pattern and the illusion of depth in a design.
Minimum Spacing: the smallest spacing value to See also Creating gradient fill effects.
allow.
To create open stitching effects

1 Choose whether you want to apply Travel on Edge to
an existing object or all newly created objects:
With no objects selected, click the Object Details
icon.
Select and double-click an existing Weave Fill object.
Max spacing: 5 mm Max spacing: 6 mm Max spacing: 7 mm
Min spacing: 0.8 mm Min spacing: 1.5 mm Min spacing: 2.5 mm
Adjust Weave
Fill settings
Try this! Apply Travel on Edge effect to force
underlying travel runs to the edges of an object so that Select Travel on
they can’t be seen through open stitching. See Edge
Creating open stitching effects for details.
6 Click OK.
2 With Weave Fill selected as the stitch type, tick the
Travel on Edge checkbox.
Creating open stitching effects Travel on Edge is automatically checked when Stitch
Spacing is greater than 0.80 mm or when Gradient Fill
is selected, but it can be unchecked at any time.
Use Edit > Object Details to set details for the 3 Adjust the Stitch Spacing setting as required.
current design. The larger the value, the more open the spacing.
The Ambience Quilting dialog opens. The dialog is

grouped into four functional areas: Block Size, Design
Size, Stitching, and Block Center.
Spacing: 5 mm Spacing: 3 mm
4 Adjust other Weave Fill settings as required. See

Creating weave fills for details.
5 Click OK.
Travel runs and overlapping rows are removed and
consistent row spacing applied.
Note The Design Size panel displays height and width
of the embroidery design as a reference when defining
Creating echo stitching the block size.
3 Set the size of your quilting in the Block Size panel.
Height and Width fields define the boundary used to
Use Edit > Ambience Quilting to create ‘echo’ generate the quilt pattern. There is also a Proportional
quilting blocks. Sizing checkbox. When checked, the software
displays a lock symbol – values change proportionally.
The Outlines & Offsets tool is sometimes used to 4 Use the Stitching panel to determine stitching
create ‘echo’ quilting designs. However, there are characteristics:
limitations with this method. The Ambience
Quilting feature provides a better alternative.
Parameter Description
Quilting Choose from a variety of quilt patterns:
Type Echo
Scroll
Stipple
Echo Clipped
Scroll Clipped
Design Set gap between echo quilting and the
Margin design.
Block Set gap between echo quilting and the
Margin block boundary.
Line Set distance between each quilting line,
Spacing or loop spacing for stipple.
Color Choose a color for generated quilting
stitches from the current color palette.
Default color is the last color used in the
To create echo stitching design.
1 Open the design you want to include within the quilting
block. 5 Use the Block Center panel to center the design within
The Ambience Quilting feature is activate when the the quilting block:
design window contains one or more embroidery
objects.
2 Click the Ambience Quilting icon.
Parameter Description
Use Design Place the design at the center of block
Center outline and generate the quilt pattern
around it.
Digitize Digitize the quilting block center.
Center Choosing this option attaches an outline
of the block size with cross hairs to the
cursor. Left-click to place the block
center where you choose on the design,
and generate the quilt pattern around it.
6 Click OK to generate stitching.
Try this! All spatial controls can switch between

millimeters and inches, depending on the chosen
measurement system. See Setting measurement units
for details.
173
Chapter 21
Embroidery Stamps &

Motifs
Embroidery Stamps are ready-made design

elements. They generally consist of one or
more simple objects made up of Run and/or
Satin stitches. You use Embroidery Stamps on
their own as decorative elements. JANOME
Digitizer MBX also provides a library of
embroidery motifs which can be linked
together to create ornamental runs and fills.
This section describes how to insert stamps
into your design, and how to adjust them to
get the results you want. It also explains how
to create motif runs and fills with the built-in
motif library.
Working with embroidery stamps your designs. Rotate, scale, or mirror them as you
add them or edit them like any other object.
The Embroidery Gallery provides a collection of

ready-made design stamps for you to include in Note If a stamp is comprised of two or more
your embroidery designs. There are many stamps objects, these will be automatically grouped when
to choose from. Once added to your design, inserted.
stamps can be edited, resized or transformed.
They can also be used in motif runs and fills.
To select & insert stamps
1 Click the Embroidery Gallery icon.
Note For a complete catalog of samples, see The Embroidery Gallery dialog opens.
Stamps, Motifs & Border Samples.
Selecting & inserting stamps
Use Docker > Embroidery Gallery to insert

patterns (stamps) into designs.
Embroidery Stamps are ready-made design

elements, such as hearts, leaves or geometric
patterns. Use them to create decorative effects in
Chapter 21 Embroidery Stamps & Motifs
Select stamp
Note Each stamp is treated as a single object. To edit
only a section of a stamp, ungroup the stamp.
Stamp ungrouped to
use partially
2 Select a motif set from the droplist. Rotating, flipping & scaling stamps
You can use any motif from any motif set as an
embroidery stamp, including user-defined motifs. You can rotate, flip and scale stamps as you add
3 Select a stamp from the display panel and click OK. them to your design using the keyboard and
mouse. You can also scale, rotate and flip stamps
The dialog closes and the stamp appears with the
later just like any other object.
anchor point attached to the mouse pointer.
4 Move the pointer to the position you want to add the
stamp and click to mark the anchor.
Anchor point
Guide point
5 The mouse pointer moves to the guide point. To rotate, flip & scale stamps
6 Move the pointer until the stamp is in the angle you 1 Select a stamp to insert. See Selecting & inserting
need, then click again to mark the guide. stamps for details.
7 Press Enter. 2 Move the pointer to the position you want to add the
stamp, and click to mark the anchor point.
The stamp attaches to the mouse pointer. As you move
the pointer, the stamp rotates around the anchor point
you marked.
3 Rotate the stamp with the mouse.
To rotate the stamp, move the pointer until the
Click guide rotation angle is correct, then click again. Hold down
point
Ctrl to constrain rotation angles.
8 Repeat to insert the stamp again. Drag stamp to
rotate
Repeat to Stamp rotated

insert
To flip the stamp, right-click.
You can rotate stamps as you insert them. See
Rotating, flipping & scaling stamps for details.
Size adjusted
Right-click to flip stamp Stamp flipped
To scale the stamp, press Shift. Move the pointer 4 Click OK.
until the stamp outline shows the required size, then
click again.
Creating motif runs
Motif Run is an input method that creates motif

repeats along a digitized line. You can create
Hold down Shift to decorative outlines using any motif from the
scale the stamp selection list. You can modify the rotation angle,
orientation and scale, and vary the space between
motifs.
Stamp scaled
4 Press Enter.
5 Repeat to insert the stamp again.
Try this! When flipping and scaling, make sure the

stamp is at the required rotation angle, before clicking
or right-clicking.
Scaling stamps to an exact size

You can set the exact size of stamps in a fill.
Creating Motif Run objects
Use Digitize > Motif Run Line to create a string of

motifs along a digitized line.
Use the Motif Run tool to create a string of motifs

along a digitized line. You can select motifs before
or after digitizing. You can also adjust size and
To scale stamps to an exact size spacing settings.
1 Select and double-click the stamp object.
The Object Details dialog opens. To create a Motif Run object
2 Select the Dimensions tab.
1 Select the Motif Run icon.
2 Digitize the line along which you want the motif to
Enter new stamp width appear by entering reference points.
and height Click to add a corner point.
Right-click to add a curve point.
3 When you have finished digitizing the line, press Enter.
3 In the Dimensions panel, enter the new dimensions of
the stamp in mm or as a percentage of the original. An outline of the current motif attaches to your cursor.
Resize motif
outline to scale
To use the original size and orientation of the motif

press Enter.
To scale the motif, move the pointer until the motif is 2 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.
the required size, click, then press Enter. 3 Click OK.
The selected Motif Run object is updated according to
Selecting motifs for motif runs the motif selected.
Use Digitize > Motif Run to create a string of

Try this! Select a motif with no object selected and
motifs along a digitized line.
click OK to make the selection current.
You can select motifs to use before or after
digitizing a motif run. If you use Motif Run without Sizing and spacing motifs in motif runs
selecting a motif, a default will be used. To change
a motif after digitizing, use the Object Details Use Digitize > Motif Run Line to create a string of
dialog as described here. motifs along a digitized line.
Set the exact size and spacing of motifs in a Motif

Run via the Object Details dialog before or after
digitizing.
Note For a complete catalog of samples, see

Stamps, Motifs & Border Samples.
To size and space motifs in a motif run

To select a motif for motif runs
1 Double-click a Motif Run object.
1 Double-click a Motif Run object.
The Object Details > Line Stitch > Motif Run dialog
The Object Details > Line Stitch > Motif Run dialog
opens.
opens.
2 Adjust the outline and motif spacings as required:

Adjust size and spacing
Reposition and/or change reshape nodes from
corner to curve.
2 Adjust the Size setting to scale individual motifs in the
motif run. Add or delete reshape nodes.
3 Click OK. Click-and-drag individual motifs to adjust spacing.
The selected Motif Run object is updated according to Drag to scale object
the motif selected. Drag to shift motif proportionately
Try this! You can also scale motifs as you digitize Motif
Run objects. See Creating Motif Run objects for details.
4 In the Spacing field, enter the distance between each
repetition of the motif.
Right/left-click to add Select and press Spacebar to

reshape node toggle between corner and curve
reshape nodes
Spacing 3 Drag the proportional resize handle to scale the object

proportionally.
If the motifs do not fit the digitized line exactly, 4 Press Esc to finish.
EasyDesign adjusts the spacing to make them fit.
Creating motif fills

Try this! You can also reshape the baseline to achieve
the exact spacing you require. See Reshaping Motif
Run objects for details. Motif Fill is a decorative stitch used for filling
closed objects. Patterns are repeated in parallel
Reshaping Motif Run objects rows to fill a shape. You can design the pattern
layout on-screen or by adjusting object details.
Use Edit > Reshape Object to display control
points of selected objects and reshape them.
Reshape Motif Run objects in the same way as you

reshape lettering objects. See also Adjusting
orientations.
To reshape Motif Run objects

1 Select a Motif Run object and click the Reshape
Object icon.
Control points appear around the motifs.
Creating Motif Fill objects The selected Motif Fill object is updated.
Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill to create motif fills

using current settings.
Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill: Rectangle to
create rectangular shapes filled with motif fills
Digitize Parallel Fill objects with the Parallel Motif
Fill tool to create decorative fill stitching using
current settings. Alternatively apply it to existing
Parallel Fill objects. You can select patterns, adjust Try this! Select a motif with no object selected and
settings, or change layouts at any time before or click OK to make the selection current.
after digitizing.
Adjusting motif fill settings
Note The stitch angle has no effect on motif You can insert a motif fill at its original size and
layout. spacing, and then adjust settings later. You can
also set the exact size and spacing as you insert
the pattern fill. Spacing is the distance between
To create a Motif Fill object each pattern repetition.
1 Choose a Parallel Motif Fill tool and digitize an object.
As soon as the entry and exit points are entered the
Motif Fill stitches are generated using current settings.
See also Digitizing parallel fills.
2 Double-click the Motif Fill object. Try this! Blackwork gets its name from the black
silk thread traditionally used in this form of
The Object Details > Fill Stitch > Motif Fill dialog
embroidery. Use the special Blackwork Fill
opens.
pattern set to create interesting scrolling or
geometric patterns.
To adjust motif fill settings

1 Double-click a Motif Fill object.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens with the
current pattern in the preview panel.
3 Click Select to change pattern sets as required. See

Adjusting motif fill settings for details.
4 Select a pattern from the dropdown list and click OK.
Adjust motif
size
Adjust motif
spacing
2 Click Select to change pattern sets as required.

The Motif dialog opens. Try this! The Preview panel responds to any
adjustments to Size X, Size Y, Spacing X and
Spacing Y fields, providing you with a preview of the
Change
motif sets new shape.
7 Click OK.
Select The digitized object is filled with the selected motif fill,
pattern current settings applying.
Note If more than half a motif is outside the boundary,

it will be clipped along the boundary.
Laying out motif fills on-screen
Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill to create motif fills

3 Select a motif set from the Motif Set dropdown as Use Digitize > Parallel Motif Fill: Rectangle to
required – e.g. Black Work. create rectangular shapes filled with motif fills
4 Select a pattern from the library and click OK. using current settings.
5 Adjust Size X and/or Size Y settings as required to set Lay out motif fills on-screen by using ‘guide motifs’
motif width and height. to scale, space, transform and offset the entire
motif fill. There are three blue guide motifs. Other
sample motifs appear in yellow. Each guide motif
lets you change different elements of the layout.
When you change a guide motif, all motifs in the fill
change accordingly.
6 Adjust Spacing X and/or Spacing Y as required to set

spacings between motifs.
Try this! You can also change the position, size

and orientation of Motif Fill objects by moving,
scaling and transforming them as you do any other
embroidery object. See Arranging & Transforming
Rotate
To lay out motif fills on-screen Anchor
1 Digitize a Motif Fill object from scratch or double-click
an existing one. See Creating Motif Fill objects for
Skew
details.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch > Motif Fill dialog
opens.
Click to lay out
2 Click Layout.
Sample and guide motifs appear in the Design
Window. When you change a guide motif, all motifs in
the fill change accordingly.
Change column spacing by selecting the side guide
Zoom in to select correct
and dragging it left or right.
guide motif
3 Zoom in and adjust selected guide motifs to achieve

the effect you require.
Change
Use top guide motif to change row spacing, row column
offset, and to scale motifs. spacing
Use middle guide motif to move, rotate, skew, and
scale motifs.
Use side guide motif to change column spacing, and
Change row spacing by selecting the top guide and
to scale motifs.
dragging it up or down.
Scale proportionally Change row offset by selecting the top guide and
dragging it left or right.
Change row
Scale horizontally spacing
Scale vertically
Change offset
Rotate motifs by clicking the middle guide twice to

display the rotation handles. Click a corner handle
and drag to rotate.
Skew motifs by clicking the middle guide twice, then
dragging the skew handles.
4 Press Enter to finish.
The size and layout settings you select become the
current Motif Fill settings.
Creating custom motifs Creating motif sets

The Make Motif function lets you create your own
The Make Motif function lets you save your own ‘motif sets’ to organize and classify your motifs.
motifs for future use. Motifs may be saved to
different files or ‘motif sets’.
To create a motif set
Saving motifs 1 Select the embroidery object you want to save as a

motif.
Any embroidery object can be saved as a motif for 2 Select Embroidery > Make Motif.
future use. The Make Motif dialog opens.
To save a motif
1 Select the embroidery object you want to save as a
motif.
3 Click New.
The New Motif Set dialog opens.
2 Select Embroidery > Make Motif.

3 The Make Motif dialog opens.
4 Enter a name for the new motif set and click OK. The
Motif Set is ready for use.
4 Select a Motif Set from the list.

5 If you want to automatically remove machine functions
from the motif, select the Remove Functions
checkbox.
For example, if your sample contains color changes
which you do not require in the actual motif, select this
checkbox.
6 Click OK.
7 Click to mark two reference points for the motif. These
determine the default motif orientation in motif runs and
fills. Reference points also determine the spacing
between each motif.
Ref point 1 Ref point 2
8 Reference point 1 becomes the anchor point in the final

motif. Reference point 2 becomes the rotation point.
9 Click OK. The motif is ready to use.
182
Chapter 22
Digitizing for Appliqué
Automatically create all the stitching you need for appliqué using the Auto
Appliqué tool. Up to four layers of stitching – guide runs, cutting lines, tack
stitches and cover stitches – can be generated for any appliqué object,
depending on current settings. Choose a fabric or plain color to assign to your
appliqué patches.
Using the Partial Appliqué tool, you can create overlapping appliqué objects
with partial cover stitching without doubling-up borders.
Print a copy of appliqué patterns to use in cutting out fabric pieces. Each
appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitching sequence. See
Printing appliqué patterns for details.
This section describes different techniques for creating appliqué including how
to digitize appliqué objects. It also covers creating partial cover appliqué for
overlapping objects.
Digitizing appliqué Placement lines: These are the first appliqué

layer to be stitched. Placement lines are used to
position pre-cut appliqué patches on the
Automatically create all the stitching you need for background material.
appliqué using the Auto Appliqué tool. You can Cutting lines: Cutting lines form a guide when
control cover stitch settings, including stitch type – trimming the appliqué patch in position.
Satin or Blanket – width, stitch spacing, as well as Tackdown: This zigzag stitch is used to fix
offset. Up to three types of ‘secondary objects’ can appliqué patches to the background fabric
be generated: before cover stitching is applied.
Chapter 22 Digitizing for Appliqué
Frame out
Placement line
Zigzag tackdown
Satin cover stitch
Note A ‘frame out’ position is automatically set. Try this! Follow the prompts in the Status Line to help
During stitchout, this shifts the hoop out from you digitize. If you make a mistake, press Backspace
to delete the last reference point, then continue
under the needle, making it easier to place and
digitizing.
trim the appliqué shapes.
4 Press Enter to close the shape.
Creating appliqué objects 5 Click the outline to set the stitch entry and exit points or
press Enter to accept the defaults.
6 Press Enter.
Use Digitize > Auto Appliqué to digitize appliqué
shapes. Up to four layers of stitching – placement line, cutting
line, tackdown and cover stitch – are generated for the
Use Auto Appliqué to appliqué object according to current settings.
produce the stitching you
require for appliqué objects. Try this! When you stitch out an appliqué object, the
These are digitized in the machine stops between layers. Before you start, lay the
same way as Parallel Fill fabric over the design and start the machine. When the
objects. Up to four layers of guideline has been stitched, trim the excess appliqué
stitching – placement lines, material and start the machine again for the tackdown
cutting lines, tackdown and and cover stitch. If you are using a cutting line, place
cover stitches – can be the fabric patch after the placement line has been
generated for each appliqué stitched, then trim in position after the cutting line has
object, depending on current been stitched. See Adjusting appliqué settings for
settings. See also Adjusting details.
appliqué settings.
Adjusting appliqué settings
To create appliqué objects The cover stitch is the border around the appliqué
shape. You can change stitch type – Satin or
1 Insert an image for use as a digitizing backdrop as
required. See Inserting images for details. Blanket – cover stitch width, as well as offset in
relation to the inside or outside of the digitized
2 Click the Auto Appliqué icon.
outline. Up to four layers of stitching – placement
3 Digitize the boundary of the appliqué, by marking line, cutting line, tackdown and cover stitch – can
reference points around the outline of the shape. be generated for each appliqué object, depending
Click to create a corner point. on the settings you choose. You can control various
Right-click to create a curve point. cover stitch settings including stitch type – Satin or
Blanket – width, stitch spacing, as well as offset.
To adjust appliqué settings

1 Select and double-click the applique object.

2 Select the Fill Stitch tab.
3 Select a cover stitch from the Stitch Type dropdown

list – Satin or Blanket.
Blanket Width: 3.5 mm Blanket Width: 2.0 mm
Blanket cover stitch Satin cover stitch
4 Move the slider to adjust stitch density:

To increase stitch density, move the slider to the Satin Width: 3.5 mm Satin Width: 2.0 mm
right.
To reduce the density for more open stitching, move 7 Select an appliqué ‘style’:
the slider to the left. Pre-cut: Placement lines, tackdown and cover
5 Select the Auto Appliqué tab. stitches are generated.
Placement line
Zigzag tackdown
6 Adjust the cover stitch width as required. Satin cover stitch
Trim in Place: In addition, a cutting line is generated.
Note If you choose to generate a cutting line, place the

fabric patch after the placement line has been stitched,
then trim in position after the cutting line has been
stitched.
8 Use the Inside and Outside percentage settings to
adjust the cover stitch and tackdown offset.
3 Select a fabric or plain color in the Fabric panel to

assign to your appliqué patch.
4 If you’ve chosen a fabric, choose a swatch from the
Select Fabric dialog and click OK.
Choose fabric
swatch as desired
5 Click OK to apply it to the selected appliqué object.

Offset: inside Offset: none Offset: outside
For Satin stitch, the cover stitch and tackdown are

offset against the placement line using the slider. The
offset can be inside or outside the appliqué boundary.
For Blanket stitch, the offset is always 100% inside.
9 Click OK.
Placing fabrics in appliqué
Use Digitize > Auto Appliqué to digitize appliqué 6 If you prefer to assign a color to your appliqué patch,
shapes and place fabrics in appliqué designs. select the Color option.
Click View > Display Appliqué Fabric to toggle on

to display fabric swatches added to appliqué
objects in the design window.
The Object Details > Appliqué dialog contains a
Fabric panel which allows you to choose a fabric
or plain color to assign to your appliqué patches.
Note Each appliqué object can have a different

fabric. If multiple appliqué objects are selected,
selection of a fabric and color will set all objects to
7 Click OK to close the dialog and put the fabric into the
the same fabric and color.
Object Details > Appliqué dialog.
To place fabric in appliqué

Try this! Use the Display Appliqué Fabrics toggle to
1 Double-click an appliqué object. turn appliqué fabrics/colors display on/off.
The Object Details dialog opens showing relevant
tabs.
2 Select the Appliqué tab. Creating partial cover appliqué
Swatch showing Use Digitize > Partial Appliqué to create appliqué

current fabric used for
appliqué
objects with partial cover stitching.
Click to choose Using the Partial Appliqué tool, you can create
fabric or color overlapping appliqué objects with partial cover
stitching without doubling-up borders. The lower
layers will have partial appliqué applied to them.
Partial cover
Unstitched part of
boundary
To create partial cover appliqué

1 Create appliqué shapes with Auto Appliqué. See
Digitizing appliqué for details.
2 Select the appliqué objects.
3 Click the Partial Appliqué icon.

Cover stitches are removed where objects overlap,
leaving only the secondary objects – tackdown,
placement and cutting lines.
187
Part VI
Embroidery
Lettering
Create top-quality lettering quickly and simply. EasyDesign provides a large

range of scalable closest-join alphabet styles and multi-color and fancy
stitching alphabets to choose from.
Creating embroidery lettering

This section describes how to add lettering, change formatting settings, set
lettering orientation, and adjust lettering spacing. See Creating Embroidery
Lettering for details.
Editing embroidery lettering

This section describes how to edit lettering objects as well as scale and
transform them. It also describes how to adjust lettering orientations. See
Editing Embroidery Lettering for details.
Monogramming
This section details the creation of monogram lettering with initials or with
a name, how to add ornaments to monograms, and how to create ornament
layouts. It also covers adding and creating your own borders. See
Monogramming for details.
Special lettering features

This section describes how to apply different stitch types to lettering
objects. It covers converting TrueType fonts to embroidery as well as how to
add special characters. Creating special effects with Lettering Art is
discussed as well as the creation of monogram designs. It also covers
adding special accents and borders to designs. See Special Lettering
Features for details.
Note Not all lettering features discussed in this section are available in all
levels of product.
188
Chapter 23
Creating Embroidery
Lettering
JANOME Digitizer MBX provides various

techniques for adding lettering to designs quickly
and easily using the built-in library of embroidery
fonts or by converting any TrueType Font installed
on your system. Apply formatting to lettering
objects in the same way as a word processor,
including italics.
Orientation determines the shape of lettering
objects in a design. You can place lettering on a
straight horizontal or vertical baseline, curve
lettering around a circle or arc baseline, or digitize
your own. JANOME Digitizer MBX gives you
interactive control over many baseline settings.
Letter and line spacings can be determined before
or after creating lettering objects and placing
them in your design.
This section describes how to add lettering, change formatting settings, set
lettering orientation, and adjust lettering spacing.
Chapter 23 Creating Embroidery Lettering
Creating embroidery lettering Programs group. Alternatively, use the onscreen

help available from the Graphics mode Help
menu.
EasyDesign lets you add lettering to designs
quickly and easily using the built-in library of
embroidery fonts. Apply formatting to lettering To create lettering in Graphics mode
objects in the same way as a word processor, 1 Switch to Graphics mode. See also EasyDesign
including italics. operating modes.
2 Create a CorelDRAW® text object and select it.
3 Click Convert Selected Text to Embroidery

Lettering.
Embroidery mode opens in a few moments and the
converted embroidery lettering displays.
Try this! The size of your lettering will determine

the type of underlay you need to apply. Apart from 4 Modify object details as you would with any embroidery
stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ or to raise lettering object.
your lettering off the fabric. Lettering with heights
under 5 mm should not have underlay. Letters 6
mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay
applied. Lettering larger than 10 mm is large
enough for edge-run underlay. See also Stabilizing
with underlays.
Creating lettering in Graphics mode
Use Switch & Convert > Convert Selected Text to

Embroidery Lettering to convert selected text
objects to native embroidery fonts and switch to
Embroidery mode.
Use Switch & Convert > Convert Selected
Graphics to Embroidery to convert selected Try this! You can create lettering along any shape of
bitmaps or vectors (including text) to embroidery baseline in Graphics mode and convert to embroidery
and switch to Embroidery mode. lettering. See also Setting lettering orientations.
EasyDesign includes as standard the entire suite of
CorelDRAW® Essentials drawing tools which also
allow you to add and format TrueType lettering on
screen. Vector lettering can then be converted to
native embroidery fonts.
Note For a detailed description of the

CorelDRAW® interface, refer to the electronic User
Guide available via the Windows Start >
Try this! By adding an outline to the lettering in Select font

Graphics mode, this will be converted to embroidery and format
run or satin lines.
Enter text
Select
justification
Hairline outline converted Set

to single run line orientation
Try this! If you are not satisfied with the results of

lettering conversion and want to preserve the precise 2 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry
appearance of the original text, try converting to panel.
embroidery using Convert Selected Graphics to To start a new line of lettering, press Enter.
Embroidery. This technique, however, causes the
lettering properties to be lost.
Try this! You can insert a color change between two
letters by keying a caret (^) symbol. Subsequent letters
Creating lettering in Embroidery mode default to the next color in the palette.
3 Select a font from the Font list.
Use Lettering > Lettering to add embroidery
A sample character of the chosen font appears in the
lettering to designs or edit selected lettering.
preview window. For samples of the complete selection
of standard fonts, see Packaged Fonts.
You can change lettering characteristics before or
after you digitize. You can also modify lettering 4 Adjust the lettering Size, Width, and Slant settings as
objects directly on-screen to achieve various required.
artistic effects. EasyDesign provides a font range
suitable for many applications.
Try this! Consider the font before changing letter size.

Some fonts look best in a smaller size. Others can be
stitched at a larger size. See also Packaged Fonts.
To create lettering in Embroidery mode
5 Select a justification setting as required – Left,
1 Click the Lettering icon. Centered, Right or Full.
The Object Details > Lettering dialog opens. Justification governs the way lettering aligns itself
along a baseline – e.g. to left, right, or center. Full
justification spreads letters out to fill the length of the
baseline.
The Object Details > Lettering dialog opens.
Click to select special

characters
Left Right Try this! If you know the Alt key code for the special
character you require, you can key it directly into the
text entry field. The Character Map gives you codes for
all characters. See Using the Character Map for details.
2 Click Insert Symbol.
Centered Fully Justified The Select Symbol dialog opens.
Select viewing mode
6 Select a lettering orientation. See Setting lettering
orientations for details. Select symbol
7 Click OK.
8 Click where you want to place the lettering, or mark
reference points for the selected baseline. Select
9 Press Enter. character
Note Letters are filled with stitches according to

current settings in the Fill Stitch tab of the Object
Details dialog. You can change these at any time. See
also Changing lettering stitch types.
Corresponding
keystrokes
Try this! Use Always Tie-Off & Trim to trim
connectors within lettering objects. See Trimming
connectors for details. Try this! Select a viewing mode – you can list
alphabets by picture, character, or both.
Adding special characters 3 Select an alphabet from the Symbol Set list.
4 Select the character(s) you want to use.
Click Lettering > Lettering to add lettering directly
on-screen.
Try this! When you select a character, a keystroke
Embroidery and TrueType fonts generally contain appears in the Selection field. This indicates the key
many more characters than are available via your combination required to type the character directly
keyboard. In EasyDesign, you can add special on-screen. For example, ‘m’ means press the m key
characters and symbols directly through the while ‘M’ means press Shift+M.
Select Symbol dialog or by means of the 5 Click OK to close the dialog.
MS Windows® Character Map. See also Using the The selected characters are displayed in the text entry
Character Map. panel.
6 Click OK.
Using the Character Map

Use the MS Windows® Character Map to provide
quick access to common symbols and letters. The
To select special characters Character Map is usually installed as part of the
MS Windows® setup. See your MS Windows®
1 Click the Lettering icon. documentation for more details.
Setting lettering orientations
Orientation determines the shape of lettering

objects in a design. You can place lettering on a
To use the Character Map straight horizontal or vertical baseline, curve
1 Open the MS Windows® Character Map. lettering around a circle or arc baseline, or digitize
By default, you will find it under Start > Programs > your own. Different reference points are needed
Accessories > System Tools > Character Map. depending on the orientation you use. Baselines
use default settings to determine their size,
spacing and angles. JANOME Digitizer MBX gives
you interactive control over many baseline
settings. Techniques are available to modify
baseline type, length, radius and angle, as well as
baseline position.
2 Double-click a character, or select it and press Select.

The character appears in the Characters to copy box. Selecting lettering orientation
Note The equivalent Alt key combination is shown at Lettering > Click Lettering > Lettering to select
the bottom of the dialog. This can be used to key the orientation and adjust baseline settings.
character directly on screen.
You can select different orientation through the
3 Click Copy to copy the character to the Clipboard. Object Details dialog. You can also adjust
4 Paste it into the text entry panel by pressing Ctrl+V. baseline settings. You can apply orientation to new
or selected objects.
Try this! Create identical baselines by duplicating

or copying them in your design.
Try this! You can add special characters to the text
entry panel by holding down the Alt key and typing 0
(zero) + the relevant code. For example, to type è with To select a lettering orientation
the code 232, type Alt+0232. The character will appear 1 Double-click a selected lettering object.
when you release the Alt key. The Character Map
gives you codes for all characters.
2 Select Lettering tab.
5 Click OK.
3 In the Orientation panel, click an orientation icon.
Continue creating the lettering object in the normal
way.
Free Line
baseline
3 Click OK.
4 Mark the start point of the baseline on-screen.
Free Line – click

on-screen to mark
start point
Select
orientation
Try this! You can adjust orientation settings at any

The orientation you choose depends on the effect you stage. See Adjusting orientations for details.
want to achieve. You need to digitize different
reference points depending on the type selected. Creating fixed-length horizontal
Options include: orientations
Horizontal: See Creating horizontal orientations for
Both Free Line and Fixed Line baselines form
details.
straight, horizontal orientations. However, Fixed
Vertical: See Creating vertical orientations for details. Line – available only in JANOME Digitizer MBX –
Any Shape: See Creating custom orientations for has a fixed length which you can digitize on-screen
details. or specify numerically. If the text extends beyond
Circle CCW: See Creating circular orientations for the baseline, lettering size and/or spacing is
details. reduced according to the chosen reduction
Circle CW: See Creating circular orientations for method.
details.
Note If you are using the JANOME Digitizer MBX

product level, another baseline option is available –
Fixed Line. See Creating fixed-length horizontal
orientations for details.
Fixed Line
baseline
4 Click OK.
Note The Fixed Line option is specifically
intended for cap production, supported by the
Creating horizontal orientations
MB-4 machine. See also Changing letter
Free Line baselines are straight, horizontal sequencing.
baselines. Free Line does not have a fixed or
pre-determined length – the baseline extends as
long as you keep adding letters. To create a fixed-length horizontal
orientation
1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating embroidery
lettering for details.
2 Select Fixed Line as the orientation.
Fixed Line
To create a horizontal orientation baseline
1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering in
Embroidery mode for details. 3 Adjust the baseline length in the Fixed Length field as
2 Select Free Line as the orientation. required.
Spacing and Width: When selected, letters maintain

Set reduction their original height and proportions but width and
method
spacing are reduced proportionately if the baseline
Adjust baseline length requires it.
length
4 Select the reduction method you want to use in the To

Fit Text, use panel.
With fixed-length orientation, lettering is ‘reduced’ to fit
if the baseline is too short to accommodate all letters at
their nominal width and default spacing. Various
reduction methods are available:
Spacing: When selected, letters maintain their
original height and width but reduced spacing if the Spacing and Size (keep Proportions): When
baseline length requires it. Letters may even overlap selected, letters maintain their original proportions
to fit (negative spacing). but reduced size if the baseline length requires it.
Width: When selected, letters maintain their original

height and spacing but reduced width if the baseline Note With Fixed Line orientation, lettering is not
length requires it. increased if the baseline is longer than needed to fit the
specified lettering.
5 Click OK.
7 Press Enter to accept the value in the Fixed Length
field.
Alternatively, click on-screen to establish the end point.
The Fixed Length value updates accordingly.
Try this! You can adjust settings at any stage. If you

Size (keep Proportions): When selected, letters change baseline length by reshaping lettering or by
maintain their original spacing and proportions but changing the Baseline Length value, lettering
reduced size if the baseline length requires it. reduction will be recalculated. The same applies if you
change any lettering attribute which could affect its
length, such as nominal width, nominal height or
number of characters. See Adjusting orientations for
details.
Creating vertical orientations

Vertical orientation does not have a fixed
or pre-determined length – the baseline
extends as long as you keep adding
letters. Line spacing is calculated
horizontally while letter spacing is
calculated vertically. Letters, by default,
are centered along vertical lines. New
lines are placed by default from right to
left to suit Asian languages. Vertical
orientation is effective for embroidering
on sleeves, as a decorative effect, and for
Asian text. For a circle you need to mark two reference points,
while for an oval you need to mark three. The
position of the second reference point determines
Try this! Vertical lettering best suited to the justification point of the text. The text is
uppercase for Western languages because centered around this point.
descenders in lowercase letters are not
accommodated in the letter spacing. See Adjusting
individual letter spacing on-screen for details. To create a circular orientation
1 In the Object Details > Lettering dialog, click the
Circle CCW or Circle CW orientation icon as required.
To create a vertical orientation
1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating embroidery
lettering for details.
2 Select Vertical as the orientation.
Select circular orientation
Select 2 Enter your text in the text entry box.

vertical
orientation 3 Click OK.
4 Mark the center of the circle on-screen.
3 Click OK.
5 Mark a point on the circumference to define the radius.
Click to place
center of circle
stage. See Adjusting orientations for details. 1 2
Click to set radius
of circle
Creating circular orientations
Use the Circle CCW or Circle CW orientation to
place letters around a full circle.
6 Press Enter for a perfect circle, or click again to form
an oval.
Click to set radius
3 of oval
1 2
7 Press Enter to close the oval.

The letters of your text are positioned around the circle

according to the chosen orientation – Circle CCW or
Circle CW.
Select Any Shape orientation
2 Enter your text in the text entry box.

3 Click OK.
4 Mark the baseline reference points.
Mark curve points with the right mouse button.
Mark corner points with the left mouse button.
5 Press Enter to complete.
Note Orientation of the text around the oval is affected

by both orientation method and where you mark the 4
2
reference points.
1 3

Try this! You can adjust orientation settings at any stage. See Adjusting orientations for details.
stage. See Adjusting orientations for details.
Creating custom orientations Adjusting letter spacing

Use Free Line orientation to shape lettering
around elements in your design. Digitize Free Line Letter and line spacings can be determined before
baselines by marking reference points to form the or after creating lettering objects and placing them
required line. The number of reference points and in your design. You can edit spacing using the
length of baseline are practically unlimited. Reshape tool.
Adjusting overall letter spacing

on-screen
Use Edit > Reshape Object to change letter

spacing.
Try this! If the baseline has tight curves, or sharp The spacing between letters is calculated
corners, the letters may overlap. For best results, automatically as a percentage of the letter height.
only mark curve points, and digitize lines which In most cases the default spacing is adequate.
have shallow, gentle curves. Sometimes, however, you may want to change the
overall letter spacing.
To create a custom orientation

1 In the Object Details > Lettering dialog, click the Any
Shape orientation icon.
3 Click the diamond control point in the middle of the

To adjust overall letter spacing on-screen letter.
1 Select the lettering object. Click diamond control point and hold
down Ctrl as you select
Drag letter spacing

control point
3 Drag the letter spacing control point left or right to Try this! To select multiple or a range of letters, hold
adjust the spacing of all letters along the baseline. down Ctrl or Shift as you select.
4 Drag the letter/s along the baseline to adjust the
spacing.
Try this! Alternatively, to move multiple letters,

right-click the diamond control point of the first letter
4 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc and drag. All letters to the end of the line move as one.
to finish.
5 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc

Adjusting individual letter spacing to finish.
on-screen
Use Edit > Reshape Object to change individual

letter spacing.
Adjusting line spacing on-screen
The spacing between letters is calculated
automatically as a percentage of letter height. In
Use Edit > Reshape Object to change line
most cases the default spacing is adequate.
spacing.
Sometimes, however, the spacing between certain
letters may appear too large or too small, Change the space between lines in a multiple-line
depending on the shape of neighboring letters. To lettering object using the Reshape Object tool.
compensate for this visual effect, you can move
one or several selected letters closer or further
apart along the baseline to improve spacing. See
also Transforming lettering with Select.
To adjust line spacing on-screen

3 Drag the line spacing control point up or down to
To adjust individual letter spacing on-screen change line spacing.
Drag line spacing control point
4 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc

to finish.
199
Chapter 24
Editing Embroidery
Lettering
JANOME Digitizer MBX gives you

interactive and precise numeric control
over many settings affecting lettering
objects. You can adjust lettering objects as
a group as well as the individual letters
comprising a lettering object.
When you first create lettering, it may be
too big or too small. Size can be adjusted
both interactively and via settings. Apart
from scaling, you can interactively skew
and rotate lettering objects. Lettering
orientation too can be adjusted on-screen
after it has been placed in your design.
This section describes how to edit lettering objects as well as scale and
transform them. It also describes how to adjust lettering orientations.
Editing lettering When you have created a lettering object, you can
select it and make changes to it directly on-screen
or by adjusting object details.
Use Lettering > Lettering to edit lettering
on-screen.
Use Lettering > Font List to
change font of selected lettering.
Use Lettering > Font Size to adjust size
(in mm or inch) of selected lettering
objects.
Use Lettering > Font Width to adjust size
of selected lettering objects as a % of To edit lettering
current size.
Select a lettering object, and click the Lettering icon.
Use Lettering > Italics Slant Angle to
An I-beam appears after the last letter of the object.
change the angle of selected lettering.
You can move it using arrow keys.
Use Lettering > Orientation droplist to
change orientation of selected lettering.
Chapter 24 Editing Embroidery Lettering
Edit the text as required:

Use the arrow keys to move between letters.
Use Backspace and Delete keys to remove letters.
Press Enter to complete.
Try this! Alternatively, double-click a selected lettering

object or objects. The Object Details > Fill Stitch
dialog opens. Select the Lettering tab and edit settings
Try this! Press Shift + Enter to start a new line. as required.
With the lettering object selected, change fonts by
selecting another font from the Font List on the
Lettering toolbar. Adjust
details
Edit text
Select font
Note Letters are filled with stitches according to
current details in the Object Details > Fill Stitch tab.
See also Changing lettering stitch types.
Try this! Use Always Tie-Off & Trim to trim

connectors within lettering objects. See Trimming
Adjust lettering Size and Width settings as required.
connectors for details.
See also Scaling lettering.
Scaling lettering
Adjust Size and Width Change Change
settings slant orientation
When you first create lettering, it may be too big
Change slant settings as required. or too small. Size can be adjusted in three ways:
By scaling on-screen with the Select or
Reshape tools.
By adjusting size and height settings in the
Object Details > Lettering dialog.
By adjusting width and height settings in the
Object Details > Dimensions dialog.
Change orientation settings as required. See Setting
lettering orientations for details. Scaling lettering with Select
Use Edit > Select to scale lettering objects

on-screen.
You can scale your lettering objects vertically,

horizontally and proportionally with the Select
tool. See also Transforming lettering with Select.
Resize vertically
Resize
proportionally
Resize
horizontally
To scale lettering with Select

3 Click and drag one of the dark triangular control points
1 Click the Select icon and select the lettering object. to resize the object horizontally, vertically or
proportionally.
Resize Vertically Resize
Proportionally Drag
Resize
Horizontally
2 Click and drag one of the square control points to A bounding box shows the new size of the lettering
resize the object horizontally, vertically or object as you drag.
proportionally. 4 Release the mouse.
A shadow outline shows the new size of the lettering
object as you drag.
Drag
Scaling lettering via the Lettering tab

horizontally and proportionally via the Lettering
3 Release the mouse to complete. tab of the Object Details dialog.
Try this! Change the appearance of an alphabet

Scaling lettering with Reshape Object by changing the letter width in proportion to the
height. The original width value is 100%.
Use Edit > Reshape Object to scale lettering
objects on-screen.
To scale lettering via the Lettering tab
1 Double-click selected lettering object/s.
horizontally and proportionally with the Reshape
Object tool. See also Rotating lettering with The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
Reshape Object. 2 Select the Lettering tab.
Enter letter
size and width
Kudos
3 Enter the size of your lettering object in the Size field.

To scale lettering with Reshape
4 Click OK.
Transforming lettering objects

Size 10 mm Size 20 mm
4 Enter the width of your lettering object in the Width field Apart from scaling, you can use the Select and
as a percentage of the height. Reshape Object tools to skew and rotate lettering
For wide letters, increase the percentage – e.g. objects. See also Scaling lettering.
140%.
For narrow letters, decrease the percentage – e.g. Transforming lettering with Select
70%.
5 Click OK. Use Edit > Select to transform lettering objects
on-screen.
You can transform lettering objects by

manipulating control points on-screen with the
Width 100% Width 70%
Select tool. See also Scaling lettering with Select.
Width 150%
Scaling lettering via the Dimensions tab

horizontally and proportionally via the Lettering
tab of the Object Details dialog.
Try this! Change the appearance of an alphabet To transform lettering with Select
by changing the letter width in proportion to the
height. The original width value is 100%. 1 Click the Select icon and select the lettering object.
The resizing control points appear. See also Scaling
lettering with Select.
To scale lettering via the Dimensions tab 2 Click the lettering object again.
1 Double-click selected lettering object/s. Another set of control points appear. These let you
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. rotate and skew the lettering object.
2 Select the Dimensions tab.
Skew handle
Rotation handle
Adjust width and
height settings
Rotation point
3 Adjust the width and height settings either as absolute
values (mm) or as a percentage of the current settings. 3 Click and drag one of the diamond-shaped control
points to skew the lettering object horizontally.
Drag
original Width 150%
Height 150% Width and Height 150%

A shadow outline shows the skewed lettering object as
you drag.
4 Click and drag one of the hollow square control points 3 Click and drag one of the solid square control points on
to rotate the lettering object. the baseline to rotate the lettering object.
A shadow outline shows the rotated lettering object as A baseline shows the rotated position of the lettering
you drag. object as you drag.
Drag
4 Release the mouse.
5 Click and drag the rotation point itself to a new position

before rotating.
Rotation point
moved
5 Press Esc to complete.
Adjusting individual letters

Rotating lettering with Reshape Object As well as scaling and rotating lettering objects,
the Reshape Object tool is used to manipulate
Use Edit > Reshape Object to rotate lettering individual letters. You can reposition letters in
objects on-screen. relation to each other, scale, rotate and skew
them, as well as reshape them. You can also
You can rotate lettering objects by manipulating recolor letters individually.
control points on-screen with the Reshape Object
tool. See also Scaling lettering with Select. Reshaping letters on-screen
Use Edit > Reshape Object to transform individual

letters on-screen.
Create special lettering effects by reshaping letter

outlines with the Reshape Object tool.
To rotate lettering with Reshape

Control points appear around the lettering object.
To reshape letters on-screen
Drag Drag
Control points appear around the lettering object.
3 Click the letter outline.

Additional control points appear around the outline. 3 Click the diamond control point of a letter.
Another set of reshape nodes appear around the letter.
Click outline 4 Click-and-drag a reshape node around the letter to
transform it.
Recoloring letters on-screen
Use Edit > Select to select lettering objects

on-screen.
4 Reshape the letter by dragging the control points. See
Reshaping objects for details. Use Lettering > Lettering to recolor letters
on-screen.
EasyDesign lets you change the color of individual

letters within a lettering object. See also Inserting
manual color changes.
Transforming individual letters on Try this! You can also insert a color change
screen between two letters by keying a caret (^) symbol.
Subsequent letters default to the next color in the
Use Edit > Reshape Object to transform individual palette. See Creating embroidery lettering for
letters on-screen. details.
You can now resize, skew and rotate individual

To recolor letters on-screen
letters on-screen by manipulating control points
with the Reshape Object tool. 1 Click the lettering with the Select tool selected.
To transform individual letters on screen

2 Click Reshape Object. Control points appear.
2 Click the Lettering icon then click within the lettering Circular:
object.
3 Select a letter (or letters) by dragging the cursor over
the letter.
Drag cursor
Baseline
over letter to
select
Custom:
4 Click a color on the Color Palette.

5 Press Enter.
6 Repeat to recolor other letters. Baseline
3 Reshape as desired.
Adjusting orientations
Reshaping horizontal orientations
Lettering orientation can be adjusted on-screen Use Edit > Reshape Object to reshape lettering
after it has been placed in your design by means of orientations.
the Reshape Object tool.
Reshape straight orientations to place them on an
Changing lettering orientations angle. See also Setting lettering orientations.
Use Lettering > Orientation droplist to

change lettering orientations for selected To reshape a horizontal orientation
lettering. 1 Select the lettering object.
Change lettering orientations of selected lettering 2 Click the Reshape Object icon to display control
objects at any stage. See also Setting lettering points.
orientations.
To change lettering orientation

Baseline control points
Try this! The large diamond and cross represent

stitching start and end points. You may need to move
them to access baseline control points. They will
reposition themselves in the new entry and exit points
2 Select an orienation from the Orientation droplist: based on the changes you make to the baseline.
Horizontal: 3 To change the angle, click and drag one of the large
solid squares.
Baseline
Drag up or down to change the

baseline angle Baseline control
points
4 To change the letter spacing click and drag the open 3 To resize the circle drag up or down either the control
triangle control point. point on the circumference of the circle or in the center.
Drag to change
spacing evenly
Drag up or down to resize

Note With Fixed Line orientation, lettering is not the circle
increased if the baseline is longer than needed to fit the
specified lettering. See Creating fixed-length horizontal 4 Create an arc baseline from a circular one by dragging
orientations for details. the hollow square control point apart.
Reshaping circular orientations
Use Edit > Reshape Object to reshape lettering

orientations.
Reshape Circle CCW and Circle CW orientations

to change curve depth, justification point and Move the hollow square
control point apart
baseline length. See also Setting lettering
orientations. 5 Press Esc to complete.
To reshape a circular orientation

Reshaping custom orientations
1 Select the lettering object. Use Edit > Reshape Object to reshape lettering
2 Click the Reshape Object icon to display control orientations.
points.
Reshape Any Shape orientations by moving,
changing, adding or deleting control points along
Try this! The large diamond and cross represent the baseline. See also Setting lettering
stitching start and end points. You may need to move orientations.
them to access baseline control points. They will
based on the changes you make to the baseline. To reshape a custom orientation
2 Click the Reshape Object icon to display control
points.
Try this! The large diamond and cross represent To change letter sequencing
stitching start and end points. You may need to move 1 Click the Lettering icon.
them to access baseline control points. They will The Object Details > Lettering dialog opens.
based on the changes you make to the baseline.
Adjust letter
stitching sequence
Baseline control points 2 Select a letter stitching sequence in the Letter

Sequence panel. Options include:
3 To adjust the baseline add, delete, change or move In Line: When selected, lettering is stitched from left
reference points like any embroidery object. See to right (the default).
Reshaping objects for details.
4 To reshape the baseline, click the point on the baseline
where you want it to bend (change direction).
Left-click to bend the line at an angle.
Right-click to bend the line into a curve.
Stitched left-to-right
Center Out: When selected, letters to the left of

center are stitched first, going from right to left. Next
letters to the right of center are stitched, going from
Click and drag the left to right.
baseline where you
want it to bend
5 To re-position the baseline, drag any one of the

baseline control points up or down.
Left side stitched first
Drag to change curvature

Right side stitched second
Changing letter sequencing 3 Click OK.
Click Lettering > Lettering to change letter Try this! Travel through your design to check the
sequencing. stitching sequence. See Simulating design stitchout for
details.
With the JANOME Digitizer MBX product level, you
can specify the sequence in which letters are
stitched to minimize registration problems with
caps or difficult fabrics. Stitch the lettering from
left to right (the default setting) or from center out.
This is especially useful when stitching on caps.
See also Creating fixed-length horizontal
orientations.
208
Chapter 25
Special Lettering
Features
Like all embroidery objects, each lettering object

has its own properties. Before you create a
lettering object, you may want to adjust the
settings for the stitch type you are going to use.
Alternatively you may want to change the stitch
settings and effects applying to existing objects.
In addition to its built-in library of embroidery
alphabets, JANOME Digitizer MBX allows for the
conversion of any TrueType font installed on your
system to an embroidery alphabet. The result is
similar to embroidery alphabets although the
quality may not be quite as high.
Embroidery and TrueType fonts generally contain
many more characters than are available via your keyboard. Use the Windows
Character Map to provide quick access to special characters and symbols. Apply
Lettering Art effects to lettering objects to make them bulge or arch, stretch or
compress. Create monogram designs using special monogramming fonts.
These alphabets provide three sets of the upper-case alpha characters. Add
decorative borders such as rectangles, ovals, shields, as well as ornamental
decorations or ‘accents’.
This section describes how to apply different stitch types to lettering objects. It
covers converting TrueType fonts to embroidery as well as how to add special
characters. Creating special effects with Lettering Art is discussed as well as the
creation of monogram designs. It also covers adding special accents and
borders to designs.
Chapter 25 Special Lettering Features
Changing lettering stitch types

Try this! Add extra texture to lettering by applying
By default, lettering objects are filled with Satin Feather Edge. See Creating feathered edges for
details.
Fill. You can also apply other basic fill stitch types,
such as Weave Fill, as with other embroidery
objects. See Selecting fill stitches for details.
Adjusting Satin Fill settings for lettering

objects
By default, lettering objects are filled with Satin Adjusting Weave Fill settings for
Fill. Where a letter is narrow, stitches are tight, lettering objects
thus requiring fewer stitches to cover the fabric.
Where a column is very narrow, stitches need to be You can fill lettering shapes with Weave Fill
less dense because too many needle penetrations stitching. It is suitable for filling large, irregular
can damage the fabric. See also Creating satin fills. lettering shapes. See also Creating weave fills.
To adjust Satin Fill settings for lettering To adjust Weave Fill settings for lettering
objects objects
1 Double-click a selected lettering object. 1 Double-click a selected lettering object.
The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens. The Object Details > Fill Stitch dialog opens.
2 Move the slider to set the stitch density you want for
your lettering.
2 Select Weave Fill.
3 Click OK.
3 Select a Weave Fill pattern. See Selecting Weave Fill
patterns for details.
Density: 50%
Pattern 4
Density: 100%
Pattern 8
Density: 150% 4 Adjust stitch spacing to increase or decrease density.

See Adjusting Weave Fill stitch spacing for details.
Stitch
Spacing:
Note Depending on the TrueType font, complex
0.6 mm Chinese (Kanji) characters with many strokes may not
convert correctly into stitch data. When this happens,
try selecting another available TrueType font or change
Stitch
Spacing: the letter orientation and then try converting again.
0.3 mm
5 Adjust stitch length to increase or decrease needle Creating special effects with
penetrations. See Adjusting Weave Fill stitch length for Lettering Art
details.
6 Click OK.
Use Lettering > Lettering Art to make lettering
objects bulge or arch, stretch or compress.
Converting TrueType fonts to
embroidery Apply Lettering Art effects to lettering objects to
make them bulge or arch, stretch or compress.
Click Lettering > Lettering to add lettering directly

on-screen.
The TrueType font conversion feature lets you

convert any TrueType font installed on your system
to an embroidery alphabet. The process is fully
automatic. The result is similar to embroidery
alphabets although the quality may not be quite as
high. The quality greatly depends on the original
shapes, narrower serif type alphabets producing
Shaping lettering objects
better results than blocked alphabets.
Three types of Lettering Art effect are available –
Straight, Curved or Diamond.
To convert TrueType fonts to embroidery
1 Click the Lettering icon.
The Object Details > Lettering dialog opens. Try this! Lettering Art effects are cumulative so
you can add multiple effects to a lettering object.
Select True Type Font
To shape lettering objects

2 Click Lettering Art button.
3 Select a type: Straight, Curved or Diamond.
Different handles display around the object outline
depending on the type.
4 Drag one or more handles up or down to distort the
object.
2 Select a TrueType font from the Font list.

3 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry
panel.
Alternatively, type it directly on-screen after adjusting
the conversion settings.

2 Select the Lettering tab.
3 Edit the text as required.
Drag handle
4 Press OK.
The lettering is updated.
To move two handles in opposite directions, hold the

Shift key down while dragging a handle.
Removing Lettering Art effects
Use Lettering > Lettering Art > Remove to return

a Lettering Art object to its original shape.
Shift + drag Return an object to its original shape by removing

handle the Lettering Art.
To move the handles in the same direction, hold

down the Ctrl key while dragging a handle.
To remove Lettering Art effects

Select a Lettering Art object.
Lettering Art effects are cumulative so multiple effects
may be applied to a lettering object.
Ctrl + drag
handle Select Lettering Art > Remove All to remove any and
all effects applying to a lettering object.
Lettering Art effect/s are removed and letters return to
5 Press Esc to complete. their original shape.
Select Lettering Art > Remove to remove last
envelope applied if you have applied more than one
Try this! To adjust control points, select the lettering effect.
object and press H. The last Lettering Art effect is removed and letters
return to their previous shape.
Editing Lettering Art objects
You can edit lettering in Lettering Art in the Object Note If only one Lettering Art effect applies, both menu
Details > Lettering dialog. items do the same thing.
Creating flair script designs
To edit Lettering Art objects Use Lettering > Lettering to add embroidery
lettering to designs or edit selected lettering.
1 Double-click the lettering object.
Flair script is a special font which allows you to add

decorative flairs to the end of text objects,
mimicking flamboyant handwriting flourishes.
Select flare
Corresponding
keystrokes
5 Select the flare character(s) you want to use.

Scroll down for more options. See also Adding special
characters.
To create a flair script design 6 Click OK to close the dialog.
1 Click the Lettering icon. The selected characters are displayed in the text entry
The Object Details > Lettering dialog opens. panel.
Select Flair
Script font
Flare character
Enter text added
Click to insert 7 Adjust lettering as required. See Creating embroidery

special lettering for details.
characters
8 Click OK.
9 Click where you want to place the lettering, or mark
reference points for the selected baseline.
2 Select Flair Script from the Font list.
10 Press Enter.
3 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry
panel.
4 Click Insert Symbol.
The Select Symbol dialog opens.
Try this! Experiment with different flare characters to

obtain the look you want.
Adding decorative borders
Use Lettering > Insert Border to add attractive

borders to selected lettering objects.

and shields to monograms and designs using the
Insert Border tool. Borders are automatically
sized to fit the current design. Adjust border
thickness and size as required.
To add a decorative border

1 Select a lettering object.
2 Click the Insert Border icon.
The Select Border dialog opens.
3 Select a border and adjust the Border Width setting as

required.
The default Border Width can be adjusted after
insertion in the design.
4 Click OK.
The Select Border dialog closes and the border is
generated to include all design elements in the Design
Window.
5 Adjust border thickness and size as required. See
Reshaping objects for details.
214
Chapter 26
Monogramming
A monogram is a design composed of one or

more letters, typically the initials of a name,
used as an identifying mark. The
Monogramming feature offers a simple way to
create personalized monograms using a
selection of pre-defined styles, border shapes
and ornaments, together with a set of tools to
help you place these elements in creative and
decorative ways.
This section details the creation of monogram
lettering with initials or with a name, how to
add ornaments to monograms, and how to
create ornament layouts. It also covers adding
and creating your own borders.
Creating monogramming designs Borders: up to four concentric borders.
Use Lettering > Monogramming to create Borders stitched

personalized monograms using a selection of first – 1, 2, 3, etc
pre-defined styles, border shapes and
ornaments. Ornaments
stitched next
The Monogramming feature offers a simple way
to create personalized monograms with minimal
manual digitizing, using a selection of pre-defined
styles, border shapes and ornaments, together
with a set of tools to help you place these
elements. The Monogramming feature creates a
single ‘monogramming object’ comprising some or
all of the following elements: Lettering stitched
last
Lettering: a single lettering object (initials or
name)
Ornaments: up to ten ornament sets (each of
which may comprise multiple copies of an
ornament or embroidery design)
Chapter 26 Monogramming
Assuming that all elements are present, the

monogram is stitched in the following order:
borders (1, 2, 3, and 4), ornament sets, and
lettering object (s).
To create a monogramming design

1 Click the Monogramming icon.
The Monogramming dialog opens with the Lettering
tab selected. This tab allows you to specify the Name: This option allows unlimited lines of
characters in the lettering component of a monogram. characters to be entered. See Creating monogram
Two options are available: Initials and Name. lettering with names for details.
3 Click the Ornaments tab and specify the type of

ornamentation you want by clicking Add.
You can add up to ten ornament sets around a
monogram. See Adding ornaments to monograms for
details.
Zoom and Undo/Redo

buttons
The Monogramming dialog is ‘modal’ meaning that

you are not able to select objects or operate any
controls outside the dialog while it is open. However,
elements specified in the dialog are displayed instantly 4 Click the Borders tab and specify the type of border
in the Design Window, and any changes made to you want by clicking Add.
settings inside the dialog are immediately visible. The You can add up to four borders of the same shape to a
dialog also contains Undo, Redo and Zoom buttons. monogram design. See Adding borders to monograms
Undo reverses any changes made since the dialog for details.
was opened. The normal shortcut keys – Ctrl+Z,
Ctrl+Y, Z, Shift+Z – can also be used while the dialog
is open.
2 Select the type of lettering object you want to make:
Initials: Up to three initials can be entered, including
special characters and symbols. See Creating
monogram lettering with initials for details.
5 Click OK to close.
Try this! You can modify selected monograms at any

time by adjusting their settings in the Monogramming
dialog. The dialog can be opened with a single
monogram, and no other object, selected. Any

modifications to the settings are applied directly to the
Enter initials in
selected monogram. each field
Note The Ungroup command is not available when a

Monogramming object is selected. If you wish to
access component objects, use the Break Apart tool.
See Breaking apart composite objects for details. Note The All Letters option is selected by default.
This means that any changes to lettering properties will
affect all initials in the monogram. If you want to
Creating monogram lettering specify different settings for each one, select the button
corresponding to the letter you want to modify before
proceeding. This step is repeated for each letter.
The Monogramming tool allows you to create 2 Enter the first initial for the monogram in the Letter #1
personalized monograms with up to three initials, field.
including special characters and symbols, or The letter simultaneously appears in the Design
unlimited lines of characters. Window.
Creating monogram lettering with

Note When using a single letter, it should be placed in
initials the Letter #1 field.
Use Lettering > Monogramming to create 3 Tab to the next fields and enter second and third initials
personalized monograms using a selection of as required.
pre-defined styles, border shapes and These letters appear in the Design Window.
ornaments.
Up to three initials can be entered into your Enter initials in
monogramming design, including special each field
characters and symbols. Change settings for each
one or all together, or apply pre-defined layout
styles.
Select layout style
from flyout menu
4 Optionally, click the Style button and select the style

you want from the flyout menu.
Click and release to open the layout menu and select
the layout of your choice. The current height of Letter
#1 is used as the ‘base setting’ for the style.
Style 7
To create monogram lettering with initials Style 1
1 Click the Monogramming icon. Style 15

The Monogramming dialog opens with the Lettering
tab selected. The Initials option is selected by default.
Note The Style button is only applicable to initials.

(Style 1 is applied by default.) When the Name option
is selected, this button is disabled. See also Creating
Style 1 with default Italic 35%
monogram lettering with names. properties
5 Select a thread color from the Color list.
Select alphabet
Adjust letter height

Width 130%
Select thread color Vertical baseline
Adjust lettering
settings
6 Use the Alphabet dropdown list to change alphabets. 9 Define any ornaments and/or borders you want:
Click the Ornaments tab to specify monogram
ornamentation. See Adding ornaments to
Note The default values for monogram lettering monograms for details.
Alphabet and Height are distinct from those for Click the Borders tab to specify a monogram border
conventional lettering. or borders. See Adding borders to monograms for
7 Adjust available lettering settings as desired: details.
Adjust Letter Height and Color as desired. 10 Click OK to complete.
Note The zoom factor is automatically adjusted to

show the whole monogram.
Creating monogram lettering with

Color changed Height changed
names
Adjust letter rotation via the Rotate By and Rotate Use Lettering > Monogramming to create
Baseline controls. These allow you rotate individual personalized monograms using a selection of
letters or the entire baseline. pre-defined styles, border shapes and
ornaments.
The monogram Name option allows unlimited lines
of characters to be entered.
Rotate by 90°
Rotate baseline by 90°
To create monogram lettering with a name

1 Click the Monogramming icon.
8 Click View Properties to make any further adjustments
to your lettering stitch properties. See Changing The Monogramming dialog opens with the Lettering
lettering stitch types for details. tab selected. The Initials option is selected by default.
2 Click the Name option.
The Initials option is disabled.
Initials option
disabled
Selected font with default settings Slant - 45

Select Name
option
3 Enter your text in the Name field.

Pressing Enter starts a new line. When more than one
line is created, the default baseline type is used.
4 Click the Insert Symbol button if you want to add Circle CW baseline Font changed
special characters and symbols. See Adding special
characters for details. 8 Click Create Text.
5 Select a thread color from the Color field. The monogram lettering object is added to the Design
Window, replacing any that might already be there.
Click to create
lettering
9 Define any ornaments and/or borders you want:
Click to add special
Click the Ornaments tab to specify monogram
character ornamentation. See Adding ornaments to
monograms for details.
Select
alphabet Click the Borders tab to specify a monogram border
or borders. See Adding borders to monograms for
Click to adjust details.
lettering settings
10 Click OK to complete.
Try this! You can edit the name using Backspace or

Adding ornaments to monograms
Delete keys, using left and right arrow keys, or Home
and End keys to move the insertion point. Ornaments can be added to a monogram either
6 Use the Alphabet dropdown list to change alphabets from pre-defined patterns or from any design file.
and adjust the Letter Height setting as required.
Note The default values for monogram lettering

Alphabet and Height are distinct from conventional
lettering.
7 Click Modify Details to make any further adjustments
to your lettering stitch properties. See Editing Adding ornament patterns or designs
Embroidery Lettering for details.
You can add up to ten ornament sets to a
monogram design and change them at any time.
There is a dedicated monogram ornaments pattern
set although any available pattern set can be used.
A set of ornamental designs is also available. These
are stored in their own Ornaments folder.
Try this! You can create your own ornament

patterns as you would any other pattern using the
Make Motif tool. See Creating custom motifs for
details.
To add ornament patterns or designs

1 Create the lettering object you want to use in your Note All pattern sets are available for selection as
monogram: ornaments. You can even create your own patterns and
save them to the ornament collection. See Creating
Initials: Up to three initials can be entered, including motif sets for details.
monogram lettering with initials for details. If you choose the From Design option, an Open
dialog opens onto the Monogram Accents folder.
Name: This option allows unlimited lines of Designs here are specifically intended for use as
characters to be entered. See Creating monogram ornaments.
lettering with names for details.
2 Click the Ornaments tab.
Click to add an
ornament set
3 Click the Add dropdown menu.
5 Select a pattern or design and click OK.

A new ornament set is created using the selected
Choose an ornament pattern and a new entry added to the list box.
source
6 Select an ornament set from the list box.
Note Up to ten ornaments can be added to the

selection list. Any combination of positions can be
used.
4 Choose an ornament source:
Note If you choose a pattern for the ornament set, the
If you choose Blackwork, Embroidery Gallery or Pattern Set and Pattern fields give you the pattern
Motifs, a corresponding dialog opens offering a identity. If you choose a design as the ornament set, a
library of pre-defined ornamental patterns. Design Name field appears.
7 Use the Positions checkboxes to add up to eight

instances of a selected ornament.
The checkboxes are arranged to illustrate ornament
placements relative to the lettering. Excluding
Position #5, any combination of checkboxes can be
used.
3
2
1
4
10 Use the Color list to change ornament colors.
The colors in the palette are shown in the sequence
7 8 Anchor 9 they occur in the ornaments. To change colors, select
position
a slot in the Color Blocks list and select a color from
the Color list.
Note The first position selected serves as the

‘anchor’ position (highlighted in bold). All settings in the
dialog relate to this ornament and all other ornaments
are sized, rotated and mirrored in relation to it. See also
Creating single ornament layouts and Creating
multi-ornament layouts.
8 Use the Width and Height fields to change ornament
dimensions.
Note The Sequence this Set by Color checkbox is

enabled if you include two or more repetitions of the
selected ornament. When this option is checked, an
ornament set containing two or more colors is
resequenced so that all like colors are stitched
Try this! A Resize Proportionally checkbox together. When unchecked, each ornament is stitched
(selected by default), forces width and height settings out individually. This may result unnecessary thread
to resize in proportion to each other. color changes.
9 Use the Rotate By field to specify a rotation angle for
the anchor object.
All other ornaments are sized, rotated and mirrored in
relation to this object. See also Creating
11 Click the Borders tab if you want to specify a border or

borders for your monogram. See Adding borders to
Creating single ornament layouts

You can insert an ornament as a standalone
element within an ornament set. This single
ornament can be used on its own or combined with
other ornaments or patterns. See also Creating
Specify ornament offset from

lettering object
4 Size and rotate the ornament as required. See Adding

ornaments to monograms for details.
5 Use the X and Y fields in the Offset panel to position
the ornament horizontally or vertically relative to the
To create a single ornament layout lettering object.
1 Create the lettering object you want to use in your These settings specify the position of the ornament
monogram. See Creating monogram lettering with center relative to the center of the lettering object.
initials and Creating monogram lettering with names for 6 Click the Borders tab if you want to specify a border or
details. borders for your monogram. See Adding borders to
2 Add the ornament you want to use. monograms for details.
Try this! Usually for a single ornament layout, you will
want to use one of the ornamental designs included in Creating multi-ornament layouts
the dedicated Monogram Accents folder. This is You can add up to eight instances of a selected
accessed via the From Design option. See Adding ornament to your monogram. Any combination of
ornaments to monograms for details. ornaments and ornament positions can be used.
Choose from a range of pre-defined layout styles,

including Mirrors, Duplicates, and Cycle. You
3 Select Position #5 to insert an ornament as a
also have the option of flipping the anchor
standalone element within a set.
ornament horizontally or vertically.
All other checkboxes are unchecked automatically.
Width, Height, and Rotate By fields remain available
and an Offset panel appears. To create a multi-ornament layout
1 Create the lettering object you want to use in your
monogram. See Creating monogram lettering with
initials and Creating monogram lettering with names for
details.
2 Add the ornaments you want to use. See Adding

3 Use the Positions checkboxes to add up to eight
instances of a selected ornament.
The checkboxes are arranged to illustrate ornament
placements relative to the lettering. Excluding
Position #5, any combination of checkboxes can be
used.
Anchor
position Duplicates:
1 2 3
4 6
7 8 9 Cycle:
Distance from lettering
Note The first position selected serves as the

‘anchor’ position (highlighted in bold). All settings in the
dialog relate to this ornament and all other ornaments
are sized, rotated and mirrored in relation to it.
4 Size and rotate the anchor ornament as required. See
Adding ornaments to monograms for details.
5 Use the Distance From Lettering field to specify the
distance ornaments are offset from the lettering object.
7 Flip the entire configuration horizontally and/or
Try this! The software allows you to enter a negative vertically as required.
offset.
6 Use the Layout Style dropdown list to select a style for
the ornament arrangement – Mirrors, Duplicates, or
Cycle.
Positions are laid out for each layout style in relation to
the anchor object, regardless of any positions omitted
from the set.
Mirrors:
Flip horizontally
and/or vertically
4 Click the Add button.

The Select Border dialog opens offering a library of
pre-defined border shapes.
8 Click the Borders tab if you want to specify a border or

borders for your monogram. See Adding borders to
Adding borders to monograms
The Select Border dialog offers a list of Select

pre-defined border shapes. You can add up to four border
borders of the same shape to a monogram design.
5 Choose a border from the dialog and click OK.

A new entry is added to the border list box and the
selected border appears in the Design Window.
6 Use the Offset field to adjust space between lettering
and border.
Adjust border offset
To create multiple borders

1 Create the lettering object you want to use in your
monogram:
Offset from
Initials: Up to three initials can be entered, including lettering object
monogram lettering with initials for details.
Name: This option allows unlimited lines of
characters to be entered. See Creating monogram Try this! The software allows you to enter a negative
lettering with names for details. offset. This allows you to create multiple overlapping
2 Add any ornaments you want. See Adding ornaments borders.
to monograms for details. 7 Click the Add button again to add up to four more
3 Click the Borders tab. borders.
Each time you click, a new entry is added to the list box
and another border of the same shape is added to your
design.
Click to add
more borders
Click to change
border shapes
Adjust Offset
Fourth border: Motif Run Line First border: Pattern Fill
11 Use the Aspect Ratio field to change the ratio of height

to width for all borders.
By adjusting this value, you adjust height and width in
relation to one another and thereby make the border
Try this! If you want to change the border shape, click fatter or taller. The default is 1.00 which means that the
the Change button and select a different border from border height and width are as per the original.
the Select Border dialog. Any change affects all
borders in the design.
8 Use the Offset field to adjust spacing between borders.
Aspect Ratio: 1.30
2nd border offset: 4 mm 2nd border offset: 4 mm

3rd border offset: 2 mm 3rd border offset: 6 mm
9 Use the Color list to adjust the colors of selected Aspect Ratio: 0.70
borders. 12 Click OK to complete.
Change outline
or fill stitch
types
Change colors
10 Use the Outline and Fill tool buttons to change outline

or fill stitch type for selected borders.
By default, Satin Outline is the default stitch type. When
Fill is selected, Step is selected as the default fill stitch.
All outline and fill stitch types available in the software
can be used as borders.
225
Part VII
Design Processing
You can output embroidery designs in a variety of ways – saving to disk or

sending directly to machine for stitching. Designers frequently want to
distribute their designs so that they can be seen in real colors, in Visualizer
or otherwise. In EasyDesign you can save both design images and
production worksheets to disk or email them.
Printing designs
This section describes how to preview printouts, set print options, print
embroidery elements, appliqué patterns, as well as color layers. See
Printing Designs for details.
Reading & writing design files

This section describes embroidery stitch and outline design formats, as well
as how to open embroidery files in JANOME Digitizer MBX. It also describes
saving designs for machine as well as sending and receiving designs by
direct connection. Writing designs to Flash Memory reader/writer is also
covered. See Reading & Writing Design Files for details.
Outputting to machine
This section describes how to output designs directly to supported machine
models. See Outputting to Machine for details.
226
Chapter 27
Printing Designs
You can create a hard copy of

your designs using default or
custom printer options.
Preview designs before
printing. Set print options to
display the exact information
you require. There are options
to include or exclude start/end
point crosshairs, connectors,
background color/fabric as well
as the current hoop. Print a
copy of the appliqué pattern to
use to cut out the fabric pieces.
A Color Layers option allows
you to include a list of color layers together with color and stitch information
for each layer. If you are using a color printer, you can print in Visualizer mode.
See also Printing designs & catalogs.
This section describes how to preview printouts, set print options, print design
elements, appliqué patterns, as well as color layers.
Previewing printouts Your design displays as it will be printed. Large designs

may be displayed over a number of pages if printed at
actual size.
Use Standard > Print Preview to preview a design
printout.
Use Standard > Print to print a design using
current settings.
Use Print Preview to view stitching information.

Use it to check the sewing sequence before you
stitch out your design. You can create a hard copy
of your designs using default or custom printer
options.
To preview a printout
1 Click the Print Preview icon.
Chapter 27 Printing Designs
2 Use the Preview buttons as required:
Button Purpose
Next Page View the next page.
Select design
Prev Page View the previous page. elements to print
Two Page Display two pages in the Preview
Window.
Portrait / Toggle design display between Click a mode to
pre-set design
Landscape landscape and portrait views. worksheet
Zoom In/Out Use to examine portions of the design display options
or to read production information.
3 Click Options to set any Print Options. See Setting
print options for details.
4 Click Print Now to proceed with printing.
3 Click a Design or Template mode button to pre-set the
The MS Windows® Print dialog opens allowing you to design worksheet display options.
choose a printer and adjust any other print settings you
require. See also Setting print options.
Mode Purpose
5 Click Close to return to the design window.
Design Shows the design as it appears in the
Mode design window. You can turn on or off the
Setting print options preset options as required. See also
Printing design elements.
Template Shows the design outlines with no
Print options give you precise control over your
Mode stitches. See also Printing design layouts.
design printout. You can include templates or
designs, design elements, and cloth setter 4 Select additional worksheets to include in the printout
markings. You can include a copy of the appliqué as required:
pattern as well as a list of color layers in the Check Color Layers for a list of colors in the design,
current design. Design information includes together with color and stitch information for each
author, estimated length of upper thread per color color layer. See Printing color layers for details.
and total bobbin usage. Check Appliqué Patterns if you want a copy of the
appliqué pattern as a guide to cutting out fabric
pieces. See Printing appliqué patterns for details.
Try this! You can print design images directly Check Hooping List if there is more than one
onto a special fabric or transfer via your inkjet hooping in the design. This displays hoopings in their
printer. Printed images can then be combined with correct color sequence. See Printing multi-hooped
Photo Click to produce stitch highlights on the designs for details.
image. See also Creating embroidery from 5 Select a sizing option from the Design Size panel.
photographs. This option applies to both Template and Design
modes. When selecting Template mode, the Actual
Size option is automatically selected.
To set print options
1 To access the Print Options dialog, either select File
> Print or File > Print Preview.
2 Click Options.
The Print Options dialog opens.
Select Design
Worksheet
Actual Size
Select design
elements to print
Choose the Stitches option if you want to include stitch

data in your worksheet. Further options include:
Visualizer: Choose this option to print a
representation of the final embroidery.
Fit to Page
6 Click OK.
Note While the cloth setting marking is supported in

JEF and SEW files, outlines are not. Since JEF and
SEW are stitch file formats, they only contain stitch
data, no outlines. The workaround is to display JEF and
SEW files with stitches and cloth setter marking turned
on. Connectors: All connecting stitches in the design
are displayed, including jumps.
Printing design elements
If you choose to print the Design Worksheet,

there are options to include or exclude start/end
point crosshairs, connectors, background
color/fabric as well as the current hoop. Design
information includes author, estimated length of
upper thread per color and total bobbin usage.
Try this! Using Design Worksheet options, you

can also choose to print only design outlines
without stitch information. You can also print only
design images – vector or bitmap – as desired.
Note With Visualizer on, the Connectors option only
To print design elements shows actual connecting stitches. It does not show
jumps which are displayed in normal stitch view.
In the Print Options dialog, select the Design
Worksheet option if not already selected. See Setting Include or exclude other design elements as required:
print options for details. Image: If you want to include any bitmap images in
the printout, select this option – e.g. design
backdrop. See also Digitizing with Backdrops.
Outlines: Select if you want to highlight design

shapes with a dark outline. These are more obvious
with Visualizer turned off. Alternatively, print design Try this! When printing a large layout the software will
outlines with no stitches showing. See also Printing display a warning dialog if the number of pages needed
design layouts. for the printout exceeds 10. Use the Fit To Page option
or choose a % of Actual size to reduce the page count.
Vectors: If you want to include any vector graphics
in the printout, select this option. See also Check the Grid option to include the background grid
Converting vector and embroidery objects. on the worksheet. See also Displaying hoops, grids,
and rulers.
If you want to include the Background Color/Fabric,
Try this! You can print design images directly onto a select this option. See also Changing backgrounds.
special fabric or transfer via your inkjet printer. Printed Start/End Crosshairs: If you want to include start and
images can then be combined with Photo Click to end needle positions, select this option. The green
produce stitch highlights on the image. See also crosshairs indicate the start point of the design, while
Creating embroidery from photographs. the red crosshairs, the end point. By default, the green
Hoops: If you want to include a representation of the crosshairs are usually set to the center of the hoop.
hoop in the printout, select this option. Not to be
confused with the Hooping List used for multi-hooped Check Embroidery Information to toggle the display
designs. See also Printing multi-hooped designs. of embroidery details on/off. In Template mode,
detailed information is excluded from the worksheet by
default.
Printing design layouts

printout.
You can sew embroidery out by sending the design

directly to a sewing machine or saving it to
removable media and stitching out using a layout
template and the cloth setter. The device has a
transparent plastic bar with marked cross.
Check the Cloth Setter Marking as required.
Cloth setter marks are printed for each hooping in the
design. These allow accurate placement of designs
within layouts on the item or fabric to be sewn. See also
Printing design layouts.
Printing in Template Mode shows the design

outline with no stitches. You can include cloth
setter marks to allow accurate placement of
designs within predefined layouts on the item or
fabric to be sewn. These allow you to position the
device for accurate design centering within a hoop.
Printing large layouts

Cloth setter marking displayed
EasyDesign allows you to define layout work areas
Check Work Area to include an outline of the work of up to 3m x 3m. Large layouts may print to many
area on the worksheet. See Creating ornamental pages. To save paper, you may choose to print at a
layouts for details. percentage of actual size. You must then
remember to multiply the template dimensions by

a scale factor. For example, if you print at 50%,
Note While the cloth setting marking is supported in
you need to double the measurements on the
JEF and SEW files, outlines are not. Since JEF and
worksheet when transferring to the fabric. Use the
SEW are stitch file formats, they only contain stitch
table below as a guide. data, no outlines. The workaround is to display JEF and
SEW files with stitches and cloth setter marking turned
% Scale Factor on.
50% 2:1 x2 4 Make sure Cloth Setter Marking and Work Area
options are checked.
25% 4:1 x4
The cloth setter marking indicates the hooping center.
20% 5:1 x5 They are printed for each hooping in the design.
10% 10:1 x 10 5 Select the Actual Size option in the Size group.
6 Click OK.
Each hooping has a number printed near the cloth
To print a design layout
setter mark to indicate the hoop sequence.
Your design layout displays as it will be printed. See
also Creating ornamental layouts.
Try this! You can print out an overview of the layout by

selecting Fit to Page or entering a value in the
% of Actual field.
2 Click Options.
Printing color layers

printout.
The Color Layers option lets you include a list of

color layers in the current design, together with
Select Template color and stitch information for each layer.
mode
3 Select Template Mode.

To print color layers
These settings show the design outline with no
stitches. 1 Click the Print Preview icon.
Your design displays as it will be printed.
2 Click Options button.
Check to print
color layers To print appliqué patterns
Your appliqué design displays as it will be printed.
3 In the Other Worksheets group, select the Color 2 Click Options button.
Layers checkbox and click OK. The Print Options dialog opens.
4 Click the Next Page button, as required.
A list of color layers is displayed together with color and
stitch information for each layer. Check to print
appliqué patterns
3 In the Other Worksheets group, select the Appliqué

Patterns checkbox and click OK.
Each appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to
the stitching sequence.
The following information is included:
Item Description
Number Number in the stitching sequence.
Color Color name listed in the associated
thread chart. Note If the Actual Size option is selected, both an
Code Thread code for ease of ordering. assembled appliqué layout and individual patterns in
the actual size are created on separate pages. If the
Brand Thread brand – e.g. Isacord 40.
Fit to Page or % of Actual options are selected, the
Stitches Total stitch count for individual color assembled appliqué layout is created in the selected
layer. size, but individual patterns are still printed in the actual
Thread Used Total stitch length of the individual color size on separate pages.
layer in the measurement unit currently 4 Click Print.
set for the system – e.g. ‘meters’.
5 Click Print.
Printing multi-hooped designs
Printing appliqué patterns If there is more than one hooping in the design,
you have the option of printing hoops in
multi-hooping view in their correct color sequence.
The Hooping List option shows the objects in
printout.
each hooping. See also Hooping large designs.
Print a copy of the appliqué pattern to use as a
template for cutting out fabric pieces. Each
appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to
the stitching sequence.
To print a multi-hooped design

1 Select File > Print Preview.
2 Click Options icon.
3 Select the Hooping List checkbox.
Check to print a
hooping list
4 Click OK.
The following information is included showing the
objects in each hooping.
5 Click Print.
Try this! It is a good idea to include alignment marks

with multi-hooped designs. These can be activated via
the Work Environment > Combine tab. See
Outputting alignment marks for details.
Alignment marks included

233
Chapter 28
Reading & Writing Design

Files
You can output embroidery designs in a variety of ways – saving to computer,

USB memory stick, floppy disk, ATA PC card, or sending directly to machine for
stitching.
JANOME Digitizer MBX uses three embroidery file formats – JAN, JEF and SEW
– which allow you to make the most of both outline and stitch formats. JAN
format is an object-based format while JEF and SEW formats are stitch-based.
By default, EasyDesign saves to JAN format while EasyEdit saves to JEF. These
formats contain all information necessary both for stitching a design and for
later modification. When opening designs created or saved in other formats,
EasyDesign converts the design internally to JAN format while EasyEdit
converts to JEF format. You can then modify it using the full range of JANOME
Digitizer MBX features.
SEW file cards for MC9000, MC5700 or MC5000 machine can be transferred
onto PC using the ScanCard program. In order to read SEW file card using a
ScanCard you need optional accessories – Reader/Writer Box, AC Adapter and
RS-232C Cable.
Chapter 28 Reading & Writing Design Files
This section describes embroidery stitch and outline design formats, as well as
how to open embroidery files in JANOME Digitizer MBX. It also describes saving
designs for machine as well as sending and receiving designs by direct
connection. Writing designs to Flash Memory reader/writer is also covered.
Embroidery design formats of stitch blocks. Stitch blocks consist of individual

stitches.
Embroidery designs are saved in one of two

formats – ‘outline’ format or ‘stitch’ format. JAN is
an outline format and JEF and SEW are stitch
formats. Manual object
Note For details of specific formats supported by

JANOME Digitizer MBX, see Supported embroidery
file formats.
You can scale raw stitch format designs, but
Outline files because the stitch count does not change, the
Outline or ‘condensed’ files are high-level formats density increases or decreases with the design
which contain object outlines, object details and size. Thus you should not scale stitch designs by
stitch data. When you open an outline file in more than ±5% or some areas may be too thickly
EasyDesign, corresponding stitch types, digitizing or too thinly covered.
methods and effects are applied.
Embossed Fill
object
Original stitch design Design reduced by 5%
While stitch designs are generally not suited to

Outline files can be scaled, transformed and scaling, JANOME Digitizer MBX can interpret object
reshaped without affecting stitch density or outlines, stitch types and spacing from stitch data
quality. After modification in EasyDesign, you can with some success. By default, stitch files are
choose to save your design to the native JAN converted to outlines and objects upon opening in
format, or to a different format altogether. EasyEdit. These ‘recognized’ designs can be scaled
with stitches recalculated for the new outlines.
Stitch files Processing is effective for most stitch designs but
cannot produce the same level of quality as
Different embroidery machines speak different
original outlines and may not handle some fancy
languages. Each has its own control commands for
stitches.
the various machine functions. Before you can
stitch a design, it must be in a format which can be
interpreted by the embroidery machine. Stitch or File sources
‘expanded’ designs are low-level formats for direct While embroidery files are broadly classified as
use by machines. They contain information about ‘outline’ or ‘stitch’, JANOME Digitizer MBX
the position, length and color of each stitch. When internally tags files as belonging to one of four
they are read into EasyEdit, stitch files do not types – Native Design, Imported Outlines,
contain object information such as outlines or Processed Stitches, or Imported Stitches.
stitch types, but present the design as a collection
Which application do I use?

Source Description
Native Designs created in JANOME Digitizer MBX Use EasyDesign to... Use EasyEdit to...
Design (or equivalent).
Create new designs Stitch out a design
Imported Designs read from non-JAN outline files
Add new objects to an already in a
Outlines where stitches have been generated in stitch-oriented design
existing design
JANOME Digitizer MBX (or equivalent) from format
original outlines and stitching data. Combine designs in a
single file Combine and transform
Processed Designs read from stitch files where stitches Add lettering to a design stitch blocks, or the whole
Stitches have been regenerated by processing. design
Add or remove parts of a
Imported Designs read from stitch files, where design Fine-tune a design at the
Stitches outlines may or may not have been Reshape parts of the stitch level
recognized, but stitches have not been design
regenerated through stitch processing. Automatically digitize a
Note, however, that if you change a stitch design from an image
design – e.g. add a lettering object – the
status changes to ‘Processed Stitches’ even
though the imported stitches may not have
Try this! If you want to scale a design, edit an
been regenerated.
outline or change a stitch type, use EasyDesign. By
For information about the source of a design file, default, stitch files are converted to outlines and
refer to the Properties dialog. See Viewing design objects upon opening. If you do not want to scale
information for details. the design by more than ±5%, or only want to
make stitch edits, use EasyEdit.
Opening embroidery files in Object/outline recognition

JANOME Digitizer MBX
When you convert a stitch file (JEF or SEW) to
outline format (JAN), JANOME Digitizer MBX reads
EasyDesign uses an ‘object-based’ approach to stitch data stitch-by-stitch according to the needle
embroidery design, saving shapes as outlines that penetration points. It recognizes stitch types,
can generate stitches automatically, based on spacing and length values, stitch effects, and can
preset object details. Embroidery objects can be determine object outlines.
resized, reshaped and transformed as individual All filled areas in a design become fill or outline
elements within a single design. Stitches objects with fill or outline stitch properties as well
regenerate automatically after every change. as general properties. Stitch types are assigned as
EasyEdit uses a ‘stitch-based’ embroidery format Satin or Weave depending on the pattern of needle
where an entire design is a single object made up penetrations. If an object is not recognized, it
of individual stitches. EasyEdit lets you take a contains only general and connector properties
stitch-based design, and resize or transform it as a only and will not scale well.
whole, or modify individual stitches for subtle Recognized object outlines and stitch values are
changes and fine-tuning. You can only edit stitches stored as object details in JANOME Digitizer MBX.
in EasyEdit. This means you can scale and transform
Each application creates a different type of recognized designs in the usual way. You can also
embroidery file, giving you the option to save in change the stitch density of the whole or selected
the format you choose. parts of a design, and/or of certain stitch types.
Recognition limitations
If a stitch type is not recognized accurately, the
values in the Object Details dialog will not match
the stitches. The stitches will remain the same as
in the original design, until you make changes and
regenerate them. If you change the design,
stitches will be regenerated according to the object 3 Enter a name for the design in the File name field.
details. 4 Select a format from the Save as type list. See also
Supported embroidery file formats.
If outputting to a Janome machine, select JEF as the
Saving designs for machine file format. The file is encoded to suit the currently
selected machine model. See Selecting machine
models for details.
Different embroidery machines understand
If outputting to a third-party machine, the Options
different languages. Each has its own control
button may become available. See your machine
commands for the various machine functions.
manual for details.
Before you can stitch a design, it must be in a
format which can be interpreted by the machine. 5 Click Save.
Before design files are sent to machine, they are
automatically converted to JEF stitch file format. Note JANOME Digitizer MBX supports JANOME MA
They can also be saved directly to hard disk. When and Giga hoops. These are two-position hoops which
saving in JEF format, you must choose the expand the available sewing area. When sending to
particular machine type you wish to save for. See machine, in most cases EasyDesign will only create
also Sending & writing designs. one file as the two hoop positions are saved in a single
JEF file.
In the case of MA hoops, however, if a return to hoop
Note JANOME Digitizer MBX records the position 1 is required, two (or on rare occasions,
embroidery area of custom hoops to JEF file which more) files will be created. See also Stitching
can then be read by multi-needle machines to designs with an MA Hoop.
determine the stitching area. On the other hand, With Giga hoop designs, the red area is stitched first,
the stitching area of single-needle machines is the hoop is rotated, and then the blue area is
determined by the selected hoop type. If the file stitched. If, in the design sequence, the blue area is
contains a ‘non-standard’ (custom) hoop code, the stitched before the red area, it cannot be saved as a
hoop size is automatically based on the design size Giga hoop design. See also Stitching designs with a
which is used to limit the stitching area. See Giga Hoop.
Defining custom hoops for details. If the design will not stitch as a single Giga hoop
design – i.e. it would require more than one rotation
of the Giga hoop in order to preserve the stitching
To save a design for machine sequence – the following message is displayed:
Select Save location
In this case, you need to use Combine mode to

create two Hoop B hoopings as instructed. See
Hooping large designs for details.
Sending & writing designs

Select JEF format
JANOME Digitizer MBX gives you the option of
sending designs directly to machine or to memory
card. The option you choose depends, in part, on
the machine you are using.
2 Select the folder where you want to save the design Supported machine models
from the Save In list. Supported machine models
Supported machine models ‡ ATA = ATA PC card. Must be upgraded to Version

2.21. See http://www.janome.com/.
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports the following
machine models: ^ USB = USB memory stick.
Related topics
Supported storage devices
Splitting large files
Supported storage devices

Besides USB connection, you can write to ATA PC
card – ‘Flash Memory’ – in a similar way as you
would save to floppy disk. The ATA PC card is a
PCMCIA standard PC memory card that is used for
storing designs in JEF format to be read/written
from/to machine. The ATA PC card is designated as
a drive in your computer. The drive designation
may become E: or F: or some other letter. After
With both EasyDesign and EasyEdit, JANOME writing your design, you simply insert the card into
Digitizer MBX is able to automatically detect which the ATA PC card slot of your machine (if
type of supported machine is currently connected supported), and read the design.
to the PC USB port. The Machine menu items are
determined by the type of machine connected to Precautions using ATA PC cards
the PC. If no machine is detected, all menu items It is recommended to save data stored in the
will be grayed out. Your distributor will advise you machine’s built-in memory to hard disk or
about supported machine types. See also Sending ATA PC card to prevent accidental loss of data
designs to machine. due to improper operations or malfunctions.
If an ATA PC card is formatted on PC or on your
Supported connections machine, all information on the card will be lost.
The following connection types are supported: Check the contents of any used cards before
formatting them.
Machine DC† ATA‡ USB^ Only use approved ATA PC cards or SanDisk
CompactFlash with ATA PC card adapter for
MC12000 z z updating the system program of your
MC11000 z z z embroidery machine. Memory capacity should
MC10001 z z be 8Mb or more.
MC10000 V3.x z z
MC10000 V2.2 z Note If your computer is a laptop, there is a slot
MC9900 z where you can insert the ATA PC card and its
adapter directly. If you have a desktop computer,
MC9700 z you will need an ATA PC card reader/writer
MC9500 z connected to a USB port.
MC300E z
USB memory sticks
MC350E z z
The latest machine models can read from and write
MC200E z
to USB memory sticks. These are very convenient
NS-1 z portable memory devices which can hold large
MB-4 z z z amounts of data in a small ‘stick’.
† DC = Direct Connection: See Linking your PC by Supported machine models
USB cable for details.
Splitting large files Supported machine models

Some machines originally had a limitation in
receiving only up to 32,000 stitches (approx.) at a Sending designs to machine
time. Newer machines will accept up to 64,000
stitches (approx.). Some can accept up to 100,000
stitches. The MB-4 machine can accept up to Use Standard > Send to Machine to send the
200,000 stitches. current design directly to machine for stitching.
Depending on the machine model, the direct

machine connection option may be available to
you. This means you can send individual or
multiple design files directly to three possible
destinations:
JANOME Digitizer MBX splits files at the last color Built-in: internal machine memory
change before the limit is reached. If no color ATA PC Card: PC memory card slot on machine
change can be found before this, the operation is which can be used as an ATA PC card
rejected. reader/writer
USB Memory: USB stick attached to your
machine.
Note The ability to split a large design when
sending to JANOME MemoryCraft machine or
ATA PC Card is determined by the machine version Try this! Alternatively, you can use an external
selected in Select Machine Model dialog. See ‘Flash Memory’ (ATA PC) reader/writer to write
Selecting machine models for details. designs in JEF format directly to card. See Writing
A maximum of 78 split files (and hence color to Flash Memory reader/writer for details.
changes) is possible. It is very unlikely that a
Sending the current design to machine
single file will contain anywhere near 78 color
changes. Whether you send a design to machine or The procedure for sending a single design to
ATA PC card, JANOME Digitizer MBX names the machine varies slightly with the machine model,
split JEF files automatically – e.g. MyFlower01, but the principle is the same. Whichever machine
MyFlower02, etc. you are using, the steps will involve one or all of
the following:
Select the machine model you intend to connect
to. See Selecting machine models for details.
Insert the ATA PC card or USB stick into your
Split file machine as required.
Open or create the design you want to send.
Click the Send to Machine icon or select
Machine > Send Current Design.
The particular dialog which opens will depend on
the selected machine model.
Note The ATA PC card connection menus and icon,

and the ability to split a design, are available in
both EasyDesign and EasyEdit.
Select destination
folder on sewing
machine
Click to send
design to machine Receive or Select files to
delete files receive or delete
from machine
location
Click to change
name of output file
Note For detailed procedures relating to your
Select a storage location on the sewing machine particular machine, see Outputting to Machine.
– machine memory (built-in folder), ATA PC
card, or USB memory stick.
Start the file transfer. Writing to Flash Memory
In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the reader/writer
limits set, it will be split into two or more files.
See Splitting large files for details.
Use Standard > Write to Card to send a design to
an external ‘Flash Memory’ (ATA PC)
Note For detailed procedures relating to your reader/writer.
particular machine, see Outputting to Machine.
You can use an external ‘Flash Memory’ (ATA PC)
Sending or receiving multiple designs reader/writer to write designs in JEF format
As with single designs, the procedure for sending directly to card. Some machines do not support
multiple designs to machine varies slightly with the direct connection, in which case you will need to
machine model you are using. use this method to transfer design files from your
PC to ATA PC card to machine. Depending on the
machine model the card is intended for, make sure
this is selected as your current machine. After
Select source
writing your design, simply insert the card into the
folder on your PC ATA PC card slot of your machine, and read in the
design.
Writing a design to ATA PC card
Select files to
The procedure for writing a single design to card
send varies slightly with the machine model, but the
principle is the same. Whichever machine you are
using, the steps will involve one or all of the
following:
Select the machine model you intend to write to.
See Selecting machine models for details.
Use buttons to
navigate folders of Make sure the reader/writer is securely plugged
display file list into the USB port of your PC.
Open or create the design you want to send.
In addition to sending design files to machine, you Click the Write to Card icon or select External
can generally receive or delete files from the Media > Write a Design.
destination folder. The particular dialog which opens will depend on
the selected machine model.
Click to
change name
of output file
Click to write
design to card
Start the file transfer.

Click to read Click to erase
In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the
limits set, it will be split into two or more files.
See Splitting large files for details. Note For detailed procedures relating to your
Note For detailed procedures relating to your
Stitching designs with
Writing multiple designs to ATA PC card multi-position hoops
As with single designs, the procedure for writing
multiple designs to ATA PC card varies slightly with JANOME Digitizer MBX supports both MA and Giga
the machine model. Select the machine model you hoops. These are two-position hoops which
intend to write to and select External Media > expands the available sewing area of the machine
Write Designs, Read and Erase. The particular for which it is supplied.
dialog which opens will depend on the current
machine model.
Stitching designs with an MA Hoop
Use Standard > Send to Machine to send the

Select source
current design directly to machine for stitching.
folder on your PC
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports the MA Hoop. This
is a two-position hoop which expands the available
sewing area of the machine for which it is supplied.
In the list of available hoops, the MA Hoop is
Select files to identified as ‘Hoop MA (200 x 280)’. The two
write
sewing fields are shown in red and blue. When
digitizing, each embroidery object must fit entirely
into one or other hoop position.
The behavior of the MA Hoop during loading and
editing of embroidery designs is exactly the same
Use buttons to as for a normal rectangular hoop of size 200 x 280.
navigate folders of The fact that there are two sewing fields has no
display file list effect until you save the design or send it to a
machine. When sending to machine, in most cases
In addition to writing design files to machine, you
JANOME Digitizer MBX will only create one file as
can generally receive or delete files from the
the two hoop positions are saved in a single JEF
destination folder.
file. However, if a return to hoop position 1 is
required, JANOME Digitizer MBX will create two (or Otherwise it calculates the number of hooping
on rare occasions, more) files. position changes and prompts you to proceed. If you
agree, it creates multiple JEF files and sends them to
machine.
To stitch a design with an MA Hoop 4 Click OK.
1 Open the design to send to machine. The JEF file names are numbered with a hyphen – ‘My
The two sewing fields are shown in red and blue. When Flower- 1.JEF’ and ‘My Flower- 2.JEF’.
digitizing, each embroidery object must fit entirely into
one or other hoop position.
Note When the machine loads the first of the multiple
JEF files, it stitches the upper-position first, then
prompts you to move the hoop to the lower position.
Always have the hoop in the upper position when the
Upper position machine starts stitching a new JEF file unless you are
explicitly prompted to shift frame. This may be
necessary in cases where a hooping pair must be split
because it has too many stitches or too many color
changes.
Lower position
Stitching designs with a Giga Hoop

JANOME Digitizer MBX supports the Giga Hoop.

This is a two-position hoop which expands the
available sewing area of the machine for which it is
supplied. Use of the Giga Hoop is similar to the MA
MA Hoop Hoop. See also Stitching designs with an MA Hoop.
In the list of available hoops, the Giga Hoop
appears as ‘Hoop D (220 x 190) (Giga)’. The two
sewing fields are shown in red and blue. The red
Note Sizes are shown in mm for a 1:1 display. At other area is normally stitched first. Then, after rotating
display scales, values are scaled proportionally. the hoop, the blue area is stitched.
2 Click the Send to Machine icon on the Standard
toolbar or select Machine > Send a Design.
If the machine is correctly linked, the Write a Design
dialog opens. See Sending & writing designs for
details.
3 Click the Send button.
JANOME Digitizer MBX determines whether there are
any objects that do not lie wholly within one of the
hoop’s two positions:
If there are, they are selected in the design window
and you are prompted to edit or delete them.
Otherwise JANOME Digitizer MBX determines how
many hoopings are needed.
If only one is needed, or two with the upper position
first, JANOME Digitizer MBX creates a single JEF
file containing these hoopings and sends it to the
machine.
The physical embroidery area of the Giga Hoop is 4 Select the design name and click the Send button.
230 x 200 mm. This is represented by the solid
line. However, any rotation of the hoop may cause
a small positioning gap. To avoid this, a margin of Note The design will be sent to the machine as two
5mm is allowed on both sides, which makes the individual JEF files – Hoop position A and Hoop
actual embroidery area 220 x 190 mm. This is position B. However, the machine display will show the
design as a single design unless the file cannot be
represented by the dashed line. We recommend
stitched in two files due to the object stitching
you stay within the dashed area.
sequence.
Note When digitizing, embroidery objects must fit Outputting multi-hooped designs
entirely within one or other hoop position. That is,
you cannot save designs which include objects that
straddle both hoop positions. When working with designs that are larger than the
available physical hoop, you can split them into
parts in Combine mode, each containing an object
Note Also, if objects in the blue area are or group of objects. When a multi-hooped design is
sequenced before the red, you cannot save as a output, each part is stitched separately after the
Giga Hoop design. That is, you cannot create a fabric has been re-hooped. See Hooping large
Giga Hoop JEF file which has its start in the second designs for details.
hoop position as this would require more than a
single JEF file which is not allowed. The following commands are all available in
Combine mode:
Save As
To stitch a design with a Giga Hoop Send to Machine
1 Open the design to send to machine. The two sewing Write to Card
fields are shown in red and blue. When digitizing, each
embroidery object must fit entirely into one or other When any of these commands is invoked,
hoop position. multi-hoopings and split lines are applied. Hooping
Sequence mode is activated, showing the separate
2 Click the Send to Machine icon on the Standard
hoopings. See also Printing multi-hooped designs.
toolbar or select Machine > Send a Design. If the
machine is correctly linked, the Write a Design dialog
opens. See Sending & writing designs for details.
3 Click the Send button.
JANOME Digitizer MBX determines whether there are
any objects that do not lie wholly within one of the
hoop’s two positions.
If the design can be stitched in the Giga hoop, the
Send a Design (on-line) dialog opens.
If the design will not stitch as a single Giga hoop
design – i.e. it would require more than one rotation
of the Giga hoop to preserve the stitching sequence
– the following message is displayed:
Hoopings vs output files

It is important to realize the numbers of hoopings
in a multi-hooped design do not necessarily
correspond to the number of output files. It all
Click OK and use Combine mode to create two
depends on the layering of objects within the
Hoop B hoopings as instructed. See also Combining
design. In order to preserve the digitized stitching
objects & designs.
sequence, the same hooping may need to be

visited more than once. To send a multi-hooped design to machine
1 Switch to Combine mode and create your
multi-hooped design. See Hooping large designs for
2 details.
1
2 Ensure that the embroidery machine or reader box
have been correctly attached.
Hooping 1 Hooping 2
Take the simple scenario illustrated above. Here we

have one design with three objects and two
hoopings. Object #1 gets stitched first. But then a
change of hooping is required to stitch Object #2.
To stitch Object #3, we need to return to our first
hooping. That’s how we come to have more output
files than we have hoopings.
Sending multi-hooped designs to

machine
3 Click the Send to Machine icon.
Use Combine > Combine Mode to activate the The system checks whether there is more than one
combined hooping functions. hoop in the design and if all objects are covered.
If some objects are uncovered, you are prompted to
Use Standard > Send to Machine to send the continue or otherwise.
With a multi-hooped design, you can send one or

more stitch files to sewing machine or memory
card. The software automatically calculates which
files are to be sent and shows you how they will
look.
All hoopings needed to stitch the design are

Note The Splitting Guide tool allows you to displayed in Hooping Sequence mode.
digitize one or more split lines in a multi-hooped All toolbars are hidden, leaving only the Hooping
design prior to outputting to file, machine or Sequence panel. This displays a list of all hoopings
memory card. Although split lines are only visible required to stitch the design.
in Combine mode, they are maintained when
switching to other modes. Split lines do not have
any permanent effect on objects prior to output.
See Splitting objects between hoopings for details.
Send selected
hooping to
machine
List of hoopings in
current design
displayed in Hooping
Sequence panel
Selected hooping
shown in actual
stitch colors
Objects not included

in selection shown as
grey outlines
Use Standard > Write to Card to send a design to

Note Fabric in covered appliqués is hidden, leaving an external ‘Flash Memory’ (ATA PC)
stitchable items only. reader/writer.
4 Select any hooping in the list. If more than one hooping is needed to cover your
Objects within the selected hooping are shown in their design, you may split it into separate files for each.
actual stitch colors. Objects not included in the See Hooping large designs for details.
selection are shown as grey outlines.
5 Use the zoom controls at the top to inspect the
hoopings.
6 Click the Send Selected Now button to send the
selected hooping to machine.
The system outputs a file containing everything to be
stitched within the current hooping.
Note Depending on your selected machine, you may

have the option to ‘send all now’. With this option, the
individual hoopings are controlled by the machine
connection software. See Outputting to Machine for
details.
7 Repeat this process as many times as necessary to
send all hoopings.
8 Click Close to end.
Saving multi-hooped designs
Use Combine > Combine Mode to activate the

combined hooping functions.
To save a multi-hooped design
Use Standard > Save to save the current design. 1 Switch to Combine mode and create your
multi-hooped design. See Hooping large designs for
details.
Note The Splitting Guide tool allows you to digitize

one or more split lines in a multi-hooped design prior to
outputting to file, machine or memory card. Although
split lines are only visible in Combine mode, they are
maintained when switching to other modes. Split lines
do not have any permanent effect on objects prior to
output. See Splitting objects between hoopings for
details.
A standard MS Windows® Save As dialog appears
allowing you to browse to any folder, choose any name
for the exported file, and choose a file format from a
dropdown list.
Note Alternatively, use the Write to Card command to

save output files to memory card. See Writing to Flash
Memory reader/writer for details.
3 Change the file name as required, and choose a
destination folder and/or file format, and click Save.
The system checks that all embroidery objects are
covered. You will be warned if they are not. Otherwise,
all hoopings needed to stitch the design are calculated
and displayed in the Hooping Sequence dialog.
Hoopings are named as files with the chosen file
extension.
Save all or
selected hoopings
to machine
Hoopings named as
files with chosen file
extension
Split object appears

in its own hooping
Note Any split lines which may have been applied are
calculated on output and objects split between their
respective hoopings.
4 Select a hooping and click Save Selected Now.
Alternatively, click Save All Now to save all files in the
list, named as indicated in the Hooping Sequence
panel. EasyDesign outputs the hoopings to their
individual files.
5 Click Close.
EasyDesign exits Hooping Sequence mode and
displays the design in the design window in its original
state.
247
Chapter 29
Outputting to Machine
JANOME Digitizer MBX supports various sets of machine model: MC15000,

MC12000, MC11000, MC1000*, MC10000 V2.21, MC9700/9500,
MC350E/300E/200E, and MB-4.
Direct-connect for new and some older
machines as well as saving to ATA PC card
and USB memory stick are all possible in
both EasyDesign and EasyEdit.
Higher level machines support direct
connection, although menu options
change according to machine.
Earlier machine models do not support
direct connection but they do read ATA PC
cards and/or USB memory sticks. These
are convenient portable memory devices
which can hold large amounts of data in a
small ‘stick’ or ‘card’.
This section describes how to output
designs directly to supported machine
models.
Outputting to MC15000 and Hence they are limited to ±20% rescaling.

MC12000 machines HorizonLink, however, allows rescaling to be
done on PC. This means you can rescale, mirror
and rotate designs and stitches will be
If you have selected MC15000 or MC12000 as your recalculated. HorizonLink also lets you define
current machine, direct machine connection is new stitch types for the machine’s sewing mode.
available to you via external HorizonLink Other options are available. See the separate
applications. HorizonLink manages all HorizonLink help file for details.
communication with these machines. You will have
received the machine software with your machine.
This needs to be installed independently of Note The MC15000 and MC12000 machines can
JANOME Digitizer MBX. also read USB memory sticks which can be written
to from within JANOME Digitizer MBX.
Janome machines do not recalculate stitches when
a design is rescaled or transformed in any way.
Chapter 29 Outputting to Machine
Sending designs to machine 3 If you haven’t already done so, select your machine
model from the Standard toolbar droplist.
Use Standard > Send to EmbLink to send the
current design to the external HorizonLink
application. Select machine
When sending the current design to machine, you model from
actually send it via the external HorizonLink droplist
application. This can be configured so that the
design passes straight from JANOME Digitizer MBX
to the machine. Or you can pass the design to
HorizonLink for further processing.
Note To connect your PC and machine, use the

USB cable provided with the machine. See also
Connecting to your machine. 4 Click the HorizonLink icon.
The design opens in HorizonLink or EmbLinkTool
depending on the machine model. This software suite
To send a design to machine allows you to rescale, mirror and rotate designs. It also
lets you define new stitch types for the machine’s
1 Make sure the machine connection software is sewing mode. Click the Help button to access
installed. onscreen documentation.
2 Open or create the design you want to send.
Access HorizonLink
Onscreen Help
Activate Remote
On/Off to pass design
directly to machine
design to pass directly from JANOME Digitizer MBX to

the machine.
Try this! Click the Remote On/Off button to activate
the direct-to-machine connection. This enables the
Writing to USB memory stick Writing multiple designs to USB stick

The procedure for writing multiple designs to USB
Use Standard > Write to External Media to send a memory stick is essentially the same as writing a
design to an external media drive. single design except that you select External
Media > Write Designs, Read and Erase.
The MC15000 and MC12000 machines can also
read USB memory sticks. These can be written to Navigate to source and
from within JANOME Digitizer MBX in JEF or JPX destination folders
format. Make sure the memory stick is securely
plugged into the USB port of your PC. After writing
your design/s, simply insert the stick into the USB
slot on your machine. See Connecting to your
machine for details.
JPX file format

The JPX production file format includes a JPG
image, in addition to the embroidery, of any
graphics included in the design. This provides you
with a better means for visually aligning
embroidery on a printed item when hooped in the
machine.
Tick designs to Use buttons to Navigate folder
Older machines display only thread codes and not copy over copy to and from structure
the specific brand. However, the same code across USB stick
two (or more) different brands of thread may be
completely different colors. With the MC12000
machine, a thread brand ID identifying the thread Outputting to MC11000 machines
chart is recognized and the specific thread brand
displayed on the machine itself. The brand
If you have selected MC11000 as your current
designation is written to the JPX file.
machine, the direct machine connection option is
Writing a design to USB stick available to you. This means you can send
individual or multiple design files directly to three
The procedure for writing a single design to USB possible destinations:
memory stick is essentially the same as sending a
single design file to machine except that you click built-in machine memory of your JANOME
the Write to External Media icon or select MemoryCraft
External Media > Write a Design. ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on
your machine, or
a USB memory stick attached to your machine.
Select destination
folder on USB
stick Try this! Alternatively, you can use an external
media drive to write designs in JEF format directly
to card. See Writing to external media drive for
Click to write details.
design to USB
stick
Sending current design to machine
Click to change
name of output file
Navigate folder
structure When sending the current design to machine, you
can send the design file directly to three possible
destinations:
Built-in machine memory of your JANOME

MemoryCraft
ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on
your machine, or Enter new name
USB memory stick attached to your machine.
Note The procedure for sending a single design to 6 Select a storage location on the sewing machine –
machine is a little different to sending multiple machine memory (built-in folder), ATA PC card, or USB
designs. See also Sending or receiving multiple memory stick.
designs.
To send current design to machine Select storage

option
1 If you haven’t already done so, select MC11000 as your
current machine. See Connecting to your machine for
details.
2 Insert the ATA PC card or USB stick into your JANOME
MemoryCraft machine if required.
7 Click Send.
Note Both ATA PC card and USB stick can be JANOME Digitizer MBX checks whether the selected
attached at the same time. hoop is supported by the destination machine.
3 Open or create the design you want to send. If the hoop is an MA Hoop, this may mean that the
4 Click the Send to Machine icon or select Machine > design must be split into more than one hoop
Send Design. position, and possibly more than one JEF file. See
Stitching designs with multi-position hoops for
If the machine is correctly linked, the Send Current details.
Design dialog opens.
If the hoop is supported and is not an MA Hoop, the
selected design is copied to the specified location in
Select destination the current JEF format.
folder on sewing
machine
8 Click Start.
File transfer begins. The selected design is copied to
the specified location.
Click to send
design to machine
Note In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the limits
set, it will be split into two or more files. See Splitting
large files for details.
Click to change Sending or receiving multiple designs

name of output file
You can simultaneously send more than one design
in JEF file format to your machine. You can also
Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in retrieve all designs from machine memory for
order to receive the design. editing and/or to store them on hard disk or other
5 Click Name to change the file name as required. location. Alternatively, delete all designs from
The JEF Name dialog opens. machine memory to free up space.
To send or receive multiple designs

1 If you haven’t already done so, select MC11000 as your
details.
2 Insert the ATA PC card or USB stick into your JANOME

Select storage
destination on your
sewing machine
Note Both ATA PC card and USB stick can be
attached at the same time.
3 Select Machine > Send Designs, Receive and
Delete.
The Send Designs, Receive and Delete dialog
opens. The dialog is divided in two sections – source
(PC) and destination (sewing machine).
Use buttons to
Select source navigate folders or
folder on your PC file listing
7 Click Send.
A confirmation box appears.
Select files to 8 Click Start.
send File transfer begins and selected designs are copied to
the selected location.

Use buttons to large files for details.
navigate folders of
display file list 9 Select any files you want to receive or delete from the
destination folder.
Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in

order to receive designs.
4 Select a source folder from the PC list.
Only JEF files are displayed.
5 Select the file or files that you want to send in the Receive or Select files to
viewing panel. delete files receive or delete
from machine
6 Select a storage location on the sewing machine – location
machine memory (built-in folder), ATA PC card, or USB
memory stick.
10 Choose from the available options as required:

Click Receive to copy files from the machine to the
current location folder on your PC.
Click Delete to remove selected files from your
machine storage location.
Writing to external media drive
Use Standard > Write to External Media to send a

design to an external media drive.
If you are using an external media drive, you can

write designs in JEF format directly to a drive.
Make sure the external media drive is securely
Select source
plugged into the USB port of your PC. If you are folder on your PC
writing to a card intended for use with an MC11000
machine, make sure this is selected as your
current machine. After writing your design, simply
insert the card into the ATA PC card slot on your
machine and read in the design. See Connecting to Select files to
write
your machine for details.
Writing a design to ATA PC card

The procedure for writing a single design to Flash
Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as
sending a single design file to machine except that Use buttons to
you click the Write to External Media icon or navigate folders of
select External Media > Write a Design. See display file list
Sending current design to machine for details.
Outputting to MC1000* machines

Select destination
folder on ATA PC
card
If you have selected MC10001 and MC10000 V3.0
or higher as your current machine, the direct
Click to write machine connection option is available to you. This
design to card means you can send individual or multiple design
files directly to two possible destinations:
built-in machine memory of your JANOME
MemoryCraft
Click to change
name of output file your machine.
Writing multiple designs to ATA PC card

Try this! Alternatively, you can use an external
The procedure for writing multiple designs to Flash media drive to write designs in JEF format directly
Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as to card. See Writing to external media drive for
sending multiple design files to machine except details.
that you select External Media > Write Designs,
Read and Erase. See Sending or receiving Sending current design to machine
multiple designs for details.
When sending the current design to machine, you

can send the design file directly to two possible
destinations:
MemoryCraft
your machine.
Note The procedure for sending a single design to

machine is a little different to sending multiple
designs. See also Sending or receiving multiple Select output option –
designs. built-in memory or
ATA PC card
To send the design to machine

1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10001 and 7 Click Send.
MC10000 V3.0 or higher machine model as your A confirmation box appears.
current machine. See Connecting to your machine for 8 Click Start.
details. File transfer begins. The selected design is copied to
2 Insert the ATA PC card into your JANOME the specified location.
4 Click the Send to Machine icon or select Machine > set, it will be split into two or more files. See Splitting
Send Design.
If the machine is correctly linked, the Send Current
Design dialog opens.
Sending or receiving multiple designs
Select destination You can simultaneously send more than one design
folder on sewing in JEF file format to your machine. You can also
machine retrieve all designs from machine memory for
editing and/or to store them on hard disk or other
Click to change location. Alternatively, delete all designs from
name of output file machine memory to free up space.
To send or receive multiple designs

Click to send
design to 1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10001 and
machine MC10000 V3.0 or higher machine model as your
details.
2 Insert the ATA PC card into your JANOME
Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in MemoryCraft machine if required.
order to receive the design. 3 Select Machine > Send Designs, Receive and
5 Click Name to change the file name as required. Delete.
The JEF Name dialog opens. The Send Designs, Receive and Delete dialog
opens.
Enter new name
6 Select a storage location on the sewing machine –

machine memory (built-in folder) or ATA PC card.
The preview panel displays an image of the last

Select source selected design.
folder
Select
designs to
send
Click to select
all designs
4 Select a source folder from the PC list.

Only JEF files are displayed. Click to receive Click to delete
5 Select the file or files that you want to send in the
viewing panel. 10 Choose from the available options as required:
The preview panel displays an image of the last Click Receive to copy files from the machine to the
selected design. current location folder on your PC.
Click Delete button to remove selected files from
your machine storage location.
Try this! Click Select All Designs to select all
designs in the source folder. Writing to external media drive
6 Select a storage location on the sewing machine –
machine memory (built-in folder) or ATA PC card. Use Standard > Write to External Media to send a

Select output option – Make sure the external media drive is securely
built-in memory or plugged into the USB port of your PC. If you are
ATA PC card writing to a card intended for use with an
MC10001, MC10000 V3.0, or higher machine
model, make sure this is selected as your current
7 Click Send. machine. After writing your design, simply insert
A confirmation box appears. the card into the ATA PC card slot on your machine
8 Click Start. and read in the design. See Connecting to your
File transfer begins and selected designs are copied to
the selected location. Writing a design to ATA PC card
The procedure for writing a single design to Flash
Note In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the limits Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as
set, it will be split into two or more files. See Splitting sending a single design file to machine except that
large files for details. you click the Write to External Media icon or select
9 Select any files you want to receive or delete from the External Media > Write a Design. See Sending
destination folder. current design to machine for details.

designs in the source folder.
Select destination
folder on sewing Try this! Alternatively, you can use an external
machine media drive to write designs in JEF format directly
Click to change details.
name of output file
Click to write Use Standard > Send to Machine to send the

design to card current design directly to machine for stitching.
When sending the current design to machine, you

can send the design file directly to two possible
destinations:
MemoryCraft
The procedure for writing a single design to Flash ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on
Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as your machine.
sending multiple design files to machine except
Read and Erase. See Sending or receiving Note The procedure for sending a single design to
multiple designs for details. machine is a little different to sending multiple
designs. See also Sending multiple designs to
machine.
Select source
folder
To send current design to machine

Select
designs to 1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10000
send V2.21 machine model as your current machine. See
4 Click the Send to Machine icon or select Machine >
Send Design.
Click to select
all designs The Send Designs dialog opens.
Outputting to MC10000 V2.21

machines
If you have selected MC10000 V2.21 as your

current machine, the direct machine connection
option is available to you. This means you can send
individual or multiple design files directly to two
possible destinations:
MemoryCraft 5 Select a destination for the files to be sent:
ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on Built-in: internal machine memory
your machine.
ATA PC Card: PC memory card slot on machine

which can be used as an ATA PC card reader/writer.
See Writing multiple designs to ATA PC card for
details. Click to
add
6 Click Name to change the file name as required.
The JEF Name dialog opens.
Select
source
Enter new name folder
7 Click OK.
A progress bar shows the progress of the file transfer.
Select
destination
Try this! You can cancel the file transfer by closing the
Send Designs dialog.
4 Select a source folder from the Look In list.
Sending multiple designs to machine 5 Select a file or files from the list.
You can send multiple design files in JEF file format The preview panel displays an image of the
to your machine at a time. There are two possible last-selected design.
destinations: 6 Click Add to add to the list of files to send.
built-in machine memory of your JANOME If you add a wrong file, click Clear to remove it from the
MemoryCraft list. Select any design by name to preview.
ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on 7 Select a destination for the files to be sent:
your machine. Built-in: internal machine memory
ATA PC Card: PC memory card slot on machine
which can be used as an ATA PC card reader/writer.
To send multiple designs to machine
8 Click Send.
1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10000
The Send Designs dialog opens.
V2.21 machine model as your current machine. See
3 Select Machine > Send Designs.
The Select Designs dialog opens.
9 Select to send the design to either the built-in memory

or PC card slot.
10 Click Start.
A progress bar shows the progress of the file transfer.
Try this! You can cancel the file transfer by closing the
Send Designs dialog.
Receiving designs from machine Unchecked: means designs will be received from the
PC-Link built-in memory.
You can retrieve designs from three possible
Checked: means designs will be received from
sources: Embroidery built-in memory.
Built-in machine memory of your JANOME If you have selected ATA PC Card:
MemoryCraft Unchecked: means designs will be received from the
ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on PC Link folder on the ATA PC card. You must put
your machine your machine in PC Link mode and press the
PC Design Card attached to PC memory card slot ATA PC Card tab.
on your machine, which generally contains stock Checked: means designs will be received from the
designs. Embroidery folder on the ATA PC card. You must put
your machine in Embroidery mode and press the
Open File Mode tab.
To receive designs from machine
A list of all designs resident in the selected memory
1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10000 source will appear.
2 Insert the ATA PC card or PC Design card into your Note If you are receiving designs from a PC Design
JANOME MemoryCraft machine if required. Card, the Select Open/Save Folder option is greyed
3 Select Machine > Receive Designs. out.
When all designs are retrieved from the machine, the 6 Select a file or files to receive.
Receive Designs dialog opens. This allows you to A checkmark appears beside each selected design.
receive one, many, or all designs.
7 Click the Auto Preview checkbox to view selected
designs.
The preview panel displays an image of the
last-selected design. Select any design by name to
preview it.
8 Click Browse and select a destination folder on the PC.
JANOME Digitizer MBX must know where to put the
design it is receiving from built-in memory or ATA PC
card.
9 Click Receive.
The selected designs are copied from machine
Note By default the PC-Link built-in memory is memory to the specified location.
selected. This means that the Select Open/Save
folder checkbox is unchecked and the Built-in radio Deleting designs from machine
button selected.
In order to free up space, you can delete designs
4 Select a source for the files to be received as required:
from two possible locations:
Built-in: internal machine memory
ATA PC Card: PC memory card slot on machine built-in machine memory of your JANOME
which can be used as an ATA PC card reader/writer MemoryCraft
PC Design Card: these cards also fit into the PC ATA PC card attached to PC memory card slot on
memory card slot and generally contain stock your machine.
designs.
5 Select the Select Open/Save Folder checkbox to To delete designs from machine
toggle between the two built-in memory types –
1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC10000
PC-Link or Embroidery.
If you have selected Built-in memory: Connecting to your machine for details.
2 Insert the ATA PC card into your JANOME Writing a design to ATA PC card
MemoryCraft machine if required. The procedure for writing a single design to Flash
3 Select Machine > Delete Designs. Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as
When all designs are retrieved from the machine, the sending a single design file to machine except that
Delete Designs dialog opens. This allows you to you click the Write to External Media icon or
delete one, many, or all designs. select External Media > Write a Design. See
Sending current design to machine for details.

Note By default the PC-Link built-in memory is The procedure for writing multiple design files to
selected. For other options, see Receiving designs Flash Memory reader/writer is essentially the same
from machine. as sending multiple design to machine except that
4 Select a location for the files to be deleted from: you select External Media > Write Designs,
built-in machine memory of your JANOME Read and Erase. See Sending multiple designs to
MemoryCraft machine for details.
your machine.
5 Select a file or files to delete.
A checkmark appears beside each selected design.

6 Click Delete.
A confirmation box appears. The selected designs are
deleted from the specified location.


plugged into the USB port of your PC. If you are
V2.21 machine model, make sure this is selected
as your current machine. After writing your design,
simply insert the card into the ATA PC card slot on
your machine and read in the design. See also
Connecting to your machine.
Outputting to MC9700 or lower

machines
If you have selected an MC9700 or lower machine

model – MC9500, MC350E, or MC300E – as your Click to
change name
current machine, the direct machine connection
of output file
option is not available to you. These machines
have a PC memory card slot which is used read
designs into the machine. Using an external media
drive, you can write designs in JEF format directly Click to write
design to card
to card. Then simply insert the card into the ATA PC
card slot on your machine, and read in the design.
See also Connecting to your machine.
Note Some machines can read USB memory sticks Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in
order to receive the design.
as well as ATA PC cards. The procedure for writing
to them is the same. The MC200E machine only 5 Click Name to change the file name as required.
supports USB memory sticks. The procedure is The JEF Name dialog opens.
slightly different for this model. See Outputting to
MC200E machines for details.
Writing a design to ATA PC card Enter new name

6 Click Write.
If you have selected an MC9700 or lower machine A confirmation box appears.
model as your current machine, the direct machine
7 Click Start.
connection option is not available to you. This
means you need to use an external media drive to File transfer begins. The selected design is copied to
the ATA PC card.
write designs in JEF format directly to card.
To write a design to ATA PC card Note In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the limits
1 If you haven’t already done so, select an MC9700 or large files for details.
lower machine model as your current machine. See
Connecting to your machine for details. Writing or reading multiple designs
2 Make sure the reader/writer is securely plugged into
the USB port of your PC. If you have selected an MC9700 or lower machine
3 Open or create the design you want to send. model as your current machine, the direct machine
connection option is not available to you. This
4 Click the Write to External Media icon or select means you need to use an external media drive to
External Media > Write a Design.
write designs in JEF format directly to card.
If the machine is correctly linked, the Write a Design
dialog opens.
To write or read multiple designs
1 If you haven’t already done so, select a MC9700 or
lower machine model as your current machine. See
2 Insert the ATA PC card into the external media drive.
3 Select External Media > Write Designs, Read and
Erase.
The Write Designs, Read and Erase dialog opens.

The dialog is divided in two sections – source (PC) and
destination (ATA PC card).
Select source
folder
Select
designs to
write
Click to read Click to erase

Click to select
all designs 10 Choose from the available options as required:
Click Read to copy files from the machine to the
4 Select a source folder from the PC list. current location folder on your PC.
Only JEF files are displayed. Click Erase button to remove selected files from your
5 Select the file or files that you want to write. machine storage location.
The preview panel displays an image of the last
selected design. Outputting to MC200E machines
If you have selected an MC200E machine as your
Try this! Click Select All Designs to select all current machine, the direct machine connection
designs in the source folder. option is not available to you. These machines
6 Select a destination folder on the ATA PC card. have a USB memory stick slot which is used read
designs into the machine. After writing your
design(s) to the memory stick, simply insert it into
the USB port on your machine and read in the
Select destination
folder on ATA PC
design. See also Connecting to your machine.
card
Writing a design to USB stick
The procedure for writing a single design to USB
memory stick is essentially the same as sending a
single design file to machine except that you select
External Media > Write a Design.
7 Click Write.
A confirmation box appears.
Select destination
8 Click Start. folder on USB
File transfer begins and selected designs are copied to stick
the selected location.
Click to write
design to USB
Note In the unlikely event that a file exceeds the limits stick
9 Select any files you want to read or erase from the
ATA PC card. Click to change
name of output file
Writing multiple designs to USB stick

The procedure for writing multiple designs to Flash Note The procedure for sending a single design to
Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as machine is a little different to sending multiple
sending multiple design files to machine except designs. See also Sending multiple designs to
that you select External Media > Write Designs, machine.
Read and Erase. See Sending multiple designs to
To send current design to machine
Select source
folder on your PC Note This assumes you have MB-4 machine as your
current machine.
2 Click the Send to Machine icon or select Machine >
Send Design.
Select files to If the machine is correctly linked, the Send Current
write Design dialog opens.
Choose machine
Current design
Use buttons to
navigate folders of
display file list
Outputting to MB-4 machine Click to change

name of output
file
If you are using MB-4 machine as your current

Click to send
machine, the direct machine connection option is design to
available to you. This means you can send machine
individual or multiple design files directly to built-in
machine memory of your MB-4 machine.
Note Direct Connection to the MB-4 machine is Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in
only available in JANOME Digitizer MBX. order to receive the design.
3 Choose the destination machine.
4 Click Change Name if you need to send the design
Try this! Alternatively, you can use an external under a different name.
media drive to write designs in JEF format directly
details.
Enter new name


5 Click Change No. if you want to change the design’s
When sending the current design to machine, you ranking in the destination list – e.g. #1 to move it to the
can send the design file directly to the built-in top of the list.
machine memory of your MB-4 machine.
Select source
folder on your
Update PC
number
Select files to
send
6 Change the number for ranking and click OK to close.
7 Tick the Standby option if you want to pre-load the
design on the machine ready for sewing.
8 Click Send button.
A confirmation box appears. Use buttons to
navigate folders
of display file list
Note The machine itself must be in PC-Link Mode in
order to receive designs.
Sending multiple designs to machine
2 Browse to the folder containing the JEF files to be sent
You can send more than one design in JEF file to the machine using the shortcut icons in the PC list –
format to your machine at a time. Designs, Desk Top and My Document.
The contents of the source location appear in the
display panel. Only files of JEF format are listed.
Note If you attempt to send a design to machine Names of designs are also placed in the File Name list.
with a hoop not supported by the machine, you will Names of designs selected to be sent are shown in red.
be prompted to select a different hoop. See
Supported hoop types for details.
Try this! The Style command button toggles the PC
file list box (and machine file list box) between Icons
To send multiple designs to your machine View and Details View.
1 Select Machine > Send Designs. 3 Select the file or files that you want to send in the PC
file list box.
The Send Designs dialog opens. The dialog is divided
in two sections – source (PC) and destination (sewing If Icons View is on, a red tick appears beside a selected
machine). design or if Details View is on, it is highlighted in red.
4 Select one of the machines connected to the PC via
USB displayed in Sewing Machine selection panel.
Choose To receive or delete designs from machine

destination 1 Select Machine > Receive Designs.
machine
When all designs are retrieved from the machine, the
Receive Designs dialog opens. This allows you to
Contents of receive one, many, or all designs. Like the Send
destination Designs dialog, this dialog is divided in two sections –
location destination (PC) and source (sewing machine).
Click to send Select source

designs folder on your
PC
5 Tick the Sequential option to number downloaded

designs sequentially.
When ticked, each design is assigned the next number
in sequence. For example, if ‘15’ is specified as the
current design number, the next design will be ‘16’,
then ‘17’, etc. If you leave it unchecked, the system will
automatically allocate an unused design number still Use buttons to
available on the machine. For example, if ‘15’ is the navigate folders
current design, but the machine still hasn't used ‘12’, of display file list
then the next design will be ‘12’.
6 Tick the Ready to Sew option if you want to pre-load 2 Select one of the machines connected to the PC via
the design on the machine ready for sewing. USB displayed in Sewing Machine selection panel.
The contents of the source location are displayed in the
Note If there are several designs being sent to machine file display panel. Only files of JEF format are
machine, the first design in the list will have ‘Ready to listed.
Sew’ status.
7 Click Send. Choose
JANOME Digitizer MBX checks each design to source
determine whether the hoop specified for the design is machine
supported by the machine model selected in the Select
Machine Model dialog. File transfer begins and
selected designs are copied to the selected location. Contents of
source
location
large files for details. Click to receive
or delete
Receiving and deleting designs from designs
machine
You can retrieve all the JEF designs stored in
machine memory for editing and/or to store them 3 Select one or more JEF file designs to be received in
on hard disk or other location. Delete them as the machine file display panel.
necessary to free up space. If Icons View is on, a red tick appears beside a selected
design or if Details View is on, it is highlighted in red.
Note If you want to delete any designs from the source Try this! Each button has a tooltip showing the
location, click Delete. Machine ID of the connected machine.
4 Browse to the PC folder to receive the designs using 2 To view the current status of a particular machine, click
the shortcut icons in the PC list – Designs, Desk Top one of the toolbar buttons.
and My Document – and/or use the dropdown list. The Machine Details dialog opens. The machine
The contents of the destination location appear in the shown in the dialog will show the current machine
display panel. Only files of JEF format are listed. status as does the toolbar icon.
5 Click Receive.
The selected designs are copied from machine
memory to the specified location.
Viewing machine status

Machine feedback is available for MB-4 machine.
You must have a JANOME Digitizer MBX dongle
attached to the PC via USB connection. Up to three
machines can be simultaneously attached. 3 Click Close to close the dialog.

To view machine status
1 Select Machine > Status. Use Standard > Write to External Media to send a
The Machine Status toolbar appears displaying design to an external media drive.
machine status for up to three connected machines.
Non-connected machines display as a grayed icon. If you are using an external media drive, you can
plugged into the USB port of your PC. If you are
V2.21 machine model, make sure this is selected
as your current machine. After writing your design,
simply insert the card into the ATA PC card slot on
Try this! Optionally, dock the toolbar either at the top your machine and read in the design. See also
or the bottom of the Design Window.
Connecting to your machine.
While the toolbar is displayed, machine status is
updated every 5 seconds. The toolbar remains active Writing a design to ATA PC card
until the Machine > Status command is toggled off.
The toolbar icons are color-coded to indicate current The procedure for writing a single design to Flash
machine status: Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as
sending a single design file to machine except that
you click the Write to External Media icon or
Icon Description
select External Media > Write a Design. See
Grayed indicates no machine connected or Sending current design to machine for details.
not turned on.
Green indicates machine is running normally
– stitching.
Red indicates machine has stopped –
overload or thread break.
Yellow indicates machine on standby – color
change or paused.
Blue indicates machine available – ready or
finished sewing.
Select destination
folder on ATA PC
card
Click to write
design to card
Click to change
name of output file

The procedure for writing multiple designs to Flash
Memory reader/writer is essentially the same as
sending multiple design files to machine except
Read and Erase. See Sending multiple designs to
Select source
folder on your PC
Select files to
write
Use buttons to
navigate folders of
display file list
266
Part VIII
Design
Management
Design Gallery provides an efficient way for managing embroidery designs.

This design management tool can access design files stored on your
computer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk. It recognizes all design file
formats used by EasyDesign.
Design Gallery basics

This section describes how to use Design Gallery to access and view designs
in folders. It also covers cutting, copying, pasting, and deleting designs in
folders. See Design Gallery Basics for details.
Design Gallery advanced functions

This section describes the more advanced workings of Design Gallery from
sorting files to converting designs. It also describes how to print individual
designs and catalogs of designs. See Design Gallery Advanced Functions for
details.
267
Chapter 30
Design Gallery Basics
Design Gallery provides an

efficient way for viewing and
managing embroidery designs.
With this design management tool,
you can browse design files stored
on your computer hard disk,
CD-ROM, or floppy disk, as well as
cut, copy, paste and delete them.
It recognizes all design file formats
used by EasyDesign. See also
Supported Files & Hoops.
This section describes how to use
Design Gallery to access and view
designs in folders. It also covers
cutting, copying, pasting, and deleting designs in folders.
Viewing designs in Design Gallery Navigating to design folders with Design Gallery is
very similar to browsing with Windows Explorer.
Your access to design folders on your network is
Design Gallery does not require a separate only limited by network access rights determined
installation. It works as an integral part of JANOME by your System Administrator. Design Gallery lets
Digitizer MBX and is easy to set up and get started. you view any supported design file type residing in
Design Gallery displays thumbnails and limited design folders. See also Supported Files & Hoops.
design information whenever a design folder is
accessed. You can filter the contents of the display
window to show only certain file types. You can Note If you start Design Gallery from the desktop
also rename folders, add sub-folders and delete or from the Windows Start button, EasyDesign will
folders without leaving Design Gallery. also open. If your computer is slow or you have
many applications running, Design Gallery may not
Opening Design Gallery open.
Double-click the desktop icon to open Design

To open Design Gallery
Gallery. EasyDesign will also open by default.
1 Double-click the Design Gallery icon on the Windows
If EasyDesign is already open, click Design
desktop.
Gallery (Standard toolbar) to open Design
Gallery. Alternatively, if EasyDesign is already open, click the
Design Gallery icon on the Standard toolbar.
Chapter 30 Design Gallery Basics
Design Gallery and EasyDesign open in separate Changing locale

windows. Design Gallery defaults to the
..\Embroidery Album folder, showing all of your JAN Select Change Locale (View menu) to switch between
designs as thumbnails. locales.
During installation of the Design Gallery software,
Try this! If EasyDesign is hiding Design Gallery from optional languages (locales) can be selected for
view, switch between them using the Windows Alt+Tab dialogs and messages – e.g. English, French,
function. German, etc. You can switch between these locales
at any time after installation.
Warning If the default locale is not the same as

the language of the Operating System, then this
option will not work properly. See also ‘locale’ in
Windows Help for information about changing
Windows to suit different locales.
To change locale
1 Open Design Gallery. See Opening Design Gallery for
details.
2 Select View > Change Locale to open the locale
required.
The Choose Locale dialog opens.
Note The thumbnail image generation process can be
very slow on older machines or if there are a lot of
designs in the selected folder. Holding down the Alt key
will abort the redraw. The thumbnail will be drawn using
a default yellow exclamation mark. This does not mean
that the design is missing. See also Locating missing
files.
2 Drag the split bar between the folders and thumbnails
to the left or to the right to resize the window sections.
3 To find a design which is not in the current folder – e.g.
..\Embroidery Album – use the folder listing to locate
the required folder.
Try this! If not all drives or folders are displayed, click Note Only those locales selected when Design
the + to the left of My Computer to show all local and Gallery was installed will be listed.
network drives available to your PC. 3 Select the locale required and click OK to make the
4 Click a folder in the folder listing to display its contents change.
in the display window.
You can list the folder contents in different ways. See
Try this! See also ‘locale’ in Windows Help for
Sorting files in folders for details.
information about changing keyboards, fonts and so on
to suit different locales.
Try this! Close Design Gallery in View > Design List
mode so that it opens more quickly next time. See Displaying design thumbnails and
Displaying design thumbnails and summary summary information
information for details.
Click Change Design View to select thumbnails
only, thumbnails with summary, or a detailed list
only.
The designs in Design Gallery can be listed as

thumbnails only (the default), thumbnails and
summary information, or a detailed list only.
Try this! Designs can also be displayed full screen

using EasyDesign. See Opening designs in
To display design thumbnails and summary

information Design List view
1 Open Design Gallery and select a folder.

2 Use the viewing options to view the designs in the Note The number of selected designs is displayed in
folder in the display format you require: the status bar at the bottom of the Design Gallery
To display the designs as thumbnails only, click the window.
Change Design View icon and select Thumbnails
from the dropdown menu. Or, select View > Design Viewing designs in the whole window
Thumbnails.
Click Folders to toggle the folder listing.
It is often more convenient to view designs in

folders in the whole window. When doing so, you
can always browse for designs using the Look In
list or Browse Location option.
To view designs in the whole window

Design Thumbnails view
1 Click the Folders icon.
Designs are now viewable across the window.
To display the designs as thumbnails with stitching
details, click the Change Design View icon and
select Summary from the dropdown menu. Or,
select View > Design Thumbnails and Summary.
Design Thumbnails and Summary view

2 To view designs in another folder, select from the Look
To display the designs in a detailed list, click the in dropdown list.
Change Design View icon and select List from the
dropdown menu. Or, select View > Design List.
Designs are listed showing design name, file size, file Try this! Alternatively, select View > Browse
type, version, etc. Click the column header to sort the Location to open the Browse For Folder dialog.
list.
To refresh the display

To refresh the display window, select View > Refresh,
or press F5.
To refresh folders in the folder listing, select View >
Refresh Tree Node. Alternatively, select the node you
want to refresh, right-click and select Refresh from the
popup menu.
To validate and refresh a folder, select Validate and
Refresh from either View or popup menus.
Locating missing files

If users incorrectly move files, the normal design
thumbnail is usually replaced by a ‘missing design’
thumbnail when Design Gallery is next opened.
Each color indicates the likely cause:
Icon Description
This means that Design Gallery cannot find
the design file. Replace missing files from
backup or another source. If this is not
possible, delete the record or refresh the
folder. See also Refreshing the display.
This means that Design Gallery has found
Try this! Occasionally, Design Gallery displays red,
an up-to-date thumbnail but doesn’t
blue or green question marks and a short description
recognize the format. Use Validate and
instead of a graphic thumbnail. See Locating missing
Refresh to update the display. Design
files for details.
Gallery will try to make a replacement next
time the folder is opened or refreshed. See
also Refreshing the display. Modifying user preferences
Design Gallery recognizes a
pre-determined set of file types as per the Select User Preferences (View menu) to set design view
file type dropdown list. If it sees a design user preferences.
that has the required file suffix – JAN, BMP, In Design Gallery, you can set user preferences to
etc – but it is unable to read the file, it will determine happens when you double-click designs.
display the green question mark. Locate the
file and delete it.
To modify user preferences
Refreshing the display
1 Open Design Gallery. See Opening Design Gallery for
Occasionally, your screen will not show changes details.
you have made until you refresh the display. 2 Select View > User Preferences.
Changes to folders may not display either until you The User Preferences dialog opens.
refresh the folder listing. If graphics and
thumbnails still do not appear correctly, or if you
have updated your JANOME Digitizer MBX, you
may need to ‘validate and refresh’.
To view design properties
Set double-click
1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder. See
preferences Viewing design properties for details.
2 Double-click a design or click the Design Properties
icon. See also Modifying user preferences.
The Properties dialog opens showing all stitch
information derived from the design file together with
user-defined information.
3 In the Double-click Options panel, select either:

Open Design: if you want the normal Windows
action when you double-click a design name or
thumbnail. See Opening designs in EasyDesign for
details.
Show Properties: if you want to open the
Properties dialog for designs that you double-click.
See Viewing design properties for details.
4 Click OK to save the settings.
Try this! If you need more space in the display window

for viewing thumbnails, click the Hide/Show folder
listing button.
Browsing designs in folders
Information about designs in folders can be viewed Stitch information from the design file appears grayed
out and cannot be edited. The Design, Description,
in the Properties dialog. Designs can then be
and Selected fields are ranged across the top of the
browsed using navigation buttons and slide show
dialog. Use the Selected field at the top of the dialog to
buttons on this dialog. select or deselect designs in the main window as you
move between designs. See Sorting files in folders for
details.
Try this! You can also filter the contents of any
design folder to show only certain types of file –
e.g. JAN only. See Sorting files in folders for Try this! If not all text is visible in a field, select the field
details. and use the Arrow, Home and End keys to scroll.
Alternatively, resize the dialog.
Viewing design properties 3 Click OK to close.
Click Design Properties to view information about Browsing through designs in folders
selected designs.
Navigation buttons on the Properties dialog allow
Information about designs in folders can be viewed you to move forwards, backwards, as well as to the
in the Properties dialog. The data is extracted start and end of all designs in the selected folder.
directly from design files created in EasyDesign. Similarly, you can move forward and back through
You cannot add, delete and edit these fields. selected designs. As you browse, the Properties
dialog displays a thumbnail together with relevant
design information.
Try this! Designs in folders can be browsed using
navigation buttons and slide show buttons on the
Properties dialog. See Sorting files in folders for
details.
Try this! When you find the design you want, To browse designs using slide show buttons
right-click the name or thumbnail and select Open 1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder. See
with JANOME Digitizer MBX to open it in Opening Design Gallery for details.
EasyDesign. Or choose File > Open to open 2 Select or sort the designs as required. See Sorting files
bitmap images in a third-party graphics program. in folders for details.
3 Open the Properties dialog. See Viewing design
To browse through designs in a folder properties for details.
1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder. See Slide show buttons
Opening Design Gallery for details.
2 Select or sort the designs as required. See Sorting files
in folders for details.
3 Open the Properties dialog. See Viewing design Stop Fast/Slow
properties for details. Backwards Forwards
Navigation buttons 4 Click the Forwards or Backwards button to start the

slide show.
The slide show automatically scrolls through every
design in the folder.
5 Click + or - to increase or decrease the speed.
6 Click the Stop button to stop.
Accessing designs in folders

4 Browse through the entire folder or a selection of
designs as required. Design Gallery lets you select designs residing in
folders. Once selected, you can manipulate them in
Folder navigation Selection navigation
a variety of ways – e.g. cutting, copying, pasting,
editing the record, and converting designs to other
formats. You can also open designs in EasyDesign
directly from Design Gallery for viewing or editing.
start end start end
If you want to browse the entire folder, use the red Try this! With the file selected, right-click to open
navigation buttons. a popup menu which includes the commands
These allow you to move to the first design, last Open, Print, Convert, Stitch to Machine, and
design, previous design and next design in the folder. Delete.
If you want to browse through selected designs, use
the blue navigation buttons. Selecting designs in folders
These allow you to move to the first selected design,
last selected design, previous selected design and Designs must be selected before an action can be
next selected design in the folder. performed – e.g. view, open or copy a design. A
5 Click OK. group of designs, a range, or all the designs in a
folder can be selected. A group is made up of any
selected designs. A range is a series of consecutive
Browsing designs using slide show
designs.
buttons
All designs in folder can be displayed as a slide
To select designs in a folder
show. The slide show is run from the Properties
dialog which displays each design’s thumbnail 1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder.
together with relevant information. You can control 2 Display designs as thumbnails or as a details list.
the speed and direction of the slide show.
See Displaying design thumbnails and summary

Try this! To switch between EasyDesign and Design
Gallery:
Try this! The thumbnail image generation process can Hold down the Alt key, then tap the Tab key until the
be very slow on older machines or if there are a lot of EasyDesign icon is highlighted. Release the Alt key.
designs in the folder. Holding down the Alt key will
abort the redraw. The thumbnail will be drawn using a
default yellow exclamation mark.
3 Sort designs by required category – e.g. sort by
customer to list each customer’s designs
consecutively. See Sorting files in folders for details. Alternatively, click the EasyDesign icon on the
4 Select a design or designs. Windows taskbar.
select.
select.
To select all designs in the current folder, select Edit Creating new designs with custom
> Select All. templates
5 To deselect all selected designs, select Edit > You can open a new design template in EasyDesign
Deselect All, or click any unselected design. from within Design Gallery.
Try this! To deselect a single design amongst a group To create new designs with a custom
of selected designs, click it again while holding down template
the Ctrl key.
1 Select File > New.
Opening designs in EasyDesign EasyDesign opens and the New dialog appears.
Click Open Design to open a selected design or

designs in EasyDesign.
Any designs selected in the Design Gallery display
window can be opened in EasyDesign for viewing
or editing.
To open designs in EasyDesign Note If there is no template other than default, the New
1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder. dialog may not appear.
2 Select a design or designs. 2 Select a template from the list.
3 Click OK.
Try this! If you want to open several designs at once,
select the details list view. See Displaying design Reconnecting Design Gallery to
thumbnails and summary information for details. EasyDesign
3 Click the Open icon. Occasionally Design Gallery may encounter a
Alternatively, if displaying designs as thumbnails, problem preventing it from connecting with
double-click a single design thumbnail. See also EasyDesign.
Modifying user preferences.
Alternatively, click-&-drag the design directly onto
the EasyDesign window. To reconnect Design Gallery with EasyDesign
The selected design or designs are displayed in the 1 Check that your dongle security device is connected.
EasyDesign window ready for editing.
2 Open Design Gallery and check that it runs correctly 5 Install EasyDesign again.
on its own – close Design Gallery, then open
EasyDesign by clicking its icon on the Windows
Desktop.
3 If none of the above correct the problem, re-install
EasyDesign.
4 Check that the version of EasyDesign you are running
is the same as that registered in Design Gallery
Shortcut Properties:
Right-click the Design Gallery icon on your Windows
Desktop, then select Properties.
The Design Gallery Properties dialog opens.
Click the Shortcut tab, and read the last text in the
Target field – e.g. version0.1D.
This version should be identical to the version of
EasyDesign you are running. If it is not, change it to
the correct version and click OK.
275
Chapter 31
Design Gallery Advanced

Functions
Designs in Design Gallery folders

can be sorted in various ways. This
is useful when you want to select
designs to open, print, and so on.
Once a design is selected in an
Design Gallery folder, you can
open it in EasyDesign. You can
also batch-convert your JAN and
other design files to and from
other file formats directly from
Design Gallery.
This section describes the more
advanced workings of Design
Gallery from sorting files to
converting designs. It also describes how to print individual designs and
catalogs of designs.
Sorting files in folders Limiting file types displayed

With Design Gallery you can filter the contents of
The simplest way to sort files in Design Gallery any design folder to show only certain types of file
folders is by file type – e.g. JAN files only. Designs – e.g. only JAN files.
can be further sorted in the following ways:
As simple sorts using View > Sort by (Design To limit file types displayed
Name, File Type, File Size, or Last
changed). See Running simple sorts using the Viewing designs in Design Gallery for details.
View menu for details.
2 Click the Files dropdown on the toolbar.
As simple sorts using details list headings: by
Design Name, File Size, File Type, Version,
Last Changed, Stitches, or Description. See
Running simple sorts using the details list for
details.
Chapter 31 Design Gallery Advanced Functions
Click to sort
3 Select:
All Files to show every file type in the folder
All Image Files to display only BMP and PNG files 3 Click the heading at a column to be sorted – e.g.
Any other option to display only files of that type – Design Name.
e.g. templates. The designs will be sorted in the order of the selection.
4 Click the heading again to reverse the order.
Running simple sorts using the View
menu
Printing designs & catalogs
You can sort your thumbnails or details lists by any
of four types. Designs can be sorted whether they
are displayed as thumbnails or as a details list. You can print design printouts for selected designs,
or catalogs containing thumbnails plus limited text
details.
To run a simple sort using the View menu
Opening Design Gallery for details. Try this! Before printing, sort designs into useful
2 List the designs as either thumbnails or as a details list. groups. For example, sort by File Type. See
See Displaying design thumbnails and summary Sorting files in folders for details.
3 Select View > Sort by Design Name, Sort by File Printing design printouts
Type, Sort by Size, or Sort by Last Changed.
The designs will be sorted according to the option Use Print to print design printouts for selected
selected. design(s).
You can print design printouts for selected designs
Running simple sorts using the details in folders, including images, hoops and Visualizer
list views for each design.
You can sort details lists by clicking the column
headings. Designs are arranged according to the
Note Unlike Print Designs, this option can
heading selected. Repeating reverses the sort
provide all of the design and sewing information
order. Designs must be displayed as a details list.
available, but it uses more paper to do so. See also
Printing design catalogs.
To run a simple sort using the details list
1 Open Design Gallery and select a design folder. See To print a design printout
2 List the designs as a details list. See Displaying design Opening Design Gallery for details.
thumbnails and summary information for details.
2 Select and sort the designs to be printed using Sort.

See Sorting files in folders for details.
3 Click the Print icon.
The Windows Print dialog opens.
4 Click the Options button.
Select items to
include
7 From the dropdown list, select the name of the printer

attached to your PC as required.
5 Set design printout options to display the information
you want in the required format. 8 Click Properties to modify paper size and other
options in the Windows Print dialog.
6 Click OK.
9 Click OK to print the catalog.
Printing design catalogs
Print catalogs of designs containing thumbnails Try this! If the catalog requires more than one page,
you can select which page to print in the Windows Print
plus limited text details.
dialog.
To print a design catalog

Converting design files in folders
2 Sort and select the designs to be printed in the catalog Use Convert to convert from one design file type
using View > Sort. See Sorting files in folders for to another.
details.
You can convert your JAN and other design files to
3 Select File > Print Catalog.
and from other file formats directly from Design
The Print Catalog Options dialog opens. Gallery.
Adjust thumbnail size
To convert design files in folders

2 Select the file(s) to be converted. See Selecting
designs in folders for details.
Include design details 3 Click the Convert icon.
The Convert Options dialog opens.
4 Change the Scale (%) amount if you want your
thumbnails bigger or smaller.
5 Select Summary if you want design details to be
printed. Enter location for
6 Click OK. converted
designs
The Windows Print dialog opens.
Select file types
to convert to
4 Select the file types you want to convert to. Copying & pasting designs
5 Browse to the folder where you want to store the
Once a selected design is copied, it can then be
converted designs using the Browse button and the
Browse for Folder dialog. pasted to another location using Paste. A copied
design can be pasted any number of times.
To copy & paste a design

1 Open Design Gallery. See Viewing designs in Design
Gallery for details.
2 Select any number of designs. See Selecting designs
3 Select Edit > Copy.
4 Change to another folder as required.
5 Select Edit > Paste.
Cutting & pasting designs

6 Click OK to start the conversion. When a selected design is cut, the design is
The converted designs will be stored in the nominated removed from the current folder. The design can
folder. then be pasted at another location using the Paste
command.
Organizing designs in folders
To cut & paste designs
You can rename folders, add sub-folders and 1 Open Design Gallery. See Viewing designs in Design
delete folders without leaving Design Gallery. Gallery for details.
Renaming, adding & deleting folders
3 Select Edit > Cut.
You can rename folders, add sub-folders and A confirmation dialog opens.
delete folders without leaving Design Gallery.
4 Click Yes to cut the design.
5 Browse to the folder where you want to paste the file or
To rename, add or delete folders files.
6 Select Edit > Paste to paste the selected design into
the new folder.
If a design of the same name already exists, each
2 Browse to the folders you want to edit.
pasted copy is renamed.
3 Select a folder and right-click.
Renaming designs in folders
Choose whether to Duplicate designs, designs with misleading names,
rename, add, delete and designs with misspelled names can be quickly
folder
renamed without opening them.
To rename a design in a folder

4 Add, rename, or delete as required. 1 Open Design Gallery. See Viewing designs in Design
2 Ensure that the design you select is not currently open
Note If you rename the file, ensure that the three letter in EasyDesign.
extension – e.g. JAN – is not altered.
3 Right-click and select Rename from the popup menu.
The Design Name dialog opens.
My New Design Enter new

name
4 Enter a new name.

5 Click OK.
The original design name is overwritten.
Deleting designs
Delete designs to remove them permanently from
your PC.
To delete designs from Design Gallery

3 Select Edit > Delete.
A confirmation dialog opens.
4 Click Yes to delete the design.
Warning The file is removed permanently from the

folder.
280
Part IX
Software Feature
Table
JANOME Digitizer MBX Feature Table
Capabilities Feature Name EasyDesign EasyEdit Reference

Basics Basic Procedures
Show/hide toolbars z z Showing or hiding toolbars
Multiple undos/redos z z Undoing & redoing commands
Create new designs z z Creating new designs
Display hoops z z Displaying hoops
Display grid z z Displaying grids
Display measurements z z Measuring distances on screen
Save designs z z Saving designs
View designs Viewing Designs
Viewing and hiding backdrops z Showing & hiding backdrops
View design elements z z Viewing design elements
Zoom and pan z z Zooming & panning designs
Show design in Overview Window Overview Window z z Working with the Overview Window
Visualize design stitchout Visualizer z z Viewing designs in Visualizer
Show design needle points and connectors z z Viewing needle points
Show/hide selected objects z Viewing connectors
Travel through design by z Traveling through designs
stitches/color/function z Traveling through designs in EasyEdit
JANOME Digitizer MBX Instruction Book

Simulate design stitchout Slow Redraw z z Simulating design stitchout

View design information z Viewing design information
Select objects Selecting Objects
Select all objects in a design z z Selecting all objects in a design
Select individual objects z z Selecting objects by point and click
Select groups of objects z z Selecting objects with Polygon Select
Select objects while ‘traveling’ z z Selecting objects while traveling through a
design
Select objects by color z Selecting colors while traveling through a
design
Select objects with Resequence List Resequence List z Selecting and viewing objects with the
Resequence List
281
Grids & hoops Grids & Hoops
Set grid spacing z z Adjusting grid and guide settings
Change backgrounds z z Changing backgrounds
Change hoops z z Changing hoops
Center hoops z z Centering hoops
Rotate hoops z z Rotating hoops
Hoop large designs z Hooping large designs
Split objects between hoopings z Splitting objects between hoopings
Define custom hoops z z Defining custom hoops
Digitizing methods Manual Digitizing
Digitize run lines Run Line z Creating run lines
Digitize columns and borders Satin Line z Creating thick lines & borders
Digitize turning fills Turning Angle Fill z Digitizing turning fills
Digitize parallel fills Parallel Fill z Digitizing parallel fills
Digitize circles and ovals Parallel Fill Circle z Digitizing circles & ovals
Digitize squares and rectangles Parallel Fill z Digitizing squares & rectangles
Rectangle
Outlines & fills Outlines & Fills
Satin fills Satin Fill z Creating satin fills
Weave fills Weave Fill z Creating weave fills
Embossed fills Embossed Fill z Creating embossed fills

Stipple fills Stipple z Creating stipple fills

Cross stitch fills Cross Stitch z Creating cross stitch fills
Contour fills Contour Fill z Creating contour fills
Radial fills Radial Fill z Creating radial fills
Florentine effects Florentine Effect z Creating Florentine effects
Backstitch outlines Backstitch z Creating backstitch outlines
Stemstitch outlines Stemstitch z Creating stemstitch outlines
Candlewick outlines Candlewicking z Creating candlewick outlines
Sculpture run outlines Sculpture Run z Creating sculpture run outlines
Embroidery stamps & motifs Embroidery Stamps & Motifs
Insert embroidery stamps Embroidery z Selecting & inserting stamps
Gallery
282
Rotate, flip and scale stamps z Rotating, flipping & scaling stamps
Scale stamps to an exact size z Scaling stamps to an exact size
Create motif runs Motif Run z Creating motif runs
Create motif fills Motif Fill z Creating motif fills
Make custom motifs z Creating custom motifs
Thread colors Thread Colors
Select new current color z Selecting a new current color
Recolor selected objects z z Recoloring selected objects
Insert manual color changes z z Inserting manual color changes
Set up thread charts z Setting up color palettes
Digitize with backdrops Digitizing with Backdrops
Insert images z Inserting images
Copy and paste images z Copying & pasting images
Scan bitmap images z Scanning bitmap images
Crop images for digitizing z Cropping images for digitizing
Reshape cropped images Reshape z Reshaping cropped images
Edit images in graphics applications z Editing images in graphics applications
Prepare non-outlined images z Preparing non-outlined images
Prepare outlined images z Preparing outlined images
Automatic digitizing Automatic Digitizing
Match palette colors to an image z Matching palette colors to an image

Digitize fills with Click-to-Stitch Click-to-Stitch z Digitizing fills with Click-to-Stitch

Digitize outlines with Click-to-Stitch Click-to-Stitch z Digitizing outlines with Click-to-Stitch
Digitize images automatically with Click-to-Design z Digitizing images with Click-to-Design
Click-to-Design
Create embroidery from photographs Photo Click z Creating embroidery from photographs
Combine & resequence objects Combining & Resequencing Objects
Combine designs z Inserting designs
Copy and paste objects/stitch blocks z z Copying & pasting objects
Duplicate objects/stitch blocks z z Duplicating objects
Delete objects/stitch blocks z z Deleting objects
Nest objects z Nesting objects
283
Resequence embroidery objects Resequence List z Resequencing designs
Break apart composite objects Break Apart z Breaking apart composite objects
Arrange & transform objects Arranging & Transforming Objects
Position and align objects Align z Positioning & aligning objects
Lock and group objects z Locking & grouping objects
Scale objects z Scaling objects
Rotate/skew objects z Rotating & skewing objects
Flip objects z Flipping objects
Create large layouts z Creating ornamental layouts
Reshape & edit objects Reshaping & Editing Objects
Reshape objects Reshape z Reshaping objects
Reshape circle objects Reshape z Reshaping circle objects
Adjust stitch angles Reshape z Adjusting stitch angles
Change entry and exit points Reshape z Changing entry & exit points
Object details, fabrics & templates Object Details, Fabrics & Templates
Set current object details z Setting current object details
Change details of selected objects z Changing details of selected objects
Apply automatic underlay z Applying automatic underlay
Change underlays z Changing underlays
Compensate for fabric stretch z Compensating for fabric stretch
Change fabric settings z Changing fabric settings

Manage fabrics z Managing fabrics

Create design templates z Creating design templates
Advanced digitizing techniques Advanced Digitizing Techniques
Reinforce outlines Backtrack/Repeat z Reinforcing outlines
Cut holes in objects Cut Hole z Cutting holes in objects
Remove underlying stitching Remove Overlaps z Removing underlying stitching
Fill holes in objects Fill Holes z Filling holes in objects
Create offset objects Offset Object z Creating outlines & offsets
Branch like-objects Branching z Branching like-objects
Stitch effects Stitch Effects
Create feathered edges Feather Edge z Creating feathered edges
284
Create gradient fill effects Gradient Fill z Creating gradient fill effects
Create open stitching effects Travel on Edge z Creating open stitching effects
Create echo stitching Ambience z Creating echo stitching
Quilting
Digitize for appliqué Digitizing for Appliqué
Digitize appliqué Appliqué z Digitizing appliqué
Place fabrics in appliqué designs Appliqué z Placing fabrics in appliqué
Create partial cover appliqué Partial Appliqué z Creating partial cover appliqué
Edit stitches Stitch Editing
Select stitches z Selecting stitches
Insert stitches z Inserting stitches
Move stitches z Moving stitches
Split stitch blocks z z Splitting stitch blocks
Delete stitches z Deleting stitches
Create embroidery lettering Creating Embroidery Lettering
Create lettering in Graphics mode z Creating lettering in Graphics mode
Create lettering in Embroidery mode z Creating lettering in Embroidery mode
Add special characters z Adding special characters
Create horizontal orientations z Creating horizontal orientations
Create fixed-length horizontal orientations z Creating fixed-length horizontal orientations
Create vertical orientations z Creating vertical orientations

Create circular orientations z Creating circular orientations

Create custom orientations z Creating custom orientations
Adjust overall letter spacing on-screen z Adjusting overall letter spacing on-screen
Adjust individual letter spacing on-screen z Adjusting individual letter spacing on-screen
Adjust line spacing on-screen z Adjusting line spacing on-screen
Edit embroidery lettering Editing Embroidery Lettering
Edit lettering objects z Editing lettering
Scale lettering z Scaling lettering
Transform lettering objects z Transforming lettering objects
Adjust individual letters z Adjusting individual letters
Adjust orientations z Adjusting orientations
285
Change letter sequencing z Changing letter sequencing
Special lettering features Special Lettering Features
Apply different stitch types to lettering objects z Changing lettering stitch types
Convert TrueType fonts to embroidery z Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery
Create special effects with Lettering Art z Creating special effects with Lettering Art
Create flair script designs z Creating flair script designs
Add borders z Adding decorative borders
Monogramming Monogramming
Create monogram lettering z Creating monogram lettering
Add ornaments to monograms z Adding ornaments to monograms
Add borders to monograms z Adding borders to monograms
Print designs Printing Designs
Preview printouts z z Previewing printouts
Set print options z z Setting print options
Print embroidery elements z z Printing design elements
Print design layouts z z Printing design layouts
Print multi-hooped designs z z Printing multi-hooped designs
Print appliqué patterns z z Printing appliqué patterns
Print color layers z z Printing color layers
Read & write design files Reading & Writing Design Files
z z

Open embroidery files in JANOME Opening embroidery files in JANOME
Digitizer MBX Digitizer MBX

Save designs for machine z z Saving designs for machine
Send and write designs z z Sending & writing designs
Send designs to machine z z Sending designs to machine
Write designs to Flash Memory reader/writer z z Writing to Flash Memory reader/writer
Send designs with an MA Hoop z z Stitching designs with an MA Hoop
Send designs with a Giga Hoop z z Stitching designs with a Giga Hoop
Output to MC15000 and MC12000 machines z z Outputting to MC15000 and MC12000
machines
Output to MC11000 machine z z Outputting to MC11000 machines
Output to MC1000* machine z z Outputting to MC1000* machines
Output to MC10000 V2.21 machine z z Outputting to MC10000 V2.21 machines
286
Output to MC9700/9500/300E machine z z Outputting to MC9700 or lower machines
Output to MB-4 machine z z Outputting to MB-4 machine
Design management Design Management
Open and view designs in Design Gallery Design Gallery z Viewing designs in Design Gallery
Change locale z Changing locale
Display design thumbnails and summary z Displaying design thumbnails and summary
information information
Select designs in folders z Selecting designs in folders
Open designs in EasyDesign z Opening designs in EasyDesign
Create new designs with custom templates z Creating new designs with custom templates
Sort files in folders z Sorting files in folders
Print designs and catalogs z Printing designs & catalogs
Convert design files in folders z Converting design files in folders
Rename, add and delete folders z Renaming, adding & deleting folders
Copy and paste designs z Copying & pasting designs
Cut and paste designs z Cutting & pasting designs
Rename designs in folders z Renaming designs in folders
Delete designs z Deleting designs

287
288
Part X
Appendices &
Index
289
Appendix A
Quick Reference
JANOME Digitizer MBX uses toolbars and shortcut keys to provide quick and
easy access to common commands. This section provides a list of all keyboard
shortcuts available in the software, as well as short descriptions of the tools you
will find in the toolbars. Unless otherwise stated, the keyboard shortcuts and tool
descriptions apply to both EasyDesign and EasyEdit.
Tools and toolbars Tool Description

Use Convert Selected Text to Embroidery
Lettering to convert selected text objects to
You can access commands using the toolbar ^
native embroidery fonts and switch to
buttons on the toolbars on your design window. To Embroidery mode.
use a tool, simply move the mouse pointer over it, Use Show Embroidery to toggle display of
and click with the left mouse button. ^
embroidery objects in Graphics mode - enabled
when the design window includes embroidery
Switch & Convert toolbar objects.
The Switch & Convert toolbar is only available in * Embroidery mode only ^ Graphics mode only
EasyDesign.
Docker toolbar
Tool Description
Tool Description
Click Switch to Graphics Mode to switch to
*
Graphics Mode without conversion. Use Resequence to toggle the Resequence List
on and off. Use it to select and view objects in a
Use Convert Selected Embroidery to Graphics
design.
* to convert selected embroidery objects to vector
graphics and switch to Graphics mode. Click Color Palette to select thread colors for your
design. (Use the Setup > Thread Colors
Click Switch to Embroidery Mode to switch to command to define a color palette.)
^
Embroidery Mode without conversion.
Use Convert Selected Graphics to Embroidery Use Embroidery Gallery to insert patterns
to convert selected bitmaps or vectors (stamps) into a design.
^
(including text) to embroidery and switch to
Embroidery mode.
* Embroidery mode only ^ Graphics mode only
290 JANOME Digitizer MBX Instruction Book
Appendix A Quick Reference
Standard toolbar Digitize toolbar
Tool Description Tool Description

Click New to start a new design with the Use Parallel Fill tools to digitize closed shapes
*
NORMAL template. with fill stitches. See Parallel Fill Flyout for
details.
Use Open to open an existing design. Use Turning Angle Fill tools to create columns of
varying width and stitch angle. See Turning
Angle Fill Flyout for details.
Use Save to save the current design.
Use Parallel Fill Rectangle tools to digitize
Use Print to print a design using the current squares and rectangles with fill stitches. See
settings. Parallel Fill Rectangle Flyout for details.
Use Parallel Fill Circle tools to digitize circles with
Click Print Preview to preview the design fill stitches. See Parallel Fill Circle Flyout for
printout. details.
Click Cut to cut selected objects and place them Use Run Line tools to place a row of simple run
on the Clipboard. or ornamental stitches along a digitized line. See
Run Line Flyout for details.
Click Copy to copy selected objects to the
Clipboard. Use Closed Run Line tool to create closed
outlines of simple run or ornamental stitches. See
Click Paste to paste copied objects in the Closed Run Line Flyout for details.
design. Use Satin Line to tool digitize columns or borders
The software supports various sets of of fixed width. Create open or closed borders by
machine model. Some machines can be joining first and last reference points.
connected by cable directly to your PC via
the USB port. Use Closed Satin Line to digitize closed outline
of satin stitches.
Use Send to Machine to send the current design
directly to machine for stitching. Use Appliqué tools to digitize normal and partial
appliqué objects. See Appliqué Flyout for details.
Use Send to HorizonLink to send the current
design to the external HorizonLink application. Use Click-to-Stitch tools to digitize shapes in
bitmap images automatically without using
Use Write to Card to send a design to an manual input methods. See Click-to-Stitch Flyout
external ‘Flash Memory’ (ATA PC) reader/writer. for details.
If EasyDesign or EasyEdit is already open, click Use Click-to-Design tools to create embroidery
Design Gallery to open Design Gallery. designs directly from imported images. See
Click-to-Design Flyout for details.
Use Undo to undo the last command. Use Photo Click to create embroidery designs
directly from photographs or other images. See
Use Redo to reapply a command which has Photo Click Flyout for details.
been ‘undone’.
View toolbar
Click Stop to cancel the function you are using
or cancel all selections in a design. Tool Description
Click Switch to EasyEdit to close EasyDesign Click Zoom In to display a design at twice its
*
and switch to EasyEdit. current size.
* EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only * EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only
Tool Description Travel toolbar

Click Zoom Out to display a design at half its
Tool Description
current size.
Click Select While Traveling to toggle on to
Click Zoom Factor to zoom in on a section of select stitches, objects, or colors while traveling
a design. through a design.
Use Display Stitches to toggle on to view Click Back to travel backwards through a
stitches in the design window. design.
Click Visualizer to toggle to switch between Click Forward to travel forwards through a
stitch view and simulation view. EasyDesign design.
only.
Click Display Needle Points to toggle on to view Use Jump By 1 Stitch in conjunction with
^
needle points in the design - useful when you Forward and Back icons to travel by 1 stitch.
want to select stitches for editing.
Use Jump By 10 Stitches in conjunction with
^
Use Display Images to toggle on to display Forward and Back icons to travel by 10 stitches.
*
bitmap images in the design window.
Use Jump By 100 Stitches in conjunction with
Click Display Vectors to toggle on to display ^ Forward and Back icons to travel by 100
vector graphics in design window. stitches.
Use Jump by Object in conjunction with Forward
Click Display Appliqué Fabrics to toggle on to
* and Back icons to travel to the previous or next
display fabric swatches added to appliqué
object.
objects in the design window.
Use Jump by Color in conjunction with Forward
Click Display Rulers and Guides to toggle on and Back icons to travel to the previous or next
rulers and guides. color change.
Click Display Grid to toggle on to display Use Jump to Start/End of Design in conjunction
background grid. with Forward and Back icons to travel to the start
or end of a design.
Click Display Hoop to toggle on to view current * EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only
hoop.
Use Hoop List to list hoop types Edit toolbar
supported by current machine model.
Only supported hoops are listed. Tool Description
Use Overview Window to view whole design in Use Select to click and select objects. Drag a
overview window as well as zoom and pan to bounding box around multiple objects to select.
selected parts.
Use Polygon Select to select objects with a
Use Design Measurement System to change bounding box.
the measurement system used by the software.
Use Object Details to modify details of selected
Use Slow Redraw to view the design stitching *
objects or preset current settings.
and color sequence in slow motion.
Use Reshape Object to display control points of
* EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only *
selected objects and reshape them.
Click Flip Vertically to flip a selected object or
design up/down.
Click Flip Horizontally to flip a selected object or
design left/right.
* EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only
Tool Description
Tool Description
Click Rotate 45° CCW/CW to rotate a selected
object or design by 45° clockwise. Right-click to Click Align Left to left-align selected objects.
rotate by 45° counter-clockwise.
Click Feather Edge to apply feathering to Click Align Centers Vertically to align selected
*
selected objects. objects through their vertical centers.
Use Underlay to apply automatic underlays to
* new or selected objects. Click Align Right to right-align selected objects.
Use Gradient Fill to vary stitch spacings

* Click Align Top to top-align selected objects.
between dense and open fill.
Use Ambience Quilting to create ‘echo’ quilting
* Click Align Centers Horizontally to horizontally
blocks.
align centers selected objects.
Use Florentine Effect to create user-defined
* Click Align Bottom to bottom-align selected
curved stitching.
objects.
Use Outlines & Offsets to add outlines and/or
* Click Align Centers to align selected objects to
offset outlines to selected closed objects.
their centers.
* Use Cut Hole to cut holes in selected objects. Use Space Evenly Horizontally to arrange the
selected objects such that they are horizontally
spaced evenly.
* Use Fill Holes to fill holes in selected objects.
Use Space Evenly Vertically to arrange the
selected objects such that they are vertically
Use Remove Overlaps to remove underlying
* spaced evenly.
layers of stitching in overlapping objects.
Use Split Block to split objects at a selected Easy Layout toolbar

needlepoint. The Easy Layout toolbar is only available in
Use Backtrack to reinforce open outlines by EasyDesign.
*
double-stitching in reverse direction.
Tool Description
Use Repeat to reinforce closed outlines by
*
double-stitching in the same direction. Use Display Layout Work Area to toggle display
of the pre-defined work area.
Use Always Tie-Off & Trim to force connectors
* Use Define Layout Work Area to open the Easy
to be trimmed for selected embroidery object/s.
Layout Work Area dialog to define either a
Use Break Apart to split selected objects into rectangular or round work area of a specified size.
*
component objects. Use Copy And Mirror To Corners to automatically
Use Stitch Mode to select individual stitches for create copies of any selected object/s in each
^ corner of the layout work area.
editing.
Use Copy To Circle to automatically create copies
* EasyDesign only ^ EasyEdit only (specified by the number of repeats) of selected
Alignment toolbar
object/s around the center of the work area.
The Alignment toolbar is only available in Use Number of Copies to specify exact number of
EasyDesign. repeats.
Use Move To Center to automatically move
selected object/s to the center of the work area.
Use Apply to generate the object/s and stitches of
copies created by Easy Layout operations.
Pressing the Enter key has the same effect.
Combine toolbar Design Gallery Standard toolbar

Use Combine Mode to activate the combined Click Open Design to open a selected design or
*
hooping functions. designs in EasyDesign.
Use Add Hoop to use a new hoop vertically in Use Print to print design printouts for selected
* design(s).
the design window.
Use Delete Hoop to remove selected hoops Use Convert to convert from one design file type
* to another.
from the design window.
Use Calculate Hoopings to evaluate the Click Folders to toggle the folder listing.
* hoopings that will result from the current hoop
layout. Use Change Design View to select thumbnails
Click Rotate Hoop 90° CCW/CW to rotate the only, thumbnails with summary, or a detailed
* hoop 90° in either direction with right and left list only.
mouse-clicks.
Use Create Splitting Guide to use to digitize one
or more split lines in multi-hooped design prior Digitize toolbar flyouts
to outputting to file, machine or memory card.
* EasyDesign only The Digitize toolbar and associated flyouts are only
available in EasyDesign.
Lettering toolbar
Image Preparation toolbar
Tool Description
Use Monogramming to create personalized Tool Description
monograms using a selection of pre-defined
* Use Image Preparation to reduce the number of
monogramming styles, border shapes and
colors and remove image ‘noise’ in non-outlined
ornaments.
images.
Use Font List to change font of
selected lettering. Use Outlined Image Preparation to sharpen
Use Font Size to adjust size (in outlines and reduce noise in outlined images.
mm or inch) of selected lettering objects.
Use Font Width to adjust size of selected Parallel Fill Flyout
lettering objects as a % of current size.
Use Italics Slant Angle to change the Tool Description
angle of selected lettering.
Use Parallel Satin Fill to digitize closed shapes
Use Orientation droplist to change with satin fill stitches.
orientation of selected lettering.
Use Parallel Weave Fill to digitize closed shapes
Use Lettering to add embroidery lettering to
* with weave fills.
designs or edit selected lettering.
Use Parallel Embossed Fill to digitize closed
Use Insert Border to add attractive borders to
* shapes with embossed fills.
selected lettering objects.
Use Parallel Motif Fill to digitize closed shapes
Use Lettering Art to make lettering objects bulge with motif fills.
*
or arch, stretch or compress.
Use Parallel Contour Fill to digitize closed
* EasyDesign only
shapes with contour fills.

Use Parallel Radial Fill to digitize closed shapes Use Parallel Stipple Fill: Rectangle to digitize
with radial fills. closed rectangular shapes with stipple fill.
Use Parallel Stipple Fill to digitize closed shapes Use Parallel Cross Stitch Fill: Rectangle to
with stipple fills. digitize closed rectangular shapes with cross
stitch fill.
Use Parallel Cross Stitch Fill to digitize closed
shapes with cross-stitch fills. Parallel Fill Circle Flyout
Tool Description
Turning Angle Fill Flyout
Use Parallel Satin Fill: Circle to digitize closed
circular chapes with satin fill.
Tool Description
Use Parallel Weave Fill: Circle to digitize closed
Use Turning Angle Satin Fill to create satin fill circular chapes with weave fill.
columns of varying width and stitch angle.
Use Parallel Embossed Fill: Circle to digitize
Use Turning Angle Weave Fill to create weave fill closed circular chapes with embossed fill.
Use Turning Angle Embossed Fill to create Use Parallel Contour Fill: Circle to digitize closed
embossed fill columns of varying width and stitch circular chapes with contour fill.
angle.
Use Parallel Radial Fill: Circle to digitize closed
Use Turning Angle Contour Fill to create contour circular chapes withradial fill.
fill columns of varying width and stitch angle.
Use Parallel Stipple Fill: Circle to digitize closed
Use Turning Angle Radial Fill to create radial fill circular chapes with stipple fill.
Use Parallel Cross Stitch Fill: Circle to digitize
closed circular chapes with cross stitch fill.
Parallel Fill Rectangle Flyout
Tool Description Run Line Flyout
Use Parallel Satin Fill: Rectangle to digitize Tool Description

closed rectangular shapes with satin fills.
Use Single Run Line to place a row of single run
Use Parallel Weave Fill: Rectangle to digitize stitches along a digitized line.
closed rectangular shapes with weave fill.
Use Triple Run Line to place a row of triple run
Use Parallel Embossed Fill: Rectangle to digitize stitches along a digitized line.
closed rectangular shapes with embossed fill.
Use Motif Run Line to place a row of motif run
Use Parallel Motif Fill: Rectangle to digitize stitches along a digitized line.
closed rectangular shapes with motif fill.
Use Sculpture Run Line to place a row of
Use Parallel Contour Fill: Rectangle to digitize sculpture run stitches along a digitized line.
closed rectangular shapes with contour fill.
Use Candlewicking Run Line to place a row of
Use Parallel Radial Fill: Rectangle to digitize candlewicking run stitches along a digitized line.
closed rectangular shapes with radial fill.

Use Backstitch Run Line to place a row of Use Click-to-Turning Angle Satin Fill to digitize
backstitch run stitches along a digitized line. narrow column artwork shapes with Satin stitch.
Use Stemstitch Run Line to place a row of Use Click-to-Centerline to digitize centerlines in
stemstitch run stitches along a digitized line. artwork with run line stitches.
Use Click-to-Outline to digitize boundaries of

Closed Run Line Flyout shapes with Run stitching using current
properties.
Tool Description
Use Match to Palette to find the nearest match
Use Closed Single Run Line to digitize a closed between a selected image color and thread color.
closed outline of single run stitches.
Use Closed Triple Run Line to digitize a closed Click-to-Design Flyout

closed outline of triple run stitches.
Tool Description
Use Closed Motif Run Line to digitize a closed
closed outline of motif run stitches. Use Click-to-Design Instantly to create
embroidery designs directly from imported
Use Closed Sculpture Run Line to digitize a images using default settings.
closed closed outline of sculpture run stitches.
Use Click-to-Design Advanced for greater
Use Closed Candlewicking Run Line to digitize a control when creating embroidery designs
closed closed outline of candlewicking run directly from imported images.
stitches.
Use Closed Backstitch Run Line to digitize a Photo Click Flyout
closed closed outline of backstitch run stitches.
Tool Description
Use Closed Stemstitch Run Line to digitize a
closed closed outline of stemstitch run stitches. Use Photo Click Instantly to create embroidery
designs directly from photographs or other
Appliqué Flyout images using default settings.
Use Photo Click Advanced for greater control
Tool Description when creating embroidery designs directly from
photographs or other images.
Use Auto Appliqué to digitize appliqué shapes.
Keyboard shortcuts
Use Partial Appliqué to create appliqué objects
with partial cover stitching.
General functions
Click-to-Stitch Flyout
To Press
Tool Description Create a new design * C+N
Use Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill to digitize large Open an existing design C+O
artwork shapes with Parallel Weave Fill, Save a design C+S
preserving any holes within.
Print a design C+P
Use Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill without Holes to
Close the software A+4
digitize large artwork shapes with Parallel Weave
Fill, ignoring any holes within. Show/hide Color Palette C+R
* EasyDesign only ^ Press Esc to close
To Press To Press
Display Thread Colors ^ A+T Show/hide Slow Redraw V+r
Open Lettering Details *^ A Turn on/off Visualizer T
Define layout work area ^ C+w * EasyDesign only
Show/hide Overview window V+V
Show/hide Resequence List V+L Editing functions
Apply/select Satin V+I
To Press or click
Apply/select Weave V+M
Cut an object C+X
Apply/select Run V+N then
press j Copy an object C+C
Paste an object C+V
* EasyDesign only ^ Press Esc to close
Duplicate an object C+D
Delete selected objects or last object D
Selection functions
Group selected objects C+G
To Press or Click Ungroup selected objects C+U
Choose Select tool O Lock selected objects K
Select multiple objects C+[ Unlock selected objects V+K
Select a range of objects V+[ Reshape object * H
First and last Nudge selected object [+t b l r
objects
Undo a command C+Z
Select next object T
Redo a command C+Y
Select previous object V+T
Cancel command E
Add next object to selection C+T
Delete the last reference point * B
Add previous object to selection C+V+T
Select all objects C+A
Toggle underlay on/off U
Deselect all objects E or X * EasyDesign only
Viewing functions Travel functions
To Press To travel Keyb’rd † Keypad ‡

Show/hide images * D To start of design h 7
Show/hide vectors V+D To end of design e 1
Measure a distance on screen M To next color * d 3
Show/hide hoop V+H To previous color * u 9
Show/hide whole hoop / 100 stitches forward ^ +
Show/hide whole design 0 (zero) 100 stitches backward ^ —
Show/hide stitches S 10 stitches forward ^ b 2
Show/hide needle points . (period) 10 stitches backward ^ t 8
Show/hide connectors V+C 1 stitch forward r 6
Show/hide function symbols V+F 1 stitch backward l 4
Show/hide grid V+G † Press Esc first ‡ Num Lock OFF * EasyDesign
Show/hide work area W only ^ EasyEdit only
Refresh screen display R or 4
* EasyDesign only
297
Appendix B
Supported Files & Hoops
Details are provided here of the embroidery file types, and

vector and bitmap formats supported by JANOME
Digitizer MBX as well as supported hoop types.
Supported embroidery file formats Extension Format Read Write

JMT JANOME template z z
There are two types of embroidery file formats: SEW JANOME/Elna/Kenmore z z
Outline files: Outline or ‘condensed’ files EMX Janome Cross Stitch z z
usually contain digitized shapes and lines, CSD POEM/Singer/Huskygram z z
selected stitch types and stitch values and EU
effects.
DST Tajima z z
Stitch files: Stitch files contain only stitches
and machine functions and are suited to specific EMD Elna z z
embroidery machines. EXP Melco z z
See also Reading & Writing Design Files. HUS Husqvarna/Viking z z
The following file formats are supported by PCM Pfaff z z
JANOME Digitizer MBX: PCS Pfaff z z
PEC Deco, Brother, Babylock z z
Extension Format Read Write PES Deco, Brother, Babylock z z
JAN JANOME Design z z VIP Husqvarna/Viking/Pfaff z z
JAN Digitizer Jr./Pro/MB V3.0 z z VP3 Husqvarna/Viking/Pfaff z z
JAN DigitizerPro V1.0/V2.0 z z XXX Singer z z
JAN Digitizer 10000 V2.0 z z DSB Barudan † z
JPX JANOME/Elna/Kenmore z z U?? Barudan † z
JEF JANOME/Elna/Kenmore z z 10O Toyota † z
JEF+ JANOME/Elna/Kenmore z † JANOME Digitizer MBX only
† JANOME Digitizer MBX only
Appendix B Supported Files & Hoops
Extension Format Read Write

Note DST files can be read by MB-4 machine
BMP Windows Bitmap z z
machines.
JPG JPEG File Interchange z z
JPX file format PCX ZSoft z z
The JPX production file format includes a JPG PNG Portable Network Graphics z
image, in addition to the embroidery, of any
graphics included in the design. This provides you Supported graphics formats (Graphics mode)
with a better means of visually aligning embroidery JANOME Digitizer MBX Graphics mode also
on a printed item when hooped in the machine. supports all the vector formats supported by
Older machines display only thread codes and not CorelDRAW® Essentials, including:
the specific brand. This causes confusion as the
same code across two (or more) different brands of Extension Format Read Write
thread may be completely different colors. With AI Adobe Illustrator (*.ai, *.eps, z
newer JANOME MemoryCraft machines, a thread *.pdf)
brand ID identifying the thread chart is now
AI Adobe Illustrator (*.ai) z
recognized. The specific brand is displayed on the
machine itself. BMP Windows Bitmap (*.bmp, z z
*.dib, *.rle)
BMP OS/2 Bitmap (*.bmp, *.dib, z z
Supported electronic artwork *.rle)
formats CDR CorelDRAW (*.cdr) z
CDX CorelDRAW Compressed z
(*.cdx)
Artwork can be imported into JANOME
Digitizer MBX in both vector and bitmap formats. CGM Computer Graphics Metafile z z
Generally speaking, vector images preserve the (*.cgm)
picture quality when resized, whereas bitmap CMX Corel Presentation Exchange z z
images cause problems of pixilation and image 5.0 (*.cmx)
degradation when enlarged or scaled down. CMX Corel Presentation Exchange z z
However, any scaling required should be done (*.cmx)
before importing into EasyDesign as the importing CPT Corel PHOTO-PAINT Image z
operation automatically transforms vector images (*.cpt)
into bitmaps. See Digitizing with Backdrops for
CPT Corel PHOTO-PAINT 7/8 z
details. Image (*.cpt)
Supported vector formats (Embroidery CPX Corel CMX Compressed z
mode) (*.cpx)
JANOME Digitizer MBX Embroidery mode DES Corel DESIGNER (*.des) z
supports the following vector formats: DOC MS Word (*.doc, *.docx) z
DOC MS Word for Windows 6/7 z
Extension Format Read Write (*.doc)
EMF Enhanced Metafile z DOC MS Word 97/2000/2002 z
(*.doc)
EPS Encapsulated PostScript z
EMF Enhanced Windows Metafile z z
WMF Windows Metafile z
(*.emf)
Supported bitmap formats (Embroidery EPS Encapsulated PostScript z
mode) (*.eps, *.dcs)
Embroidery mode also supports the following FH Macromedia Freehand (*.fh8, z
bitmap formats: *.fh7)
GEM GEM File (*.gem) z z
GIF CompuServe Bitmap (*.gif) z z
Extension Format Read Write Extension Format Read Write

HTM HyperText Markup Language z WSD Wordstar 7.0 (*.wsd) z z
(*.htm, *.html) XCF Gimp Image (*.xcf) z
IMG GEM Paint File (*.img) z z XPM XPixMap Image (*.xpm) z z
JPG JPEG Bitmaps (*.jpg, *.jtf, *jff, z z XLS Microsoft Excel (*.xls) z
*.jpeg)
PCT Macintosh PICT (*.pct, *.pict) z z
PFB Adobe Type 1 Font (*.pfb) z Supported hoop types
PNG Portable Network Graphics z z
(*.png) JANOME Digitizer MBX supports a variety of hoop
PP4 Picture Publisher 4 (*.pp4) z types used with the different machine models. See
PP5 Picture Publisher 5 (*.pp5) z z also Selecting machine models.
PPF Picture Publisher (*.ppf) z z
PPT Microsoft PowerPoint (*.ppt) z
PS PostScript (*.ps, *.eps, *.prn) z
PSD Adobe Photoshop (*.psd, z z
*.pdd)
PSP Corel Paint Shop Pro z
(*.pspimage)
PUB MS Publisher Document z
Format (*.pub)
RIFF Painter (*.rif) z The Hoop List is automatically filtered according
to current machine type. Only those hoops
RTF Rich Text Format (*.rtf) z z supported by the current machine are available.
SHW Corel Presentations (*.shw) z See Grids & Hoops for details.
SWF Macromedia Flash (*.swf) z
TGA Targa Bitmap (*.tga, *.vda, z z
*.icb, *.vst) Note If you attempt to save a design in a hoop
size not supported by the machine, JANOME
TIF TIFF Bitmap (*.tif, *.tiff, *.tp1) z z Digitizer MBX will prompt you to select a different
TTF TrueType Font (*.ttf) z hoop. If you attempt to send a design to machine
TXT ANSI Text (*.txt) z z with a hoop not supported by the machine, you will
WB/WQ Corel Quattro Pro (*.wq1, z be prompted to select a different hoop. See also
*.wb1, *.wb2, *.wb3) Saving designs for machine.
WK LOTUS 1-2-3 (*.wks, *.wk1, z
*.wk3, *.wk4)
WMF Windows Metafile (*.wmf) z z
WP4 Corel WordPerfect 4.2 (*.wp, z z
*.wp4, *.doc)
WP5 Corel WordPerfect 5.0 (*.wp, z z
*.wp5, *.wpd, *.doc)
WP5 Corel WordPerfect 5.1 (*.wp , z z
*.wp5, *.wpd, *.doc)
WPD Corel WordPerfect z z
6/7/8/9/10/11 (*.wpd, *.wp6,
*.wp)
WPG Corel WordPerfect Graphic z z
(*.wpg)
WSD WordStar 2000 (*.wsd) z z
Machine Model
Hoop Type MC10001 MC9700

MC15000 MC10000
MC11000 MC10000 MC9500 MC350E MC200E MB-4
MC12000 V2.21
V3.0 MC300E
Hoop SQ14 (140 x 140) z
Hoop SQ23 (230 x 230) z
Hoop GR (230 x 300) z
Hoop FA10 (100 x 40) z
Hoop ASQ22 (220 x 220) z
Hoop HH10 (100 x 90) z
Hoop RE18 (140×180) z
Hoop ST (126 x 110) z
Hoop RE (140 x 200) z
Hoop SQ (200 x 200) z
Hoop FA (50 x 50) z
Hoop MA (200 x 280) z
M1:MB Hoop (240 x 200) z
M2:MB Hoop (126 x 110) z
M3:MB Hoop (50 x 50) z
M4:MB Hoop (100 x 60) * z
H1:MB Hoop (100 x 90) z
J1 No.11: M1:MB Hoop (D30) z
J1 No.12: M1:MB Hoop (D30) z
J2 No.6:MB Hoop (24 x 54) z
J3 No.13:MB Hoop (64 x 28) z
J7 No.1:MB Hoop (110 x 95) z
J8 No.7:MB Hoop (120 x 121) z
S1:MB Hoop (37 x 59) z
S2:MB Hoop (28 x 50) z
T1:MB Hoop (D34) z
T2:MB Hoop (D54) z
* Cap hoop ^ For legacy machines – MC9000 and older
Machine Model
Hoop Type MC10001 MC9700

MC15000 MC10000
MC11000 MC10000 MC9500 MC350E MC200E MB-4
MC12000 V2.21
V3.0 MC300E
T3:MB Hoop (D84) z
T4:MB Hoop (D112) z
T5:MB Hoop (D142) z
T6:MB Hoop (78 x 168) z
Hoop A(F) (126 x 110) Ver. 3.0 z z z
Hoop A (110 x 110) Ver. 2.21 z
Hoop B (140 x 200) z z z z
Hoop C(50 x 50) z z z z
200 Hoop (140 x 140) z
200 Hoop (50 x 50) z
Hoop No. 1 & 3 (126 x 90) ^
* Cap hoop ^ For legacy machines – MC9000 and older

302
Appendix C
Packaged Fonts
The table below includes all fonts that are standard with your JANOME
Digitizer MBX. For best results when stitching, do not exceed the
recommended maximum or minimum sizes. Recommended maximum and
minimum heights refer to UPPER CASE letters. Some lower case letters –
e.g. a and c – are about 70% the height of a capital letter. Thus you may
need to make these characters larger than the recommended minimum.
Small, narrow letters may not require automatic underlay depending on size
and fabric. If applied, the underlay may show outside the stitched columns.
See also Stabilizing with underlays.
You can create special characters in each font by holding down the Alt key
on your keyboard and typing 0 (zero), its code, using the numbers on the
keypad. For example, to type ê with the code 234, type Alt+0234. The
accented letter will appear when you release the Alt key. Note that not all
characters are available in all fonts. See also Adding special characters.
Note Asian fonts are only available with multi-language installations.
Standard fonts
Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
2 Col Arial
0.5 13 2.0 50
Shadow
Adept 0.27 7 1.8 45
‡ (Multi-language release only)

Appendix C Packaged Fonts
Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Agatha 0.3 8 2.0 50
Arnold 0.4 10 2.0 50
Art Block 0.4 10 3.0 75
Ballantines
0.5 12 2.0 50
Script
Bauhaus 0.4 10 2.0 50
Block1 0.27 7 1.8 45
Bodoni 0.3 7 2.0 50
Book
0.6 15 2.1 55
Border

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Bookcase 0.25 6 2.0 50
Brassplate 0.25 6 1.2 30
Bravo 0.32 8 3.0 75
Brush 0.32 8 2.0 50
Cafe 0.25 6 2.0 50
Carla 0.4 10 2.0 50
Centurion 0.5 13 2.4 60
Cecilia 0.4 10 1.4 35
City Script 0.3 8 2.4 60

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Curly 0.6 15 2.9 75
Derbyshire 0.28 7 2.0 50
Drama 0.28 7 1.6 40
Edwardian
Script
0.6 15 3.0 75
Elf 0.4 10 2.0 50
Fable 0.4 10 1.15 30
Flair Script 0.4 10 3.2 80
Firefly 0.28 7 1.6 40
First Grade 0.5 12 1.15 30

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Free Style 0.4 10 1.6 40
Gaelic 0.44 11 2.0 50
Galant 0.5 13 2.0 50
Gareth 0.28 7 2.0 50
Gaslight 0.25 6 2.4 60
Greek 0.3 8 2.0 50
Heidi 0.4 10 2.0 50
Hana 1.5 13 2.0 50
Handel
Gothic
0.3 8 2.0 50

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Heisei
‡ 0.32 8 2.7 70
Gyosho
Heisei
‡ 0.32 8 2.7 70
Kaisho
Helvetica
0.2 4 0.3 7
Small
Hollow-
0.4 10 2.4 60
block
Honeypot 0.32 8 1.2 30
Iris UPC ‡ 0.6 15 1.8 45
Japanese
‡ 0.32 8 2.7 70
Kaisho
Jonathan 0.28 7 1.8 45
Jupiter 0.25 6 1.2 30

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Kabel 0.25 6 2.4 60
Karin Script 0.5 12 2.0 50
Kudos 0.27 7 1.2 30
Lazer 0.24 6 2.0 50
Legal Block 0.24 6 2.0 50
Liberty 0.28 7 2.0 50
Lorenne 0.4 10 1.6 40
Lucky 0.28 7 1.4 35
Maestro 0.4 10 1.6 40

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Micro Block 0.2 4 0.3 8
Nation 0.32 8 2.7 70
Natural 0.5 13 3.0 75
Nordic 0.35 9 2.0 50
Old English 0.3 8 2.0 50
Olivia 0.3 7 1.6 40
Omyim ‡ 0.6 15 1.8 45
Orient 0.32 8 2.0 50
Pageant 0.4 10 3.0 75

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Poetic
Script
0.6 15 3.1 80
Puppet 0.28 7 1.6 40
Radio 0.4 10 2.5 65
Racer 0.3 8 1.4 35
Register 0.25 6 1.2 30
Royale 0.5 13 2.4 60
Run
0.2 5 0.5 12
Cardigan
Run
0.2 5 0.5 12
Freehand

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Run Liberty 0.2 5 0.5 12
Run Murray
0.2 5 0.5 12
Hill
Script 1 0.5 13 3.0 75
Serif2 0.3 8 1.2 30
Sm High
0.2 4 0.25 6
Tower
Sprite 0.31 8 1.2 30
Staccato 0.4 10 0.6 15
Stencil
Block
0.4 10 3.0 75

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Student 0.35 9 2.1 55
Student
1.0 25 3.0 75
Border Run
Swiss
0.28 7 2.0 50
Condensed
Swiss
0.32 8 1.8 45
Modern
Techno 0.32 8 1.8 45
Thriller 0.4 10 2.0 50
Times 0.4 10 1.8 45
Times
0.23 5 0.25 6
Small
Toon 0.4 10 2.0 50

Recommended Sizes
Font Sample Min Max
in. mm in. mm
Tourist 0.28 7 1.6 40
Typist 0.5 13 2.0 50
Western 0.4 10 1.4 35
Western
Serif
0.3 7 2.0 50
Wild West 0.4 10 1.8 45
Wisaka ‡ 0.6 15 1.8 45
Woodstock 0.3 8 2.0 50

Recommended sewing settings for Micro-Fonts
MB-4 machine MC12000

Thread: Rayon (#60) #75d Rayon (#40) #120d
Needle DBX9ST #9 Blue tipped needle #11
Speed: 600spm 600spm
Density: 100% 100%
Height: 4mm 4mm
Helvetica Small
Uppercases/Lowercases and
Numbers
Micro Block 4mm 4mm
Numbers
Times Small 4mm 4mm
Numbers
SM Hightower 4mm 4mm
Uppercases
SM Hightower 5mm 6mm
Lowercases and Numbers
Monogramming fonts
JANOME Digitizer MBX contains four Monogram Alphabets – Fancy

Monogram, Octagon Monogram, Point Monogram and Seal Monogram.
Monogram alphabets provide three sets of the upper-case alpha characters.
The first, known as the ‘left set’, is designed to appear on the left side of a
monogram. The second, or ‘middle set’, is designed for the middle
position(s) of a monogram. The ‘right set’ is designed to appear on the right
side of a monogram. Each set is mapped to a specific set of character
equivalents in the alphabet.
Letter A B C D E F G H I J K L M
Left ! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , -
Middle A B C D E F G H I J K L M
Right a b c d e f g h i j k l m
Letter N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
Left . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :
Middle N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
Right n o p q r s t u v w x y z
Fancy Monogram
Fancy Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using three sets of
the upper-case alpha characters.
Left, Center and Right letters for 3-letter monogram. Use

Alphabet contains symbols for the left letter, upper case for the center letter,
and lower case for the right letter.
Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Minimum 1.0 in 25 mm
Recommended height
Maximum 4.0 in 100 mm
Octagon Monogram
Octagon Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using three sets of
the upper-case alpha characters.

Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Recommended height
Point Monogram
Point Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using three sets of the
upper-case alpha characters.

Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Recommended height
Seal Monogram
Seal Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using three sets of the
upper-case alpha characters.

Colors 1 color
Stitching Satin
Recommended height
320
Appendix D
Stamps, Motifs & Border

Samples
Embroidery Stamps are ready-made design elements. They generally consist

of one or more simple objects made up of Run and/or Satin stitches. You use
Embroidery Stamps on their own as decorative elements. JANOME
Digitizer MBX also provides a library of embroidery motifs which can be linked
together to create ornamental runs and fills. As well as ready-made Embroidery
Stamps, JANOME Digitizer MBX also provides ready-made borders and
decorative ‘accents’ for use in designs, particularly monograms.
This section contains samples of the stamps, borders and monogram accents
available in JANOME Digitizer MBX. Use these tables to see what a particular
item looks like. The stamps are designed to be added as decorative items and
are not intended to be greatly enlarged. Do not exceed the recommended
maximum size for each stamp as shown in the table. The table also includes its
original size. If it has changed for any reason, you can revert to the original
settings using the values in these tables.
Stamps and motifs Size

Embroidery Stamps and Motifs are ready-made mm % of original
design elements, such as hearts, leaves or
geometric patterns. Use them to create decorative Stamp W H Min Max
effects in your designs. Rotate, scale, or mirror
Scroll05
them as you add them or edit them like any other
object. See Embroidery Stamps & Motifs for 10.0 10.0
details.
Shape05
Size 11.0 11.0
mm % of original
Shape35
Stamp W H Min Max 5.3 8.5
Scroll04
11.5 6.2 Shape41
13.4 14.6
† to fit hoop
† to fit hoop
Appendix D Stamps, Motifs & Border Samples
Size Size
mm % of original mm % of original
Stamp W H Min Max Stamp W H Min Max
001 Antiq1
22.7 12.8
79 47 100 †
002
9.8 8.8
Antiq2
003
23.4 9.3 90 40 100 †
004
17 10.7 Bar1
77 9 100 †
005 Bar2
18.2 7.7 51 9 100 †
006 Bar3
30.7 9.5 36 11 100 †
Bdr1
007
19.4 7.7
36 11 100 †
009
13.8 10.4
Bdr2
010
9.6 9.9 53 52 100 †
012
10.4 10.2
Bdr3
014
19.5 9.5 72 52 100 †
015
26.4 9.5
Bdr4
016 40 40 60 150
21.4 10.4
† to fit hoop † to fit hoop

Size Size
Check Des11
28.7 4.7
21 15 50 140
Des12
27.7 9.9
Des1
29.9 8.5
Des13
Des2 15.7 15.7
31 21.8
Des14
30.7 14.5
Des3
30 24.2 Des15
30.2 13.2
Des4 Des16
30.2 18.5 30.3 13.6
Des17
Des5
30.1 9.1
30.1 12
Des18
Des6 30.3 12.5
44 25.9
Des19
30.5 10.8
Des7
Des20
15.4 20.9
36.5 25.3
Des8
27.9 12.4 Des21
20.1 14
Des9
31.8 17.3 Des22
10.4 9.9
Des10
30 11 † to fit hoop
† to fit hoop
Size Size
Des23 Des013
5.0 11.4
29.1 20.7
Des014
Des24 10 5.2
30.2 9.0
Des015
9.5 9.7
Des25
15.8 25.5 Dog1
20 18 85 500
Des001
9.8 2.4
Flora1
Des002
6.9 6.2 25 16 100 †
Des003
9.9 6.5 Flora2
Des004
5.0 5.8 26 28 100 †
Des005
6.3 9.3
Flora3
Des006 25 18 100 †
8.0 5.5
Flora4
Des007
8.0 5.3
25 26 100 †
Des008
18.5 10.8
Flora5
Des009
17.9 7.3 25 20 100 †
Des010
4.8 4.3
Floral1
Des011
5.9 8.0
47 55 100 †
Des012
5.9 6.2
† to fit hoop
† to fit hoop
Size Size
Floral2 Kitch3
40 41 100 †
27 28 100 †
Flrsh1
34 10 100 † Kitch4
Flrsh2 25 17 100 †
49 15 100 200
Kitch5
Flrsh3
40 17 100 200
25 26 100 †
Flrsh4
37 14 100 †
Laurel
FLrsh5
46 30 80 †
40 13 100 †
Flrsh6 Leaf1
41 17 100 †
43 46 35 200
Flrsh7
30 19 80 200
Leaf2
Flrsh8 20 20 50 350
36 19 100 200
Motif1
Flower1
4 4 100 †
47 32 50 250
Motif2
4 4 100 †
Kitch1
25 12 100 † Motif3
4 4 100 †
Kitch2
Motif4
24 17 100 † 4 4 100 †
† to fit hoop
† to fit hoop
Size Size
Motif5 Motif19
4 4 100 † 2 3 100 †
Motif6 Motif20
4 4 100 † 3 3 100 †
Motif21
Motif7
4 4 100 †
4 4 100 †
Motif22
Motif8
4 4 100 †
4 4 100 †
Motif23
Motif9
4 4 100 † 6 5 100 200
Motif10 Motif24
4 4 100 † 2 3 100 800
Motif11 Motif25
4 3 100 †
4 4 100 †
Motif26
Motif12 4 4 100 †
4 4 100 300
Motif27
Motif13 5 4 100 †
4 3 100 400
Motif28
Motif14 4 4 100 †
4 3 100 †
Motif29
Motif15
4 3 100 † 4 4 100 †
Motif16 Motif30
3 5 100 † 4 4 100 †
Motif31
Motif17
4 4 100 †
3 5 100 †
Motif32
Motif18 7 4 100 †
2 3 100 †
† to fit hoop
† to fit hoop
Size Size
Motif33 Ornam5
6 5 100 200
67 41 80 †
Motif34
6 3 100 350
Ornam6
Motif35 30 15 90 †
6 4 100 †
Ornam7
Motif36 52 14 50 300
8 4 100 900
Ornam8
Motif37 23 10 60 420
7 6 100 350
Ornam9
Motif38 31 12 60 475
10 7 100 †
Scroll1
Motif39 64 19 80 †
6 6 100 200
Motif40 Scroll2
8 4 100 † 95 25 80 †
Ornam1
Scroll3
40 52 100 †
65 34 80 †
Ornam2 Scroll4
66 24 80 †
22 41 100 †
Tulip1
Ornam3
34 14 80 180
8 40 100 †
† to fit hoop
Ornam4 Blackwork motifs

40 42 100 † Blackwork gets its name from the black silk thread
traditionally used in this form of embroidery. Use
the special Blackwork Fill pattern set to create
interesting scrolling or geometric patterns. See
† to fit hoop Adjusting motif fill settings for details.
Motif Size mm Motif Size mm

Motif Size mm Motif Size mm
W H W H
W H W H
NBW17 NBW18
Scroll01 Scroll03
12.1 10.1 10 5
Scroll4 Square01 47 65 36 63
10 5 2 2
NBW1 NBW2
43 25 28 31 NBW19 NBW20
11 11 20 20
NBW3 NBW4
NBW21 Star5
22 7 20 22
22 22 4 4
NBW5 NBW6
23 14 14 16 DES008 Flora1
18 11 25 16
NBW7 NBW8
Flora4 Kite01
14 11 14 22
25 26 14 14
NBW9 NBW10
Cross02 Cross06
5 5 12 12
21 63 18 62
Cross08 Cross10
8 8 7 7
Curve16
NBW11 NBW12
8 28
32 36 28 22
Borders
NBW13 NBW14
14 16 62 26 and shields to monograms and designs using the
ready-made border designs. Borders are
automatically sized to fit the current design. Adjust
NBW15 NBW16 border thickness and size as required. See Adding
decorative borders for details.
22 23 36 26
Border Border Border

Border Border Border
Y (border)
A (border) B (border) C (border)
D (border) E (border) F (border) Monogram accents

Add ornamental decorations to designs in the same
way as you insert embroidery designs. Adjust the
position and size as required. See Adding
G (border) H (border) I (border)
Accent Size mm Accent Size mm
W H W H
Accent1 Accent2
J (border) K (border) L (border)

16 59 74 38
Accent3 Accent4
M (border) N (border) O (border)
34 45 54 57
Accent5 Accent6
P (border) Q (border) R (border)
51 13 5 33
Accent7 Accent8
S (border) T (border) U (border)
40 64 56 59
Accent9 Accent10
V (border) W (border) X (border)
70 31 55 49
Accent Size mm Accent Size mm

W H W H
Accent11 Accent12
44 44 49 45
Accent13 Accent14
52 54 69 48
Accent15 Accent16
44 47 27 29
Accent17 Accent18
29 44 35 8
Accent19 Accent20
50 19 23 32
Accent21 Accent22
19 41 42 15
Accent23
55 16
330
Appendix E
Embossed Fill Samples
This section contains samples of the Embossed Fill patterns available in

JANOME Digitizer MBX. Use the table to see what a particular Embossed Fill
looks like. The table also includes the stitch angle. If they have changed for any
reason, revert to the original settings using the value in this table. See Creating
embossed fills for details.
Stitch
Stitch Number Embossed Fill
Number Embossed Fill Angle
Angle
Blossom6 15°
Arrow1 15°
Brick 45°
Arrow2 15°
Chain 45°
Arrow3 15°
Chevron1 15°
Basket 15°
Chevron2 15°
Blossom1 15°
Chevron3 90°
Blossom2 15°
Chevron4 15°
Blossom3 15°
Chevron5 15°
Blossom4 15°
Chevron6 90°
Blossom5 15°
Appendix E Embossed Fill Samples
Stitch Stitch
Number Embossed Fill Number Embossed Fill
Angle Angle
Circle1 15° Diamonds6 90°
Circle5 15° Doughnut1 15°
Clubs 90° Feather1 15°
Crazypave 15° Feather2 90°
Diamonds1 15° Feather3 15°
Diamonds2 15° Hearts1 90°

Stitch Stitch
Angle Angle
Hearts5 10° Patch6 7°
Knot1 15° Patch7 8°
Knot2 180° Rectangle1 45°
Knot3 15° Rectangle2 30°
Oval1 15° Saturn 15°
Oval2 15° Snail 15°
Oval3 90° Spades 90°
Oval4 10° Splash1 0°
Oval5 10° Splash2 90°
Patch1 45° Splash3 10°
Patch2 45° Square1 45°
Patch3 45° Square2 15°
Patch4 8° SquarePatch 15°
Patch5 8° Squigle1 15°

Stitch Stitch
Angle Angle
Squigle2 90° Tiles3 15°
Squigle3 15° Tiles4 15°
Star12pnt 15° Tiles5 15°
Star3pnt 15° Triangle1 15°
Star4pnt1 15° Triangle2 15°
Star4pnt2 15° Triangle3 15°
Target1 15° Triangle7 15°
Tiles1 15° Ziggy1 15°
Tiles2 15° Ziggy2 15°

Stitch
Number Embossed Fill
Angle
Ziggy3 15°
Ziggy4 15°
Ziggy5 15°
335
Appendix F
Weave Fill Samples
The patterns shown in this appendix are a part of your JANOME Digitizer MBX
program. Make sure you apply the correct stitch angle to each pattern. The
following samples have been digitized with a stitch angle of 0°. Experiment with
different stitch angles to get new effects. See Creating weave fills for details.
Needle point
Needle point No Stitch sample
No Stitch sample preview
preview
7
1
8
2
9
3
10
4
11
5
12
6
Appendix F Weave Fill Samples
Needle point Needle point

No Stitch sample No Stitch sample
preview preview
13 22
14 23
15 24
16 25
17
18
19
20
21
337
Appendix G
Troubleshooting
This section provides help for solving problems in JANOME Digitizer MBX. It
includes procedures for checking your system’s requirements and settings,
reverting to original values, and testing disks and connections. It also lists
causes for common error messages and problems.
Solving problems in JANOME 2 Check the Windows version, the CPU and the amount
Digitizer MBX of RAM.
Checking your hard disk space

If you encounter a problem, refer to the following
references for help: Check that your hard disk has enough space to run
JANOME Digitizer MBX effectively. See Checking
JANOME Digitizer MBX User Manual – select CPU/RAM specifications for details.
Help > Onscreen Manual (or printed version)
JANOME Digitizer MBX Onscreen Help – select
Help > Help Topics To check your hard disk space
Windows Onscreen Help – select Start > Help 1 Double-click the My Computer icon on your Windows
Windows manual Desktop.
Documentation supplied with your hardware. The My Computer window opens.
2 Right-click the hard-disk drive icon (usually C:) and
Getting help select Properties.
If you are unable to solve a problem, you should The Properties > General dialog opens.
contact your JANOME Digitizer MBX reseller. Before This tab shows the hard-disk capacity as well as any
seeking help, check that your PC meets the system free space. This must be greater than 100Mb or 10% of
requirements, and check the Security device your total hard drive space, whichever is the greater
messages in this chapter. amount.
Checking CPU/RAM specifications

Unrecoverable errors
Check your CPU and RAM specifications, and the
version of Windows you are running to ensure they
meet JANOME Digitizer MBX requirements. See
System requirements for JANOME Digitizer MBX Problem The system fails and displays
‘unrecoverable’ error.
for details.
Cause The design you tried to open is corrupt.
Suggestion Delete any files in the ..\Program Files
To check CPU/RAM specifications (x86)\Janome\Recover folder using
1 On the Windows desktop, right-click the My Computer Windows Explorer.
icon and select Properties.
The System Properties > General dialog opens.
Appendix G Troubleshooting
Delete recovery files Security device not found (dongle)

On rare occasions when JANOME Digitizer MBX
crashes, it may cause files to corrupt. This may Message Security device not found.
destabilize the program when you next try to run Cause Software is unable to detect dongle or
it. Use the Delete Recovery Files option in the there is a conflict with another device on
Start > Programs menu. This allows you to your PC.
delete corrupt files. Suggestion Log on to the Janome Website and
download the latest dongle driver and
install. If this does not solve the problem,
To delete recovery files the dongle maybe faulty. Please contact
1 Close EasyDesign. your Janome reseller for further
2 On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button and assistance.
select Programs > JANOME Digitizer MBX > Delete
Recovery Files. Design dimensions
Select to delete
recovery files Problem Dimensions of design are incorrect.
Cause If the design’s dimensions are too large or
too small, the system units of
The Purge Recovery and Backup Directories dialog measurement may be set incorrectly. The
opens. units of measurement are set in Windows
Regional settings.
Suggestion Change the units of measurement in
Windows. Select Start > Settings >
Control Panel > Regional Settings.
Colors change in Visualizer

Try this! To delete backup files as well, select Delete
Backup files. Problem When the design is displayed in Visualizer
3 Click OK. the color of some of the objects change.
If some files cannot be deleted, a message will display. Cause In Visualizer, the colors are limited to
Using Windows Explorer, delete any remaining files those available on the embroidery
from the ..\Program Files (x86)\Janome\Recover and machine. If your design has more colors
..\Program Files (x86)\Janome\\Backup folders. than are available on your machine, the
colors will ‘wrap around’ back to color 1.
Suggestion Switch to normal view to see the actual
Security device messages colors of your design.
This section describes the messages related to the Missing toolbar buttons
security device. Most security device messages are
caused by incorrect connection, access codes, Problem Buttons missing from toolbars.
interference or conflict from another hardware Cause Screen resolution is set too low.
device on the PC. To prevent security device errors,
Suggestion Change the screen resolution to
enter all access codes as soon as you receive them.
1024x768 or higher.
If you skip any access codes, features may become
unavailable, or JANOME Digitizer MBX may stop
working altogether.
Try this! After entering new codes, exit JANOME

Digitizer MBX and then restart.
Appendix G Troubleshooting
Control points missing Cause If you have the JANOME Digitizer MBX
'Auto Save' option enabled, backups of
Problem The control points on selected objects are JAN design files will be saved to the
missing in systems updated to V4.0 from ..\Program Files (x86)\Janome\Backup
a previous version. This problem may be folder. This is a basic way of backing up
accompanied by ‘Exception Access your files.
Violation Error’ messages followed by a Suggestion Start Windows Explorer and browse to the
system crash. ..\Program Files (x86)\Janome\Backup
Cause This problem is related to the video card folder. Select the file and select File >
and occurs more on newer and 3D video Rename. Change the file extension to
cards than older ones. JAN – e.g. DesignName.JAN – and press
Enter. Move the JAN file to your
Suggestion Download and install the latest software ..\Embroidery Album folder. You can now
driver from the video card manufacturer’s open the file normally in JANOME
Internet website. These are normally free Digitizer MBX.
from the provider. Some websites to try
Note: If you cannot see the file extension
include:
BAK, you need to change your view
http://www.nvidia.com/ settings in Windows Explorer.
http://www.ati.com/
http://www.s3.com/
Problem recovering design files from
http://www.matrox.com/
recover folder
http://www.trid.com/
http://www.tseng.com/
http://www.diamondmm.com/ Problem You want to use recovery files.
http://www.sis.com/ Cause Your software crashes due to a hardware
http://www.cirrus.com/ or software failure, recovery files usually
Other sites that provide drivers or links to created.
other sites are: Suggestion Start JANOME Digitizer MBX.
http://www.download.com/ Select File > Open from the top of your
http://www.tucows.com/ JANOME Digitizer MBX screen.
http://www.windrivers.com/ Navigate to the ..\Program Files
(x86)\Janome\Recover directory, using
Problem recovering design files from the Look in: dropdown menu.
backup folder Select All Files (*.*) from the Files of type:
dropdown menu.
Problem You can’t see the backup design – e.g. Select and open the recovery file you want
DesignName.BAK – in the backup folder. from the list – it will have EMA as the last
part of its name – and check that it is the
one you want.
Re-name it with the JAN extension in the
..\Embroidery Album folder (or another of
your choice).
340
Glossary
Active window: The active Automatic pull compensation: Bitmap: An electronic image
window is one to which the next Embroidery stitches pull the fabric made up of dots or ‘pixels’, in
command or action will apply. If a inwards where the needle contrast to vector ‘outlines’.
window is ‘active’, its title bar penetrates. This can cause the Typically created in paint
changes color to differentiate it fabric to pucker, and gaps to programs, bitmaps have file
visually from other open windows. appear in the embroidery. extensions such as BMP, JPG, GIF,
Automatic pull compensation TIF and PCX. When enlarged or
Allover: Continuous embroidery scaled down, vector graphics
counters this effect by
which covers all of the goods from ‘overstitching’ outlines of filled preserve image quality while
selvage to selvage. bitmap images generally cause
shapes on the sides where the
Anti-aliasing: A software needle penetrates. This means the problems of pixilation and image
design can be optimized for degradation. See also Pixels.
technique similar to dithering
which is used to soften hard different fabrics. See also Pull Blending: See Color Blending.
outlines where color blocks compensation.
intersect. It produces smoother Back appliqué: A fabric piece BMP: Windows bitmap image
outlines by ‘blurring’ the pixels format.
where colors join. used behind a design where the
front fabric will be cut away to Bobbin: Spool or reel that holds
Appliqué: Decoration or trimming reveal the fabric beneath it. the bobbin thread, which helps
cut from one piece of fabric and form stitches on the underside of
Backdrop: An electronic image
stitched to another to add used as a guide for digitizing the fabric.
dimension and texture. Designs
with appliqué can be more designs on-screen. Two types are Border objects: The Satin Line
used – vector or bitmap. Insert tool creates borders and outlines
economical than embroidery alone, them from various file sources, or
if appliqué occupies a significant using Satin stitch. Typically it is
amount of the design, thereby copy and paste them via the used for columns and borders of
Windows Clipboard. fixed width with larger shapes.
lowering stitch count. In Schiffli
embroidery, an embroidered motif, Background: The area inside the Collectively these objects are
hand cut or aetzed away from base known as Satin Line objects.
hoop in the design window. The
fabric. background color can be changed Cascade: A way of arranging
to match the color of the fabric you open windows on the desktop so
Appliqué cutter: A device that
can cut fabric along a line, will be using for stitchout. that they overlap each other, with
somewhat like old pen plotters. It the title bar of each window
Backing: See Stabilizer.
requires a vector file as input. In remaining visible.
MS Windows they can be set up as Backup: The copying of files onto
Checkbox: A small square box
a type of printer device. floppy disk or other storage media that appears in a dialog box and
in order to duplicate and secure
Artwork: Bitmap or vector data. Usually two copies are made that can be selected or cleared.
graphic used as a backdrop for When selected, a tick or a cross
and kept separately. appears. A checkbox represents an
digitizing. See also Bitmap image
and Vector graphic. Baseline: The notional line on option that you can set.
which the letters of an alphabet sit.
Auto Center: Auto Center Click: Press and release the left
Only descenders extend below it. mouse button. See also Right-click.
automatically centers the start and Baselines determine the shape of
end points of a design. lettering objects in a design. Place Click-and-drag: Click to select,
Automatic color change: Ability it on straight horizontal or vertical hold down the left mouse button,
lines, curve it around a circle or move the cursor and release.
of multi-needle embroidery arc, or digitize your own baselines.
machine to follow a command to
change to a specified needle with a Click-to-Stitch: Toolset used to
Baseline Angle: The baseline create embroidery designs by
different thread color. angle determines the absolute automatically digitizing blocks of
angle of the baseline relative to the color in electronic images.
horizontal axis. You use it to align
letters to a significant part of the
design.
Glossary
Click-to-Design: Toolset used to Configuration: The size and type Default values: Pre-defined
create embroidery designs by of computer hardware. Can also be settings which determine object
automatically digitizing electronic used to mean the options provided properties such as stitch spacing,
images. with your software. as well as certain system settings.
These are stored in the design
Clipboard: A temporary storage Confirmation message: A template. They remain ‘current’
area in PC memory for what was message displayed by the software unless you override them with new
last cut or copied. Images on the asking you if you are sure you want settings. See also Object properties
Clipboard can be pasted into to proceed – e.g. when you want to and Current property settings.
designs any number of times. delete a design.
Defects: See Stitching defects.
Close button: Used to close a Connector stitches: Connector
window or an application. In MS stitches link objects in a design. Density: See Stitch density or
Windows, it appears as a small box They can be run stitches or jumps. Thread density.
with an ‘X’ in it at the top-right of You can use automatic settings to
the title bar. generate connectors, trims and Design: A ‘design’ is a file in the
tie-offs, or add them manually. native embroidery format – e.g.
Color depth: Color depth, also EMB, JAN, ART – of embroidery
called ‘pixel depth’, refers to the Copy: To place a copy of a digitizing software. The design
amount of color information selection onto the Clipboard. See source may be a stitch format
available to each pixel in an image. also Duplicate. design. The design contains
An image with a color depth of 1-bit stitching information such as fabric
can display only two colors. As the Control points: Control points type in addition to stitched shapes.
color depth increases, more colors are used to modify object shapes,
are available – 16 Colors (4 bit), stitch angles and entry and exit Design card: Disk containing
256 Colors (8 bit), High Color (16 points. You can change the shape computerized embroidery designs
bit), True Color (24 bit). of an object by moving, adding or read by the embroidery machine’s
deleting control points on the computer.
Color palette: The color palette outline. For most objects, you can
contains a selection of thread also change control points from Design file: See File.
colors tailored for each design. This corner points to curves. Design library/catalog:
color scheme, or ‘colorway’,
represents the actual thread colors Copyright: A right granted by the Computer program which catalogs
in which a design will be stitched. government or by international a collection of digitized designs
See also Thread chart. agreement giving the owner the kept by embroidery shops that
exclusive privilege to publish and allows an embroiderer to access
Color Reduction: See Image sell artistic work during the life of the design by subject, stitch count,
Preparation. the creator plus 50 years. number of colors or icon.
Column: Narrow, long, curving Cover stitch: The cover stitch is Design object: See Objects.
shape. the Satin border around an
appliqué shape. You can change Design properties: Designs
COM port: A standard serial port the width of the cover stitch, and themselves have properties, some
used as a connection point for offset it to the inside or outside of of which can be modified, others
peripherals. Other ports may be the digitized outline. not. The most important design
present if the appropriate internal property is its source – Native
option cards have been installed. Crest: An embroidered motif like Design, Imported Outlines,
The computer must be informed an emblem, an insignia or a Coat of Processed Stitches, or Imported
which port is being used by which Arms. Stitches. Other properties include
peripheral – e.g. COM1, COM2, etc. the software version number,
Cross-stitch: Regular Bean stitch stitch count, and so on.
Command: An instruction issued movements that cross at the
to the software in order to carry out center to form an X. Laid in rows or Design segment: See
an action. It may be as simple as within a box shape to form Segments.
‘paste an object’ or as complex as geometric designs. Creates a
‘regenerate stitches’. It is usually handmade appearance. Design sequence: See Stitching
activated via a menu item, toolbar sequence.
icon, or command button in a Custom designs: Designs
created by digitizing artwork or Design source: While
dialog.
manipulating existing patterns. embroidery files are broadly
Command button: A button in a classified as ‘outline’ (condensed)
dialog which executes or cancels Cut: An editing function. To or ‘stitch’ (expanded), EasyDesign
the selected action. Two common remove a selection from a design. internally tags files as belonging to
command buttons are Cancel and The cut selection is stored in one of four types–Native Design,
OK. memory (on the ‘Clipboard’) and Imported Outlines, Processed
can be pasted into the same or Stitches, or Imported Stitches. See
Condensed file: See Outline file. different design. also Design properties.
Cut appliqué: See Back appliqué. Design template: See Template.
Cutter: See Appliqué cutter.
Glossary
Design Window: The Design Display: A screen used to display together with the Zigzag or Tatami
Window is where designs are the output of a computer. Also underlays when digitizing large
displayed for viewing and known as the monitor. shapes.
modification.
Dithering: A software technique Editing: Changing aspects of a
Desktop: MS Windows which combines existing colors in a design via a computerized editing
terminology for the screen checkerboard arrangement of program. Most programs allow you
background on which program pixels. It is typically used to to scale designs up or down, edit
icons are displayed. simulate colors that are missing stitch-by-stitch or block-by-block,
from an image palette. A type of merge lettering with the design,
Destination folder: The folder optical illusion created by placing move aspects of the design around,
(directory) where you intend to two pixels of different color next to combine designs and insert or edit
copy or move one or more files. each other. The human eye machine commands.
automatically resolves the two
Detail: An outline, a border, a colors into a third color. Emblem: Embroidered design
pickout run, or a small area of the with a finished edge, applied to a
design you want to be stitched out Dongle: A security hardware garment after stitching, commonly
last when using Click-to-Design. device required to run protected an insignia of identification. Also
software. Some are attached to a known as a ‘crest’ or ‘patch’.
Diagonal backstitch: The
backward rows are diagonal, parallel port, others to a USB port.
Embroidery: Decorative stitching
directly connecting the forward Dots Per Inch (DPI): A on fabric. Generally involves
rows. Diagonal backstitch is measurement of screen or printer non-lettering designs, but can also
suitable for turning shapes, and resolution; the number of dots in a include lettering and/or
gives good results with Jagged line of 1". monograms. Evidence of
Edge. See also Backstitch. embroidery exists during the reign
Double-click: Click the left on Egyptian pharaohs, in the
Dialog: An on-screen box that mouse button twice without writings of Homer and from the
either requests or provides moving the mouse. Double-clicking Crusaders of the 12th century. Has
information. Many dialogs present carries out actions such as opening
options to choose among before a evolved from hand-work to manual
a program from an icon. sewing machines and from
command is carried out. Some hand-looms and Schiffli machines
dialogs present warnings or explain Download: The process of
with hundreds of needles to
why a command cannot be transferring a copy of a file from a high-speed, computerized
completed. remote computer or the internet to
a computer or other device such as multihead machines.
Digitizer: Usually refers to the an embroidery machine. Embroidery object: See Object.
person punching or digitizing the
design. Digitizer can also refer to Drag: An operation of the mouse. Embroidery thread: See Thread.
the digitizing tablet used by the Holding the (left) mouse button
digitizer. See also Digitizing tablet. while moving the mouse. Typically EMF: Enhanced Metafile vector
used for moving something on the graphic format.
Digitizing: Process of encoding a screen.
design. Artwork is converted into a Entry point: The entry point is
series of ‘embroidery objects’ to be Drawing package: Software the point where the thread enters
read and manipulated by a application that creates or allows the embroidery object. This should
specialist CAD/CAM application. you to edit vector graphics made coincide with the exit point of the
Before outputting to embroidery up of separate individual vector preceding object.
machine, it is converted into ‘stitch objects. Vector graphics can be
data’. See also Punching. scaled with no loss of sharpness. Exit: To leave a current window or
Examples of vector editing application.
Digitizing tool: Digitizing tools, programs are Adobe Illustrator,
sometimes referred to as ‘input MacroMedia Freehand and Corel Exit point: The exit point is the
methods’, are similar to drawing point where thread leaves the
Draw. See also Graphics embroidery object. This should
tools except that the end result is application.
an embroidery object rather than a coincide with the entry point of the
vector object. Different digitizing Dropdown list : A single-line next object.
tools are suited to creating dialog box control that opens to EXP: Stitch or ‘expanded’ file
different shapes or design display a list of choices.
elements. format native to Melco machines.
Duplicate: When an object is
Expanded file format: See
Disk: See Floppy disk. duplicated, it is not copied to the Stitch file.
Clipboard. This leaves the
Disk drive: Computers usually Clipboard free for you to cut or
have three types of disk drive: a Extension: See File extension.
copy other objects.
hard disk (or fixed disk) which Fabric: Fabrics have many
usually supports the mass storage Edge Run underlay: Edge Run properties, the main one being
of information and applications, a underlay places stitches around the elasticity or ‘fabric stretch’. Surface
floppy disk drive, and a CD ROM edge of an object. Use Edge Run texture, if present, is another
drive. property that requires different
Glossary
underlay types. The system can can be created by altering the Graphics application: Software
automatically compensate for the angle, length and repeat sequence application that creates or allows
pull-push effect of different fabrics. of the stitches. Also known as you to edit bitmap images and/or
Push, warping, and shearing are Geflect stitch. vector graphics. See also Paint
reduced by suitable underlay for package and Drawing package.
the stitch type and fabric. Remplir jours: This feature
creates filled objects from the Gradient Fill: An artistic stitch
Fabric settings: Pre-defined outlines of selected Parallel Fill effect that gradually varies stitch
fabric settings include settings for objects. spacing between dense and open
all full-coverage stitch types. For fill along an embroidery object,
each stitch type, spacing is preset. Finishing: Processes done after producing shading and color effects
Additionally, the quality effects of embroidery is completed. Includes which are difficult to achieve
pull compensation and underlay trimming loose threads, cutting or manually.
are also preset for each stitch type. tearing away excess backing,
Decorative effects are not affected removing facing or topping, Grayscale: A grayscale picture is
when fabric setting are changed. cleaning any stains, pressing or made up of 254 different shades of
steaming to remove wrinkles or gray, plus solid black and solid
Fabric stretch: Embroidery hoop marks and packaging for sale white for a total of 256 different
stitches pull the fabric inwards or shipment. tones. Black and white
where the needle penetrates. This photographs are grayscale.
can cause the fabric to pucker, and Fixed Line baseline: A Fixed
gaps to appear in the embroidery. Line baseline has a fixed length Grid: Grid lines provide visual
Use automatic pull compensation which you can digitize or specify cues to help you accurately place a
to counter this effect by numerically. If the text is longer, design. When you start the
‘overstitching’ outlines of filled the letter spacing is decreased and software for the first time, grid
shapes. the letters may overlap. The letter lines appear by default.
width is not changed. With Fixed
Facing: See Topping. Line, you need to mark two points Guide run: Series of stitches
to define the base. See also used to align embroideries in
Factory settings: These are the Baseline. multi-hooping situations or to
initial system settings as installed. assist in fabric placement for
They are a standard known setting Flagging: Up and down motion of appliqué. It is the first appliqué
that you can return to. Some fabric under action of the needle, layer stitched and is used to
customers want to create custom so named because of its position the appliqué fabric on the
settings tailored to the exact fabric resemblance to a waving flag. background material. See also
they are using most frequently. Often caused by improper framing Appliqué.
The ‘My Fabric’ settings are those of goods. Flagging may result in
retained in the design and can be poor registration, unsatisfactory Handle: See Selection Handle.
saved to the template file. stitch formation and birdnesting. Hard disk: A device for mass
Fancy fills: A digitizing function Floppy disk: A flexible disk information storage. Usually the
that automatically incorporates permanently sealed in a square disk is fixed inside the system unit,
special patterns or textures into fill plastic jacket – e.g. HD/DD 3.5" and a second hard disk can be
areas. Also known as ‘specialty floppy disk. Used for information added. When you store information
fills’. storage ‘off-line’ for security and/or on the hard disk it will remain there
infrequently used data. Also used until you delete it. As it has a finite
Feather Edge: Technique for for transferring punched capacity, file management is
creating rough edges, to create embroidery design (stitch file) data required.
shading effects, or to imitate fur or from computer to embroidery
other fluffy textures in your design. Hardware: Computer
machine.
componentry, including monitor,
File: A named collection of Folder: A collection of files and keyboard, digitizing tablet, printer,
specifically related information sub-folders that are stored scanner, sewing machine, etc.
stored on a disk. Designs that have together on a disk. Part of structure
been saved are stored as files. for organizing files on a disk. Heirloom embroidery:
Embroidered goods designed to be
File extension: The dot and Font: A set of characters, passed down from generation to
three letters at the end of a including letters, numbers and generation.
filename such as ‘.BMP’. The other typographic symbols, of the
extension identifies the file as a same design and style. Also called Hoop: Device made from wood,
certain type, readable by certain Alphabet, even if it includes plastic or steel used to tightly grip
applications. non-letter characters. fabric and stabilizer between an
inner and outer ring. Designed to
Filename: The name of a file, Fringe: Threads that are cut and hold fabric taut against the
including the extension, e.g. hang loosely from the edge of a machine bed for embroidering, it
Cat.BMP. design. attaches to machine’s frame.
Fill stitch: Series of running
stitches commonly used to cover
large areas. Different fill patterns
Glossary
I-beam: One shape taken by the Lockstitch: Commonly referred Menu chart: The menu chart
PC pointer, it indicates that text to as a lock-down or tack-down provided with the software lets you
can be input at the point selected. stitch, a lock stitch is formed by select commands directly from the
The shape is like the capital letter three or four consecutive stitches digitizing tablet using the puck.
‘I’. of at least a 10-point movement. It You need to ‘register’ it before use.
should be used at the end of all
Image editing program: See columns, fills and at the end of any Minimize button: For Windows,
Graphics application. element in your design where jump the small box to the left of the
stitches will follow, such as color group of three at the right of the
Image preparation: Method of title bar. Click the Minimize button
changes or the end of a design.
improving or clean up artwork. May be stitched in a triangle, star to reduce a window to its minimum
Outlined and non-outlined images size.
require different methods of or in a straight line. Lock stitch is
also the name of the type of stitch
preparation. Cleaning up scanned formed by the hook and needle of Minimum stitch length: The
images may involve any one or a minimum movement of the hoop.
combination of the following home sewing machines, as well as It is measured between needle
computerized embroidery
techniques: reducing the number machines. penetration points. See also
of colors, adding or emphasizing Max/Min stitch.
outlines, removing noise, dithering Logo: Name, symbol or
or anti-aliasing, eliminating Mirror: Duplication of an object in
trademark of a company or
unnecessary detail, cropping organization. Short for logotype. the Y and/or X axis. The location
sections or eliminating and orientation of the mirrored
backgrounds. Looping: Loops on the surface of stitches are determined by location
embroidery generally caused by and angle of the axis of reflection
Input method: See Digitizing poor top tension or tension relative to the position of the
tool. problems. Typically occurs when original stitches.
polyester top thread has been
JPG: JPEG file interchange bitmap improperly tensioned. Modeless dialog: Dialogs which
image format. stay on the screen and are
Manual object: When you open a available for use at any time but
Jump: A frame or hoop permit other user activities. In
stitch format file without outline
movement without a needle recognition, it becomes a single contrast, ‘modal’ dialogs require
penetration, commonly used to get the user to respond before
‘manual’ object. This object type
from one point in a design to consists of a series of needle continuing the program.
another.
penetration points and has only Modem: Unit to telegraphically
Lacework: Lacework involves the general and connector properties.
When you transform (scale, rotate, send computer information from
use of threads to produce overall one computer to another.
embroidery of full-length fabrics. mirror) a manual object, the
Most often used to embellish original stitch density does not Monitor: The screen on which
women's apparel and home change. punching or stitching progress can
fashions. Such work typically uses be followed, stitch by stitch.
boring. It is the most widely used Max/Min stitch length: The
minimum and maximum stitch Monogram: Embroidered design
application for Schiffli machines. lengths allowable in a design composed of one or more letters,
Layout: An arrangement of determine the outside limits as usually the initials of a name.
multiple embroidery designs placed measured between needle
in a user-defined area. penetration points. They are Motif: Pre-defined design
governed by the minimum and elements, such as hearts, leaves or
Lettering: Embroidery using maximum frame movements that border patterns, that can be
letters or words. Lettering the machine can make. quickly inserted into a design.
commonly called ‘keyboard Motifs generally consist of one or
lettering’ may be created from Maximize button: For Windows, more simple objects, and are
pre-defined alphabet styles or the small box in the center of the stored in a special motif set.
fonts, allowing variance of size, group of three at the right of the
height, spacing, density and other title bar. Click the Maximize button Motif Fill: Motif Fill is a decorative
characteristics. to enlarge a window to its fill stitch with which you can fill
maximum size. Parallel Fill objects. You can also
Lettering Art: Special effect create special or three dimensional
which makes objects bulge or arch, Memory: The place in the effects.
stretch or compress. Lettering Art computer’s system unit that stores
is typically applied to lettering information while you are working Motif Run: Motifs which are
objects, but can also be applied to with it. If you exit without saving linked together along a digitized
other types of embroidery object. information in memory, it will be line. You can create decorative
lost. outlines using any motif from the
Line art: A drawing with only two list.
colors – usually black and white. Menu bar: The menu bar
contains dropdown menus of Mouse: A device, equipped with
List box: A single-line dialog that commands. Some of the same control buttons and designed to roll
opens to display a list of choices. commands are available on the about on the table next to the
toolbar.
Glossary
keyboard. As the mouse moves, its such as size and position. There are named LPT1, LPT2, etc. When you
circuits relay signals that move a other, more specific properties of set up a parallel machine
pointer on the screen. objects which depend on the object connection, select the parallel port
type. and the required protocol, and
Nap: A fuzzy or downy surface of complete the machine setup
fabric covering either one side or Object type: An object has a procedure.
both, produced by brushing loosely type, shape, thread type and color,
twisted yarns. stitching settings and a position in Paste: To insert an object, which
the stitching order. The object type has previously been placed on the
Native file format: A design may or may not determine the Clipboard by cutting or copying
saved in the original format of the intended final appearance of the selected objects, into a design. You
application you are working with is stitching. can paste from the Clipboard as
said to be the ‘native’ file format. It many times as you like.
can also refer to the stitch file Orientation: See Baseline.
format required by a specific PCX: PC Paintbrush bitmap image
embroidery machine. When saved Outline file: Outline or format.
to another format, it is known as a ‘condensed’ files are high-level
non-native format. formats which contain object Pattern outline: See Motif Run.
outlines, object properties and
Needle: Small, slender piece of stitch data. When you open an Pencil rub: Low-cost way of
steel with a hole for thread and a outline file in EasyDesign, producing an embroidery design
point for piercing fabric. A machine corresponding stitch types, input sample. Consists literally of a piece
needle differs from a handwork methods and effects are applied. of tracing paper placed over a
needle; the machine needle’s eye Outline files can be scaled, stitchout and rubbed lightly with a
is found at its pointed end. Machine transformed and reshaped without pencil to produce an impression of
embroidery needles come with affecting stitch density or quality. the embroidery.
sharp points for piercing heavy, See also Stitch file. Peripheral: Any device
tightly woven fabric; ball points
which glide between fibers of knit; Outline stitch: Stitch such as connected to a computer which is
Run or Satin used to outline an to some degree controlled by the
and variety of specialty points, computer – e.g. an embroidery
such as wedge points, which are embroidery object.
used for leather. machine or printer.
Overview window: Use the
Overview window to view a Photo Click: Technique for
Needle points: You can view
needle points in a design to check thumbnail of the design. The creating embroidery designs
window is updated whenever you directly from photographs and
density or, for instance, to select other grayscale bitmap images.
stitches for editing. make a change, and can be used to
zoom in or pan across the design Photo Click designs consist of rows
Noise filtering: Noise filtering window. of Satin or Contour stitches of
means restoring the solid color varying spacing. The effect
blocks of original artwork in Paint package: Software resembles the output of a line
scanned images. This is achieved application that creates or allows printer.
by merging different shades into you to edit image files. You can
create lines and filled areas as well Pixel: A dot. For example, dots of
one solid color. Noise filtering is
important for automatic digitizing as edit the image pixel-by-pixel light that make up the picture on a
using paintbrushes, erasers and computer screen. The more pixels
because it makes it easier for the there are in a given area – that is,
software to identify solid color spraypaint tools. Examples of
blocks which become embroidery image editing programs are Adobe the smaller and closer together
Photoshop, Jasc PaintShop Pro and they are – the higher the
objects in the resulting design. It resolution.
also cleans up blurred or mottled Corel Photo-Paint. See also
areas of color. Graphics application.
Pixelation: An effect which
Pan: Use Pan to view parts of a occurs when a bitmap image is
NORMAL template: Default enlarged so that the individual
template. See also Template. design which are not currently
visible in the design window. pixels are obvious to the eye.
Object: In embroidery design
Parallel Fill objects: The Parallel PNG: Portable Network Graphics
terms, an object is an individual vector graphic format.
‘element’ of a design. An object has Fill tools create large and complex
many properties, such as its size, shapes generally with fixed rather Pointer: A part of the screen
color, sequence in the design, than turning stitch angles. Most display, the pointer can take
stitch type and values, including shapes can be digitized with these various shapes. It is moved by
the rules for stitching. See also tools. Collectively these objects are moving the mouse and can be used
Vector graphic, Vector object. known as Parallel Fill objects. to point to anything on the screen
Parallel port: A connection on a to make selections and indicate
Object details: All embroidery
objects in EasyDesign contain computer, usually LPT1, where you points for input. It also indicates
plug in the cable for a parallel when the computer is working and
defining settings or ‘values’. The no input is possible.
values stored with an object printer and/or a dongle. Parallel
become its ‘properties’. All objects ports are used to connect some Point: Unit of measurement, with
have certain properties in common embroidery machines. They are 10 points equal to 1 mm.
Glossary
Port: A connection on a computer Read: To open a design which has used to add borders to designs.The
where you plug in the cable that been written on a design card or to objects created are known
carries data to another device. an embroidery machine. collectively as Run Line objects.
Ports which are used to attach
peripherals have names like COM1 Reader/Writer: A device that Run line stitching: Run line
or LPT1 so that you can specify allows you to download/upload stitching consists of a single row of
where the peripherals are designs to and from a design card. stitches along a digitized line. The
attached. Cards can be purchased from your needle penetrations are placed in
dealer or from designers on the consecutive order. Run Line is
Position: The Position indicator net. Cards can have designs on generally used for stitching
shows position of the design (X, Y) them or are blank for you to outlines and connector stitches.
in the design window. read/write from/to. The cards are Run stitch length can be set to
inserted into the embroidery automatically vary in order to
Program: A computer program or module attached to a sewing follow tight curves.
‘application’ is generally used for a machine. The R/W will allow you to
particular kind of work, such as have the PC and sewing machine Satin stitch: Type of fill stitch.
word processing or database quite separate from one another. Formed by closely arranged zigzag
management. stitches, it can be stitched at any
Redraw: The screen display is angle and with varying lengths.
Properties: See Object refreshed. This is useful when parts The thread is laid across a shape
properties. of the display have become with a zigzag sewing action where
obscured in the course of editing. two stitches form a column. Hence
Protocol: The communications
protocol depends on the See also Slow Redraw. it is only suitable for small or
narrow shapes. As the stitches are
connection type between the Refresh: See Redraw. almost parallel, Satin provides
computer and the embroidery
machine. This will be one of: Resequence: You can change the good coverage. It is often used for
lettering, outlining, and details.
standard serial, parallel, serial to position of a selected object by Because there are generally no
parallel converted (DCi), or cutting it, then pasting it
interface card. somewhere else in the stitching needle penetrations breaking up
the fill, Satin stitch creates a glossy
sequence, or by using the effect.
Puckering: Result of the fabric Resequence command. You can
being gathered by the stitches. also resequence objects by color or Save: To store (design)
Many possible causes include using the Resequence List. information in a file. Each time you
incorrect density, loose hooping,
lack of backing, incorrect tension or Resizing: See Scaling. save a design, you replace the
previous version using the
dull needle. filename. You should save your
Resolution: Resolution
Pull compensation: Digitizing determines the number of dots per design frequently.
technique that takes into account inch (dpi) used to create an image.
Scaling: Ability to enlarge or
the distortion of a design that will The higher the value, the clearer reduce a design in size. In stitch or
occur because of the interaction of the image, but the more storage
thread with fabric. ‘Push and pull’ space required. A resolution of 75 ‘expanded’ format, most scaling is
limited to ±5% because the stitch
will cause a circle digitized dpi generally produces good count remains constant despite
perfectly round to sew with the results.
sides pushed out, resulting in an final design size. In outline or
RGB: RGB stands for red, green, ‘condensed’ formats, scale changes
egg shape. Generally, it is may be more dramatic because
necessary to extend horizontal and blue. It is the system used by
elements and reduce vertical computer monitors to create color. stitch count and density are
recalculated.
elements. See also Automatic pull Right-click: To press and release
compensation. Scanner: A device that converts
the right mouse button. See also
Push-Pull: When any stitch is Click. physical images into digital form so
that they can be stored and
sewn into fabric, the tension in the Rotation handles: When you manipulated by computer.
thread between needle
penetrations can build up and select an object, selection handles Scanning allows you to take
display at its extremities. If you scanned images as a basis for
result in a ‘push-pull’ effect. This click the object again, rotation and embroidery design.
can cause distortions in your sewn
designs, poor stitch registration skew handles appear around the
object. Rotation handles appear at Schiffli machine: Commercial
and even the bunching of the the corners of the object and an embroidery machine that utilizes
fabric. The degree of distortion can the combination of needle and
be affected by the following anchor point displays at the
object’s center. Skew handles are shuttle to form a stitch. Massive in
factors: stitch density, fabric type, diamond-shaped and appear at the size. Some schiffli machines – also
underlay, backing type, thread known as looms – weigh 10 tons
type and garment orientation. See center-top and bottom of the
object. See also Selection handles. and have up to 1024 needles. Most
also Stitch-Pull. Schiffli machines do not have
Run line objects: The Run Line automatic thread trim or automatic
RAM: Random Access Memory,
computer chip maintaining tool creates lines of single or triple color change. Excellent for emblem
run stitching. This tool is typically production, the creation of lace,
memory.
Glossary
embroidery production on embroidery machine. The type of Stitch: A stitch is a single needle
oversized items and production handshaking must match the type penetration. Also refers to thread
orders of very large quantities. of cable you are using. laid down from one needle
penetration to the next.
Screen calibration: You need to Short stitch: Digitizing technique
calibrate your monitor so that that places shorter stitches in Stitch angle: The stitch angle is
designs at 1:1 scale appear at real curves and corners to avoid an the angle the overall stitching
size. Do this when you first install unnecessarily bulky build-up or follows within a shape. The shape
EasyDesign, whenever you change stitches. may have a fixed stitch angle – e.g.
your monitor, or adjust your 45° to the horizontal – or multiple
monitor’s horizontal or vertical Shortcut key: A key stroke or a stitch angles.
controls. series of keystrokes you can use to
perform a task instead of using the Stitch bunching: Standard stitch
Screen resolution: See Pixels. mouse. For example, Ctrl+C spacing is calculated at the outside
actions the Copy command. edge of a shape. With sharp
Scroll bar: The bar at the bottom curves, spacing which provides
and right edge of a window whose Sizing handles: See Selection adequate coverage on the outside
contents are not entirely visible. handles. edge may cause bunching along
Each scroll bar contains a small the inside edge. This may cause
box, called a scroll box, and two Skew handles: See Rotation
handles. thread breakage when stitching
scroll arrows to allow different out.
types of scrolling.
Slow Redraw: Use to redraw Stitch count: Stitch count refers
Security Device: See Dongle. your design slowly. Slow Redraw
lets you view the stitching and to the number of stitches in a
design. In EasyDesign one stitch is
Select: To highlight an object or color sequence of a design in slow considered one machine
group of objects for the purpose of motion.
editing. Only selected items can be revolution. See also Design
Software: Programs, such as MS properties.
edited.
Windows and JANOME Stitch density: The number of
Selection handles: Eight small Digitizer MBX, which run your
squares that appear symmetrically computer. stitches per given area (or stitch
lines per distance in a fill).
at the corners and edges of a
selected object. Use them to Spangles: See Sequins.
Stitch editing: Digitizing feature
position and resize objects. See Specialty threads: Threads that allows one or more stitches in
also Rotation handles. a pattern to be deleted or altered.
designed for effects such as shine,
Sequence: See Stitching glitter, iridescence or thickness.
The threads often are made from Stitch file: Stitch or ‘expanded’
Sequence. designs are low-level formats for
synthetic materials including
Sequins: Sequins, also known as rayon, mercerized cotton, metallics direct use by embroidery
‘spangles’, are small plastic disks and textured nylon. machines. They contain only stitch
with a hole in the centre. The coordinates and machine
spangles are stored on rolls, each Stabilizer: Also know as functions. Stitch designs are
one joined to the next by a weak ‘backing’, stabilizers are woven or generally not suited to scaling
link. They are stitched onto fabric non-woven materials used because stitches are not
by placing a spangle in front of the underneath the item or fabric being regenerated during rescaling. See
needle whilst needles are out of the embroidered to provide support also Outline file.
fabric. and stability. It can be hooped with
the item or placed between the Stitch length: The distance
Serial port: A connection point machine throat plate and hooped between two needle penetration
on a computer where you plug a garment. Available in various points. For maximum stitch length,
serial communications device such weights and types such as the length is measured according
as a modem. PC serial COM ports cut-away, tear-away and to the X and Y co-ordinates,
are male connectors, and can be wash-away (soluble). The more whichever is greater. Run stitch
either 9-pin or 25-pin. They are stitches your design has, the more length can be set to automatically
named COM1, COM2, COM3, etc. backing you will need. Professional vary in order to follow tight curves.
The number of available ports embroiderers use tear-away See also Max/Min stitch length.
limits the number of devices you stabilizers for woven fabrics and Stitch-Pull: When any stitch is
can connect. If additional ports are cut-away stabilizers for knits. See sewn into fabric the tension in the
required, you can add them. also Topping. thread between needle
Multi-port serial cards can also be penetrations can build up and
used. Status bar: Provides information
about the whole design: number of result in Stitch-Pull. Stitch-Pull can
Serial Port Setup: Here you can stitches, position of the design (X, cause distortions in your sewn
adjust Baud, Data Bits, Stop Bits, Y), number of colors (C), number designs, poor stitch registration
Parity values. These settings must of stops (S), etc. and even the bunching up of fabric.
be identical to those of the The amount of Stitch-Pull that
results in your design can be
affected by the following factors:
Stitch Density, Fabric Type,
Glossary
Underlay, Backing Type, Thread and used for stitching. Machine Topping: Material hooped or
Type and Garment Orientation. See embroidery threads come in rayon placed on top of fabrics that have
also Push-Pull. (high sheen), cotton (duller finish), definable nap or surface texture,
polyester (strong and colorfast), such as corduroy and terry cloth,
Stitch type: Three basic stitch metallics (synthetic core wrapped prior to embroidery. The topping
types are available with lockstitch with metal foil or thin slivers of compacts the wale or nap and
machines – Run, Satin and Tatami metal foil) and acrylic (sheen holds the stitches above it. It
(Weave). JANOME Digitizer MBX similar to rayon). includes a variety of substances,
provides many variants of these. such as plastic wrap, water-soluble
Thread chart: Thread charts are plastic ‘foil’ and open-weave fabric
Stitch spacing: Spacing between lists of pre-defined thread colors. that has been chemically treated to
two consecutive needle They may be based on
penetrations on the same side of a disintegrate with the application of
commercially available thread heat. Also known as ‘facing’. See
column. The smaller the value, the charts, or charts you define also Stabilizer.
greater the stitch density. For more yourself. You can copy colors
open stitching, use larger values. between different thread charts to Travel on Edge: Trapunto is a
create your own charts from general term for very open fill
Stitching defects: Stitching existing colors. See also Color stitching, often used as a
defects may appear in the form of
gaps between filled areas, fabric palette. background or for filling large
shapes. In EasyDesign, Travel on
show-through and thread breaks. Thread density: Different thread Edge effect forces travel runs to
These are often caused by incorrect density systems are used by
stitching settings – e.g. setting pull the edges of objects so they do not
different thread manufacturers. show through open or loose
compensation too small for the Density A is normal embroidery stitching.
fabric stretchiness. thread (density 120/2, or 40).
Stitching sequence: The Density B is thicker, Density C is Travel run: Travel runs are
finer, and Density D is very fine. typically used to connect segments
embroidery objects in a design of complex shapes. They can also
form a stitching sequence. Initially, Thread thickness: See Thread
objects are stitched in the order in connect adjacent objects. Because
density. runs are not trimmed, they may be
which they were created. You can visible in the final embroidery. For
change the position of a selected Thread type: Embroidery thread
this reason, they are less
object by cutting it, then pasting it varies in thickness. Types are A, B, commonly used as connectors
somewhere else in the sequence, C and D. Stitch density should be
or by using the Resequence set according to the thread type. between objects than jumps. If
objects are adjacent and
command. You can also See also Thread thickness. connectors will be hidden, they can
resequence objects by color or with
the Resequence List. Tie-ins: Tie-in stitches are be used.
inserted at the start of objects to
Traveling: You generally check a
Tatami stitch: Series of run prevent stitches from unraveling. design’s stitching sequence by
stitches, commonly used to cover They are inserted inside the shape
large, irregular shapes. Stitches on the second stitch. You generally ‘traveling’ through it by stitches,
segments, functions or objects.
are laid in rows traversing back and use them when the previous
forth across the shape. These can connector is trimmed. Trims functions: If you are using
be parallel or slightly turning. a machine with an automatic
Different fill patterns can be Tie-offs: Tie-offs are generally
trimmer, the trim code causes the
created by varying the stitch placed before trims to prevent thread to be cut after a tie-off. In
length, angle or sequence. Also stitches from unraveling. You can
adjust connector settings to the software, trims are represented
known as Weave stitch. by a triangle with a small circle at
automatically add tie-offs under the point where stitching starts
Template: Special files used to certain conditions, or add them
store styles and default property manually. You can also include trim again. The trimmed connector
appears as a dotted line. You can
settings. Use templates when functions so machines with adjust connector settings to
digitizing frequently-used design trimmers cut the thread
types to save time re-adjusting the automatically. automatically add trims, or add
them yourself.
current property settings.
Title bar: The horizontal bar Trimmers: Devices built into an
Tension: Tautness of thread located at the top of a window and
when forming stitches. Top thread containing the title of the window. embroidery machine to
automatically trim or cut remaining
tension, as well as bobbin thread On many windows, the title bar thread when the design jumps
tension, need to be correctly set. also contains the Control menu box
Proper thread tension is achieved and Maximize and Minimize from one area to another or
performs a color change.
when about one third of the thread buttons.
showing on the underside of the Trimming: Action of cutting loose
fabric on a column stitch is bobbin Toolbar: Toolbars provide quick
and easy access to EasyDesign thread, removing backing, etc,
thread. from the final embroidered
commands. Click a toolbar button product.
Thread: Fine cord or natural or to activate a command or, where
synthetic material made from two applicable, right-click to view and
or more filaments twisted together adjust its settings.
Glossary
TrueType Font: Digital font also supports the top embroidery

technology designed by Apple for a more lofty, dimensional look.
Computer and now used by both Underlay stitches are made up of a
Apple and Microsoft in their series of single run stitches, usually
operating systems. with a very short stitch length, and
are digitized manually or placed
Turning Angle Fill objects: The automatically under the column
Turning Angle Fill tools create (satin) or fill stitch areas of your
columns of varying width with embroidery design.
turning stitches. Different effects
can be applied to these objects. Values: The actual settings –
Collectively they are known as letters and numbers – that you
Turning Angle Fill objects. enter into dialogs. See also Object
Properties.
Turning stitches: Embroidery
objects can be filled with parallel or Variable sizing: Ability to scale a
turning stitching. Turning stitches design to different sizes.
are columns of stitches which turn
to follow the path defined by the Vector graphic: Unlike raster
object outline. By contrast, parallel images, vector graphics contain
stitching traverses the shape in one vector data. This is a collection of
direction only – e.g. at 90° to the geometric shapes and lines that
horizontal, 45°, or whatever is set. combine to make an image. Rather
Objects can be created with turning than pixels, such data is recorded
stitching already applying, or as a set of mathematical formulas.
multiple stitch angles can be added Vector graphics are scalable
later. Turning stitches are best without distortion, and are small
used with designs containing files. See also Bitmap image.
complicated, turning shapes such Visualizer: Visualizer provides
as trees, animals, or large filled
areas. Turns generally occur at you with a preview of how your
embroidery will look when stitched
points where a shape changes
significantly in direction or width. out. It gives the screen image a
three dimensional look.
Underlay: Stitches sewn before Weight: When referring to
other design elements to help
stabilize fabrics. The stitching T-shirts, the three standard weight
divisions are mid-weight/value,
action that will attach the backing heavyweight/premium, and super
to the fabric being embroidered. It
also supports the top embroidery heavyweight.
for a more lofty, dimensional look. Write: To send design information
Underlay stitches are made up of a to an embroidery disk, design card
series of single run stitches, usually or embroidery machine for
with a very short stitch length, and immediate stitchout or storage.
are digitized manually or placed
automatically under the column X/Y coordinates: The horizontal
(satin) or fill stitch areas of your (X) and vertical (Y) distances on a
embroidery design. graph or computer screen. Use X
values to measure width, and Y
Visualizer: Visualizer provides values to measure height.
you with a preview of how your
embroidery will look when stitched Zoom factor: The scale at which
out. It gives the screen image a the design is currently displayed.
three dimensional look.
TWAIN: Industry standard which
allows devices (such as scanners)
to communicate directly with
design and layout programs. Both
device and program must be
TWAIN-compliant. This lets you
use any TWAIN-compliant scanner
with your software.
Underlay: Stitches sewn before
other design elements to help
stabilize fabrics. The stitching
action that will attach the backing
to the fabric being embroidered. It
350
Index
A ATA PC cards 11, 237
precautions 237
supported formats 298
using as backdrops 107
Add Color tool 123, 127 Auto Color Reduction blackwork fills 178
Add Colors tool 123, 127 dialog 125 borders
Add Hoop tool 60, 293 tool 124 adding 213
adding folders 278 Auto Scroll 39 Border tool 67, 290
Align Auto Split, with Satin Fill 76 converting lines 68
Bottom tool 146 automatic creating 70
Centers Horizontally tool 146, 292 backup 39 digitizing 70
Centers tool 146, 292 borders 213 setting width 71
Centers Vertically tool 146, 292 branching 165 with monograms 214, 223
Left tool 146, 292 save options 39 boundaries, digitizing for
Right tool 146, 292 underlay 94 appliqué 183
Top tool 146, 292 borders, see also lettering bounding box
Align Left tool 292 automatic digitizing 119, 122 selecting objects 51
alignment marks, outputting 63 cleaning up images 113 selecting stitches 157
Alignment toolbar color reduction 113 branching 165
Align Bottom 146 converting grayscale images 129 Branching command 165
Align Centers 146 cropping images 109 Browse for Folder dialog 269, 277
Align Centers Horizontally 146 image preparation tools 114 browsing
Align Centers Vertically 146 noise filtering 114 designs, slide show 272
Align Left 146 outline sharpening 113 for designs 269
Align Right 146 preparing images 112
Align Top 146 automatic stitching
Space Evenly Horizontally 146 creating embroidery 122, 125
Space Evenly Vertically 146 C
Always Tie-Off & Trim tool 97, 292 Calculate Hoopings
Ambience Quilting dialog 171
Ambience Quilting tool 171, 292 B tool 60, 293
calibrating monitor 15
anchor points Candlewicking
Back tool 46
rotation 149 Run Line tool 68
backdrops
angles, see stitch angle tool 85
anti-aliasing 105 digitizing with backdrops 104
displaying 41 Candlewicking Border 85
applications, EasyDesign &
locking and unlocking 147 selecting patterns 85
EasyEdit 235
appliqué using bitmap images 107 stitch spacing 85
cover stitch settings 183 backgrounds catalogs, printing 276, 277
creating objects 183 changing 64 Center Run underlay
changing colors 56 adjusting settings 95
digitizing 182
changing fabrics 57 setting values 95
partial cover 185, 186
color mixing 57 Change Design View tool 268, 293
printing 229, 231
Backstitch Change Locale command 268
splitting 138
See also appliqué outlines 84 changing locale (language) 268
Appliqué tool 183, 185, 290, 295 stitch length 84 Character Map 191
arranging objects 145 tool 84 characters, special 191
grouping 147 Backstitch Run Line tool 68 Choose Fabric dialog 27, 98
locking 147 Backtrack tool 161, 292 Choose Locale dialog 268
arrow keys, traveling by 156 baselines circles
artwork adjusting 205 digitizing 73
anti-aliased images 105 reshaping circular 206 reshaping 141
choosing 104 reshaping custom 206 circular baselines, reshaping 206
dithered images 105 reshaping horizontal 205 circular orientations 195
preparing for automatic bitmap images Click-to-Centerline tool 119, 121,
digitizing 112 anti-aliasing 105 295
scanning 106 displaying 41 Click-to-Design
dithered 105 Add Color 123, 127
Index
Add Colors 123, 127 selecting 32 custom

Auto Color Reduction 124 undo/redo 33 baselines, reshaping 206
Click-to-Design Advanced tool 125, using toolbars 32 hoops, creating 64
127, 295 complex shapes, digitizing 72 orientations 196
Click-to-Design dialog 122, 126, 128 component objects, splitting 138 templates, selecting 273
Click-to-Design Instantly tool 122, composite objects, splitting 138 cut & paste
295 condensed files 234 designs 278
Click-to-Outline tool 119, 121, 295 connections objects 133
Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill tool 119, reconnecting Design Gallery to resequencing 136
120, 295 EasyDesign 273 Cut Hole tool 162, 163, 292
Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill without connections, peripheral device Cut tool 136, 290
Holes tool 119, 120, 295 settings 11 cutting lines, appliqué 182
Click-to-Turning Angle Satin Fill connectors
tool 119, 120, 295 minimizing with nesting 134
cloning, objects 135 show/hide 45
Closed
Backstitch Run Line tool 69, 295
consecutive objects, selecting 51
contour
D
Candlewicking Run Line tool 69, spiral 82 decorative outlines, creating 83
295 standard 82 default
Motif Run Line tool 69, 295 control points 68 design view 270
Satin Line tool 67, 70, 290 adding 140 object details 93
Sculpture Run Line tool 69, 295 deleting 141 Define Layout Work Area tool 152
Single Run Line tool 67, 69, 290, moving 140 Delete Designs dialog 257
295 reshaping objects 140 Delete Hoop tool 60, 293
Stemstitch Run Line tool 69, 295 selecting 140 deleting
Triple Run Line tool 69, 295 conversion tables designs 247, 249, 279
closed run lines 69 supported stitch file formats 297 designs from machine 257
Cloth Setter device 227 Convert folders 278
color changes, manual 88 Options dialog 277 objects 134
Color dialog 58, 152 Selected Embroidery to Graphics stitches 159
color layers, printing 230 tool 118, 289 templates 102
color mode 106 Selected Graphics to Embroidery Design Gallery
Color Palette tool 87, 289 tool 118, 189, 289 icon 267, 290
color reduction, automatic Selected Text to Embroidery opening 267
digitizing 113 Lettering tool 189, 289 Properties dialog 273
colors tool 277, 293 reconnecting to EasyDesign 273
changing 88 converting Design Measurement System
changing background 56 file types 277 droplist 37, 291
current color 87 photos to designs 129 Design Name dialog 278
mixing background 57 vector objects to embroidery 118 design printouts
resequencing by 137 Copy And Mirror To Corners print options 227
tool 153 printing 227, 236, 276
thread colors 87
Copy To Circle tool 153 Design Properties tool 271
traveling by 47, 156
columns Copy tool 133, 290 designs
creating 70 copying accessing 272
digitizing 70, 71 and pasting designs 278 adding lettering 189
setting width 71 cloning objects 135 browsing 269
Combine Mode tool 60, 243, 244, 293 designs 278 browsing with slide show
Combine toolbar duplicating objects 135 buttons 272
Add Hoop 60, 293 objects 133 combining 132
Calculate Hoopings 60, 293 cover stitches converting 277
appliqué 183 converting formats (tables) 297
Combine Mode 60, 243, 244, 293
Craft Stitch toolbar creating new 34
Create Splitting Guide 62 Backstitch 84, 85
Delete Hoop 60, 293 deleting from machine 257
Create Special Tools Flyout display thumbnails 268
Rotate Hoop 293 Insert Offset Object 123, 124, 127
Rotate Hoop 90° CCW / CW 59, 60 managing 267
Create Splitting Guide tool 62 measuring 36
combining Create/Edit Hoop dialog 64
designs 132 opening 31, 273
Crop Image command 109 opening in Easy Edit 31
objects (nesting) 134
cropped images, reshaping 109 opening multiple 31
commands
popup menus 33 cross stitch fills 81 outputting 247
Remove Overlaps 162 current color, changing 87 print preview 226
Index
printing 226, 276 New Motif Set 181 Send Designs, Receive and
receiving and deleting 247, 249 Object Details 93 Delete 250, 253
redrawing slowly 47 Object Details > Appliqué 183, Slow Redraw 48
renaming 278 185 Thread Colors 89
resequencing 136 Object Details > Dimensions 146, User Preferences 270
saving 38 149, 202 Work Environment >
saving multi-hooped 244 Object Details > Feathering 168 Autosave 39, 136
selecting 272 Object Details > Fill Stitch 75, 170 Work Environment >
sending and receiving 236 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Display 56–64, 136
sending design to machine 248, Blanket 183 Work Environment > Edit 136
249 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Work Environment > Scrolling 39
sending multiple to machine 239, Contour 82 Write a Design 259
250, 253, 256, 262 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Cross Write Designs, Read and
sending single designs to Stitch 81 Erase 259
machine 238, 261 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Digitize toolbar
sending to machine 247, 249, 252, Embossed Fill 78–79 Appliqué 183, 185, 290, 295
255 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Motif Backstitch 84
sending to multi-needle Fill 178, 180 Backstitch Run Line 68
machine 261 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Satin Border 67, 290
summary information 268 Fill 76, 77, 209 Candlewicking 85
viewing 41 Object Details > Fill Stitch > Candlewicking Run Line 68
Stipple Fill 80 Click-to-Centerline 119, 121, 295
viewing in folders 275
viewing in the whole window Object Details > Fill Stitch > Click-to-Design Advanced 125,
Weave Fill 77, 78, 209
(Design Gallery) 269 127, 295
Object Details > Gradient Fill 169
viewing records 271 Click-to-Design Instantly 122, 295
Object Details >
with MA Hoop 240 Click-to-Outline 119, 121, 295
Lettering 190–192, 199–207, 210,
writing single designs to 212 Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill 119,
machine 238, 252, 261 Object Details > Line 120, 295
details lists, sorting 276 Stitch 70–86, 176 Click-to-Parallel Weave Fill
dialogs Object Details > Parallel Fill 142 without Holes 119, 120, 295
Ambience Quilting 171 Object Details > Photo Click 129 Click-to-Turning Angle Satin
Auto Color Reduction 125 Object Details > Radial Fill 83 Fill 119, 120, 295
Browse for Folder 269, 277 Object Details > Underlay 95–97 Closed Backstitch Run Line 69,
Choose Fabric 27, 98 Object Not Covered 243, 244
295
Choose Locale 268 Closed Candlewicking Run
Open 31, 48, 101, 108, 132, 219 Line 69, 295
Click-to-Design 122, 126, 128 Outlined Image Preparation 116
Color 58, 152 Closed Motif Run Line 69, 295
Outlines & Offsets 164 Closed Sculpture Run Line 69, 295
Convert Options 277 Overview window 44
Create/Edit Hoop 64 Closed Single Run Line 67, 69, 290,
Print Catalog Options 277 295
Delete Designs 257 Print Options 227–230, 276
Design Gallery Properties 273 Closed Stemstitch Run Line 69,
Print Preview 226 295
Design Name 278 Properties 271, 272 Closed Triple Run Line 69, 295
Easy Layout Work Area 152 Purge Recover and Backup Embroidery Gallery 289
Embroidery Gallery 173 Directories 338 Lettering 199, 207
Fabric Settings 98 Receive Designs 257, 263 Match to Palette 120, 295
Fill Holes 163 Resequence List 53, 137, 146–151 Motif Run Line 68, 175, 176, 294
Getting Started 27 Save As 38, 101, 236 Parallel Contour Fill 82
Guide Position 36 Save Hoop As 64 Parallel Contour Fill Circle 82
Image Preparation 116 Save Options 236 Parallel Contour Fill Rectangle 82
JEF Name 248–261 Screen Calibration 15 Parallel Cross Stitch Fill 72
Make Motif 181 Select Border 213, 223 Parallel Cross Stitch Fill - Circle 73
Manage Fabrics 98 Select by Color 43 Parallel Cross Stitch Fill -
Monogramming > Borders 223 Select Character 191, 212 Rectangle 74
Monogramming > Select Designs 256, 262 Parallel Embossed Fill 72, 293
Lettering 215–217
Select Fabric 57, 185 Parallel Embossed Fill-Circle 73,
Monogramming >
Ornaments 219–221 Select Machine Model 33, 237 294
Select Pattern 219 Parallel Embossed
Motif 178
Select Source 15 Fill-Rectangle 74, 294
Multiple Hoopings 244
Send Current Design 248, 250, Parallel Fill 67, 290
New 34, 273
253, 261 Parallel Fill Circle 290
New Fabric 98
Send Designs 255, 256, 262 Parallel Fill Rectangle 290
Index
Parallel Fill-Circle 67 Display Vectors tool 41, 118, 291 196–197, 201–206
Parallel Fill-Rectangle 67 distances, measuring 36 Rotate CCW/CW 150, 292
Parallel Motif Fill 72, 178, 179, 293 dithering 105 Select 50–52, 149, 200–204
Parallel Motif Fill-Rectangle 74, Docker toolbar Split Block 159, 292
178, 179, 294 Color Palette 87, 289 Stitch Mode 157–159, 292
Parallel Radial Fill 82 Embroidery Gallery 173 Underlay 94, 292
Parallel Radial Fill Circle 82 Resequence 137, 289 editing stitches
Parallel Radial Fill Rectangle 82 Duplicate command 135 inserting stitches 158
Parallel Satin Fill 72, 293 duplicating objects 135 moving stitches 158
Parallel Satin Fill-Circle 73, 294 duplication options, setting 135 effects
Parallel Satin Fill-Rectangle 73, feather edge 167
294 Gradient Fill 169
Parallel Stipple Fill 72 Travel on Edge 170
Parallel Stipple Fill - Circle 73 E Embossed Fill
pattern size 79
Parallel Stipple Fill - Rectangle 74
Easy Layout stitch angle 80
Parallel Weave Fill 72, 293 Copy And Mirror To Corners 153
Parallel Weave Fill-Circle 73, 294 embossed fills, creating 78
Copy To Circle 153 Embroidery
Parallel Weave Fill-Rectangle 74, Define Layout Work Area 152
294 Gallery dialog 173
Display Layout Work Area 152 Gallery tool 173
Partial Appliqué 185
Move To Center 153 embroidery
Photo Click Advanced 129, 295
Number of Copies 153, 292 design formats 234
Photo Click Instantly 129, 290, 295
Work Area dialog 152 elements, printing 228
Run Line 67, 290
EasyDesign file formats 297
Sculpture Run Line 68, 85
starting 27 files, opening 235
Single Run Line 68, 294
when to use 235 lettering 24, 189
Stemstitch 84 EasyEdit
Stemstitch Run Line 68 machine connections 11
starting 30 Embroidery Gallery tool 289
Triple Run Line 68, 294 when to use 235
Turning Angle Embossed Fill 71, embroidery machine
Edge Run underlay, adjusting See also machine formats
294 settings 95 Embroidery menu
Turning Angle Fill 67, 290 edges, applying Feather Edge 168 Insert Design 132
Turning Angle Satin Fill 71, 294 Edit menu Embroidery mode
Turning Angle Weave Fill 71, 294 Branching 165 creating lettering 190
digitizing Duplicate 135 embroidery objects
automatic 119 Lock 147 convert to vector 118
circles 73 Unlock 147 displaying 41
columns and borders 70 Edit toolbar entry/exit point, changing 143
complex shapes 72 Align Centers 292
manual 67 Align Centers Horizontally 292
Motif Run 175 Align Centers Vertically 292
squares and rectangles 73
with backdrops 104
Align Left 292 F
Align Right 292
digitizing methods 67 Align Top 292 Fabric Settings dialog 98
Border 70 Always Tie-Off & Trim 97, 292 fabrics
Motif Run 175 changing background 57
Ambience Quilting 171, 292
Parallel Fill 72 managing 98
Backtrack 161, 292
selecting 67 placing in Auto Appliqué 185
Break Apart 138
Digitizing toolbar fancy fill stitches
Cut Hole 162, 163, 292
Closed Satin Line 67, 70, 290 Motif Fill 177
Feather Edge 168, 292 Feather Edge
Satin Line 70 Fill Holes 163, 292
Display applying 168
Flip Horizontally 151, 291 effect 167
Display Needle Points tool 45
Flip Vertically 151, 291 settings 168
Display Stitches tool 45, 291
Florentine Effect 83 tool 168, 292
Grid tool 35, 56, 291
Gradient Fill 169, 292 file tree, refresh 270
Hoop tool 35, 291
Object Details 93, 170, 291 file types
Images tool 41, 291
Outlines & Offsets 164 JMT 100
Layout Work Area tool 152
Polygon Select 52 outline & stitch files 297
viewing selected parts 46
Repeat 161, 292 files
Display Appliqué Fabric tool 185,
Resequence 53 combining designs 132
291
Reshape 291 opening embroidery 235
display settings, changing 64
Reshape Object 109, 140–143, 177,
Index
splitting large files 238 designs 129 Outlined Image Preparation 116,
stitch 234 grid 293
Fill Holes hiding/showing 35 image sharpening 107
dialog 163 setting spacing 56 images
tool 163, 292 grouping objects 147, 148 anti-aliased 105
fill stitches, types 75 guide patterns, Motif Fill 179 bitmaps 107
filling holes, Parallel Fill 163 Guide Position dialog 36 cleaning up 113
fills color reduction 113
adjusting motif fills 178 cropping 109
blackwork 178 digitizing automatically 122
cross stitch 81 H displaying 41
Embossed 78 displaying bitmaps 41
Satin 76 handles, see selection handles dithering 105
hardware
stippling 80 editing 110, 110
peripheral device settings 11
Weave 77 setting up embroidery noise filtering 114
fixed stitch angles 72 machines 11 non-outlined 115
fixed-length horizontal help outline sharpening 113
orientations, creating 193 accessing 3 outlined vs non-outlined 112
flair script designs 211 viewing the Onscreen Manual 3 preparation tools 114
Flip See also troubleshooting scanning 105, 108
Horizontally tool 291 hidden objects, display 53 sharpening outlines 116
Vertically tool 151, 291 hiding graphics 41 initials, monogram lettering 216
Flip Horizontally tool 151 holes Insert
flipping stamps 174 cutting 163 Border tool 213, 293
Florentine Effect tool 83 filling holes 163 Design command 132
Florentine effects, creating 83 Hoop List 58 Image command 107
folders hoop types, supported 299 inserting
limiting file types 275 hooped designs one object into another 134
refreshing/validating 270 outputting 242 stitches 158
renaming/adding/deleting 278 sending to machine 243 Italics Slant Angle setting 199
sorting 275 hoops
Folders icon 269, 293 centering 59
Font changing 58
List setting 199
Size setting 199
creating custom hoops 64 J
displaying 35
Width setting 199 JAN format 234
rotating 59
fonts, flair script 211 JEF format 234
size, changing 58
formats horizontal baselines, JEF Name dialog 248–261
design 234 reshaping 205 JMT files 100
embroidery file 234 horizontal orientations 193 Jump
expanded 234 by 1 Stitch tool 156, 291
outline 234 by 10 Stitches tool 156, 291
stitch 234 by 100 Stitches tool 156, 291
Forward tool 46 I by Color tool 47, 156, 291
by Object tool 46, 52, 291
Image menu to Start/End Design tool 46, 155,
Crop Image 109 291
G Insert Image 107
Scan 108
jumping
by stitches 156
gaps, offsetting filled holes 163 Touch Up Image 110 using the arrow keys 47, 156
Getting Started dialog 27 Image Preparation
Giga Hoop, sending designs 241 dialog 116
Gradient Fill tool 115, 293
applying 169 image preparation K
overview 169 cropping 109
tool 169, 292 preparing non-outlined keyboard shortcuts 293
graphics images 115
applications, third-party 110 preparing outlines 116
Graphics mode summary 115
creating lettering 189 tools 114 L
graphics, displaying 41 Image Preparation toolbar large files, splitting 238
grayscale images, converting to Image Preparation 115, 293
Index
last stitch, keep or omit 71 Monogramming 214–217, 293 minimum stitch length
layouts Orientation 199, 205 Weave Fill 78
creating 153 letters missing files, locating 270
Motif Fills 179 changing spacing 197 modifying designs, Resequence
length reshaping 203 List 53
Backstitch 84 limiting files in folders 275 modifying objects
Center Run underlay stitches 95 line spacing, lettering 197 changing entry point 143
Edge Run underlay stitches 95 lines changing exit point 143
Run and Triple Run 70 converting to borders 68 flipping 151
Weave Fill 78 digitizing 68 grouping 147
Weave underlay stitches 96 locale, changing languages 268 locking 147
letter sequencing, changing 207 locate missing files 270 reshaping circles 141
lettering Lock command 147 rotating 149
adding 189 locking scaling 148
adjusting individual letters 203 backdrops 147 spacing evenly 146
adjusting Satin stitch settings 209 objects 147 using Lettering Art 210
adjusting Weave stitch monitor, calibrating 15
settings 209 Monogramming dialog
automatic borders 213 Borders 223
changing stitch types 209 M Lettering 215–217
Character Map 191 Ornaments 219–221
creating in Embroidery mode 190 MA Hoop, sending designs 240 Monogramming tool 214–217, 293
creating in Graphics mode 189 machine monograms
deleting designs 257 creating 214
creating monograms 214
formats, saving 236 lettering with initials 216
editing 199
models 237 splitting 138
individual letter spacing 197
models, selecting 33 Motif dialog 178
line spacing 197
outputting multiple designs 250, Motif Fill
multi-colored 204
253 applying 178
reshaping horizontal outputting to MC10000 V2.21
baselines 205 filling shapes with 178
machines 255 layout motifs 179
rotating 203
receiving designs 257 modifying layouts on-screen 179
scaling 200–202 See also embroidery machine
selecting symbols 191 Motif Run
sending designs 247, 249
setting orientation 192 overview 175
sending multi-hooped
spacing 196 designs 243 reshaping 177
special characters 191 sending multiple designs 256, 262 scaling 176
special effects 210 sending open design 255 selecting motifs 176
splitting 138 sending single designs 238, 248, using 175
transforming 202 249, 252, 261 values 176
See also baselines sending, receiving and deleting Motif Run Line tool 68, 175, 176, 294
See also fonts multiple designs 239 motifs
Lettering Art adjusting fills 178
writing single designs 238, 261
distorting objects 210 adjusting offsetting
machines
editing letters 211 MC1000* machines, outputting on-screen 180
effects 210 to 252 adjusting spacing on-screen 180
None command 211 MC10000 V2.21 machines, laying out on-screen (Motif
removing 211 outputting to 255 Fill) 179
tool 210 MC9700 or lower machines, Motif Fill 177
lettering orientation 205 outputting to 259 rotating patterns on-screen 180
selecting 192 outputting to MB-4 261 scaling (Motif Run) 176
Lettering tool 190–192, 199–211, 293 outputting to MC9700 or selecting (Motif Run) 176
Lettering toolbar lower 259 skewing patterns on-screen 180
Font List 199 Make Motif dialog 181 See also Motif Run
Font Size 199 Manage Fabrics dialog 98 mouse wheel, preset behavior 39
Font Width 199 managing designs 267 Move To Center tool 153
Insert Border 213, 293 manual color changes, inserting 88 moving objects
Italics Slant Angle 199 Match to Palette tool 120, 295 nudging 145
Lettering 190, 191, 204, 210, 211, MB-4 machine, outputting to 261 positioning with X:Y
293 measurement units, setting 37 coordinates 146
Lettering Art 210 Measuring Tape command 36 with click and drag 145
Lettering Art > None 211 memory cards 11, 237 moving stitches 158
multi-hooped designs
Index
outputting 242 Contour dialog 82 preview window in Easy Edit 31

saving as 244 Object Details dialog Orientation droplist 205
sending to machine 243 Dimensions tab 202 Orientation setting 199
multihooping, alignment marks 63 Fill Stitch tab 79 orientations
multiple designs Lettering tab 201 circular 195
sending to machine 239, 250, 253, Line Stitch tab 70, 71 custom 196
256, 262 Underlay tab 95, 97 horizontal 193
Object Not Covered dialog 243, 244 horizontal fixed-length 193
Object Properties lettering 192
Appliqué tab 185 vertical 195
N Fill Stitch > Cross Stitch 81 ornament layouts 221
Fill Stitch > Stipple Fill 80 multi-ornaments 221
names, monogram lettering 217 object recognition 235 ornaments
native formats 234 objects creating monograms 214
needle points appliqué 182 with monograms 218
selecting stitches 157 arranging 145 outline
show/hide 45 backtracking 161 files 234
nesting objects 134 changing colors 88 recognition 235
New cloning 135 sharpening 113
dialog 34, 273 combining 132 stitches, Motif Run 175
Fabric dialog 98 copying and pasting 133 Outlined Image Preparation
tool 34, 290 creating duplicates 161 dialog 116
new designs, creating 34, 273 creating with Satin Fill 76 tool 116, 293
New Motif Set dialog 181 cutting holes 163 outlined images 116
noise filtering 114 deleting 134 outlines
non-outlined images 115 duplicating 135 backstitch 84
NORMAL template 100 editing lettering 199 Candlewicking Border 85
nudging objects 145 flipping 151 digitizing 121
Number of Copies tool 153, 292 grouping 148 selecting objects with 51
locking and unlocking 147 sharpening 116
moving 145 stemstitch 84
Outlines & Offsets
O nesting 134
repeating 161 dialog 164
Object Details resequencing 136 tool 164
Appliqué tab 183 reshaping 139 outlines, decorative 83
dialog 93 rotating 149 overlapping
Dimensions tab 146, 149 scaling 148 Backstitch 84
Feathering tab 168 selecting 18, 50 overlaps, removing 162
Fill Stitch 75 splitting 138 Overview Window tool 44, 291
Fill Stitch > Blanket 183 transforming 145
Fill Stitch > Embossed Fill 79 traveling by 46
Fill Stitch > Motif Fill tab 178, 180
Fill Stitch tab 170, 178, 209
ungrouping 148
See also modifying objects P
Gradient Fill tab 169 offsetting, filled holes (Parallel palette colors, match to image 120
Lettering tab 190, 192, 199, 207, Fill) 163 panning designs 43, 44
210, 212 onscreen Parallel Contour Fill
Line Stitch tab 84, 85, 86, 176 help 3 Circle tool 82
Parallel Fill tab 142 manual 2 Rectangle tool 82
Photo Click tab 129 Open tool 82
Radial Fill tab 83 dialog 31, 48, 101, 108, 132, 219 Parallel Cross Stitch Fill
tool 93, 170, 291 tool 31, 48, 290 Circle tool 73
open design Rectangle tool 74
Underlay 95, 96
sending to machine 255
object details tool 72
Open Design tool 273, 293 Parallel Embossed Fill
changing 93
open stitching, Travel on Edge 170 Circle tool 73, 294
changing stitch type 75
opening Rectangle tool 74, 294
current 93 Design Gallery 267
defaults 93 tool 72, 293
designs 273 Parallel Embossed Fill-Circle
existing objects 93 EasyEdit 31
saving current 93 tool 73, 294
opening designs 31 Parallel Fill
saving to template 102 existing 31
Object Details > Fill Stitch > adjusting stitch angle 142
Index
Circle tool 67, 290 preparing images 115 lettering 205

cutting holes 163 presetting object details 93 letters 203
filling holes 163 preview Motif Run 177
Motif Fill 177 designs 31 resolution, scanning 106
open stitching 170 printed design 226 reverse stitching
Rectangle tool 67, 290 Print Catalog Options dialog 277 Backtrack and Repeat 161
stitch angle 142 Print Options dialog 227–230, 276 Rotate CCW/CW tool 150, 292
tool 67, 290, 293 Print Preview Rotate Hoop tool 59, 60, 293
Travel on Edge 170 dialog 226 rotating
Parallel Motif Fill tool 48, 226, 229, 230, 231, 290 lettering 203
Rectangle tool 74, 178, 179, 294 Print tool 226, 276, 290, 293 objects 149
tool 72, 178, 179, 293 printing objects by click & drag 149
Parallel Motif Fill-Rectangle catalogs 277 objects by Rotate CCW/CW 150
tool 294 design printouts 276 patterns on-screen 180
Parallel Radial Fill designs 226, 227, 236 stamps 174
Circle tool 82 embroidery elements 228 See also rotating objects
Rectangle tool 82 Hoop option 229 Run Line
tool 82 Properties dialog 272 Backtrack & Repeat 161
Parallel Satin Fill ES Explorer 271 stitch length 70
Circle tool 73, 294 Purge Recover and Backup stitch type 69
Rectangle tool 73, 294 Directories dialog 338 tool 67, 290
tool 72 purge recovery 337 run lines, closed 69
Parallel Stipple Fill
Circle tool 73
Rectangle tool 74
tool 72 R S
Parallel Weave Fill
Circle tool 73, 294 radial fills, creating 82 sample motifs, Motif Fill 179
Rectangle tool 74, 294 Receive Designs dialog 257, 263 Satin
tool 293 receiving designs 236, 247, 249 appliqué cover stitch 183
Parallel Weave Fill tool 72 recognition, objects/outlines 235 digitizing borders 70
Partial Appliqué tool 185 recoloring objects 88 fills, creating 76
Paste tool 108, 133, 136, 290 rectangles, digitizing 73 overview 76
pasting Redo tool 33, 290 spacing 76
designs 278 redoing commands 33 Satin Fill stitch
objects 133 redrawing designs 47 lettering object settings 209
patterns refreshing display/folders/tree Satin Line tool 70
Candlewicking Border 85 node 270 Save As dialog 38, 101, 236
laying out on-screen (Motif registration marks, Save Hoop As dialog 64
Fill) 179 multihooping 63 Save Options dialog 236
printing appliqué 229, 231 Remove Overlaps command 162 Save tool 38, 244, 290
selecting embossed fills 79 removing overlaps 162 saving
Weave Fill 77 renaming designs 38, 236
PC memory cards 11, 237 designs 278 object details to a template 102
PCMCIA cards 11, 237 folders 278 scaling
peripheral devices Repeat tool 161, 292 lettering 200, 201, 202
connection settings 11 repeating objects 161 motifs (Motif Run) 176
setting up 6 Resequence List dialog 53, 137, 146, objects 148
See also hardware 150, 151 stamps 174
perspective effects, Gradient Resequence tool 53, 137, 289 scaling objects
Fill 169 resequencing by click & drag 148
Photo Click by color 137 on-screen 148
Advanced tool 129, 295 by selection 137 to an exact size 149
Instantly tool 129, 290, 295 objects 136 using Object Details 149
photos, converting to using cut and paste 136 Scan command 108
embroidery 129 reshape control points, scanning
pictures, see backdrops selecting 140 artwork 106
placement lines, appliqué 182 Reshape Object tool 109, 140–143, images 105
Polygon Select tool 52 177, 196–197, 201–206 preparing artwork 106
popup menus 33 Reshape tool 291 resolution 106
positioning objects 145 reshaping objects 139 sharpening 107
pre-cut, appliqué 184 circles 141 tips 106
Index
Screen Calibration dialog 15 shortcuts, keyboard 295 New 34, 290

scrolling, set automatic scrolling 39 Show Open 31, 48, 290
Sculpture Run Line tool 68, 85 Show Rulers and Guides tool 36, Paste 108, 133, 136, 290
security device messages 338 56, 291 Print 226, 290
Select Show Embroidery tool 41, 118, 289 Print Preview 48, 226, 229, 230,
Border dialog 213, 223 Show Selected Objects 231, 290
by Color dialog 43 command 42 Redo 33, 290
Character dialog 191, 212 single designs, writing to ATA Save 38, 244, 290
Designs dialog 256, 262 card 239, 240, 249, 252, 254, 255, Send to EmbLink 248
Fabric dialog 57, 185 258, 259, 260, 261, 264, 265 Send to HorizonLink 290–??
Machine Model dialog 33, 237 Single Run Line tool 68, 294 Send to Machine 238–243, 261, 290
Pattern dialog 219 size Stop 290
While Traveling tool 157 Embossed Fill 79 Undo 33, 290
select all stitches 157 measuring designs 36 Write to Card 239, 244, 290
Select Source dialog 15 skewing objects
Write to External Media 249, 251,
by click and drag 150
Select tool 50–52, 149, 200–204 254, 258, 259, 264
selecting patterns on-screen 180
Stemstitch
colors while traveling 52 with rotation handles 150
outlines 84
designs 272 slide show
browsing designs 272 Run Line tool 68
lettering orientation 192 stitch thickness 84
running 271
reshape control points 140 tool 84
thumbnails and properties 271
stitches 157 stippling fills 80
viewing designs 271
stitches with bounding box 157 stitch angles
Slow Redraw
selecting objects adjusting 142
bounding outline 51 dialog 48
Embossed Fill 80
consecutive 51 tool 47, 291
fixed 72
grouping 147 Snap to Grid setting 56
setting for Parallel Fill 142
point and click 50 Snap to Guides setting 56
sorting turning stitches 71
resequencing by selection 137 stitch blocks, splitting 159
using details lists 276
while traveling 52 stitch files 234
using View menu 276
with Polygon Select 52 Space supported formats 297
with Resequence List 53 Space Evenly Horizontally stitch length
selection handles, rotating 149 tool 146 Run and Triple Run 70
Send Current Design dialog 248, Space Evenly Vertically tool 146 Stemstitch 84
250, 253, 261 spacing Stitch Mode tool 157–159, 292
Send Designs dialog 255, 256, 262 Candlewicking Border 85 Stitch Select While Traveling
Send Designs, Receive and Delete embossed fills 79 tool 52, 291
dialog 250, 253 Gradient Fill 169 stitch sequence, viewing 46
Send to EmbLink tool 248 grid 56 stitch settings, appliqué 183
Send to HorizonLink tool 290 individual letters 197 stitch spacing
Send to Machine tool 238, 240, 241, lettering 196 adjusting Satin 76
243, 249, 252, 255, 261, 290 lines of lettering 197 Candlewicking Border 85
sending designs 236 objects evenly 146 Stemstitch 84
sequence open spacing 170 Weave Fill 77
checking in Easy Edit 155 Stemstitch 84 stitch thickness, Backstitch 84
letters 207 Weave Fill stitches 77 stitch types
resequencing 136 applying to lettering 209
special characters, selecting 191
traveling 155 cross stitch 81
special effects, lettering 210
Set Color command 57 Motif Fill 177
Split Block tool 159, 292
settings splitting Motif Run 175
adjusting view 270 large files 238 Run and Triple Run 69
design view defaults 270 stitch blocks 159 selecting 75
user preferences 270 squares, digitizing 73 stitch values
Setup menu stabilizing with underlays 94 angle (Embossed Fill) 80
Work Environment 39, 135 stamps Embossed Fill 78
Work Environment > Display 56, rotating/flipping/scaling 174 length (Weave Fill) 78
57 scaling 175 size (Embossed Fill) 79
SEW format 234 stitch type 75
selecting/inserting 173
shading effects, Gradient Fill 169 Standard toolbar Weave Fill 77
Shortcut to Windows Properties Copy 133, 290 stitches
dialog 273 Center Run underlay length 95
Cut 136, 290
Index
deleting 159 selecting commands 32 backdrops 147

digitizing lines 68 showing 32 objects 147
inserting 158 tools User Preferences
moving 158 list of all tools 289, 296 User Preferences command 270
removing underlying 162 showing toolbars 32 User Preferences dialog 270
selecting 157 Touch Up Image command 110 User Preferences setting 270
selecting all 157 transforming
selecting by needle point 157 lettering 202
selecting while traveling 157 objects 145
selecting with bounding box 157 Travel on Edge effect 170 V
stitch types 75 Travel toolbar
Back 46, 47, 155, 156 validating folders 270
traveling by 47, 156
Forward 46, 47, 155, 156 vector formats, supported 298
Weave underlay length 96 vector objects, convert to
See also editing stitches Jump by 1 Stitch 156
Jump by 10 Stitches 156 embroidery 118
See also selecting stitches
stitching designs Jump by 100 Stitches 156 vertical orientations 195
using Send to Machine 256, 262 Jump by Color 47, 156 View menu
stitching sequence Jump by Object 46, 52 Display Hoop 35
see also sequence Jump to Start/End Design 46, 155 Measuring Tape 36
stitchout, simulating 47 Select While Traveling 157 Show Selected Objects 42
Stop tool 290 Stitch Select While Traveling 52 User Preferences 268, 270
styles, monogram lettering 216 traveling Zoom Whole Design 42, 43
summary information, display 268 by color 47, 156 Zoom Whole Hoop 43
Switch & Convert by stitches 47, 156 view settings, adjusting 270
Convert Selected Embroidery to overview 155 View toolbar
Graphics 118, 289 Design Measurement System 37,
selecting colors while traveling 52
Convert Selected Graphics to selecting objects 52
291
Embroidery 118, 189, 289 Display Appliqué Fabric 291
selecting stitches 157 Display Appliqué Fabrics 185
Convert Selected Text to
Embroidery Lettering 189, 289 tools, travel by stitches 156 Display Grid 35, 56, 291
Show Embroidery 41, 118, 289 using the arrow keys 156 Display Hoop 291
Switch to Embroidery Mode 28, tree node, refresh 270 Display Images 41, 291
289 trim in place, appliqué 184 Display Needle Points 45
Switch to Graphics Mode 28, 289 Triple Run Line tool 68, 294 Display Stitches 45, 291
Switch to troubleshooting 337 Display Vectors 41, 118, 291
Embroidery Mode tool 28, 289 minimum requirements 337 Hoop List 58
Graphics Mode tool 28, 289 purge recovery 337 Jump by 1 Stitch 291
symbols security device messages 338 Jump by 10 Stitches 291
Character Map 191 Turning Angle
Jump by 100 Stitches 291
selecting 191 Embossed Fill tool 71, 294
Jump by Color 291
system preferences Fill tool 67, 290, 294
Jump by Object 291
automatic backup 39 Satin Fill tool 71
Overview Window 44, 291
automatic save 39 Weave Fill tool 71, 294
Show Rulers and Guides 36, 56,
turning stitches 71
291
Slow Redraw 47, 291
Start/End Design 291
T
tackdown, appliqué 182
U Stitch Select While Traveling 291
Visualizer 45, 291
templates Underlay tool 94, 292 Zoom Box 291
creating 100 underlays Zoom Factor 43
custom 273 adjusting Center Run settings 95 Zoom In 43, 290
deleting 102 adjusting Edge Run settings 95 Zoom Out 43, 291
modifying 101 adjusting Zigzag settings 95 viewing
NORMAL 100 selecting a type 94 design information 48
saving object details 102 stabilizing 94 design properties 271
using 101 Zigzag 95 graphics 41
thread colors 87 underlying stitching, removing 162 information onscreen 2
Thread Colors dialog 89 Undo tool 33, 290 modes 42
toolbars undoing commands 33 options, see user preferences
Edit toolbar 289, 290, 291, 292, 293 ungrouping objects 148 properties 271
list of all toolbars 289 Unlock command 147 slide show 272
unlocking stitching sequence 46
Index
viewing designs 41
connectors 45
display options 45
displaying hidden objects 53
needle points 45
panning 43, 44
selected parts only 46
show all 42
simulating stitchout 47
Visualizer 45
zooming 43, 44
Visualizer tool 45, 291
W
Weave Fill
lettering object settings 209
values 77
Weave underlay 96
Work Environment
command 39, 56, 135
dialog 59
dialog, Autosave tab 39, 136
Display 136
Display tab 56, 57, 64
Scrolling 39
Work Environment > Edit
dialog 136
Write a Design dialog 259
Write Designs, Read and Erase
dialog 259
Write to Card tool 239–244, 290
Write to External Media tool 251,
254, 258, 259, 264
X
X and Y coordinates, setting for
objects 146
Z
Zigzag underlay 95
adjusting settings 95
Zoom
Factor tool 43, 291
In tool 43, 290
Out tool 43, 291
Zoom Whole
Design command 42, 43
Hoop command 43

Janome 9900 User Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Janome 9900 User Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Onscreen Manual

© Copyright 1999–2014 Wilcom Pty. Ltd. All Rights reserved.

Rev 5 Nov 2014

Welcome to JANOME Digitizer MBX, the leading

 Create a new design.  Save files in a number of file formats, including

step-by-step instructions together with samples Fit in Window

Warning Screen illustrations in the user

Using onscreen help

To access onscreen help

Accessing online support

Access onscreen help

Note You must have a correctly configured web

 In Embroidery mode you are presented with

Access onscreen This manual adopts the following conventions:

Instruction Symbol Action

Link to onscreen help

This chapter covers steps necessary to set up a new

Installation checklist  Step 5: Connect your machine to the PC. See

 Step 3: When the installation is complete, you

software will not work properly if the dongle is

Installing JANOME Digitizer MBX

To install a JANOME Digitizer MBX upgrade

11 Select the components to install:

15 Click Finish to restart your computer.

Warning Make sure you log back onto your PC after

Modifying an existing JANOME

Whether you are updating your current JANOME

MB-4 machine Installing USB drivers for direct

To link your PC by USB cable

2 Select No to the MS Windows® Update and click

Note Do not turn the PC or sewing machine off before

Note This setup procedure is only necessary on first

To install a USB driver for MS Windows®

Note The Jsmc860 device drivers are copied to the

Note Do not be alarmed by this message – it is just

5 Click Finish to close and restart your computer.

Installing drivers for MS Windows®

9 Select the arrow beside Computer and select the

6 Under Other Devices, right click 770 and select

Note For 32 bit operating systems you will have to

Note Peripheral devices can be connected to your

2 Measure the height and width of the dialog box.

5 Select the scanning driver to use, then click Select.

Note If you have trouble with scanning after re-starting

Calibrating the monitor

You need to calibrate your monitor so that designs

To calibrate the monitor

JANOME Digitizer MBX provides embroiderers with a fast, flexible way of

Planning designs Using artwork

Shapes are Shapes are

 Vector images: These consist of outlines which

Bitmap image scaled and Areas recolored and 1

example, to minimize color changes. Details

In EasyDesign, you build designs from basic

In addition to automated and semi-automated

Selecting embroidery objects Stitch types

Use the Run Line tool to digitize lines of single or

Detail (Run Line)

EasyDesign lets you convert vector objects directly

When you start a new design, EasyDesign uses

Arranging & transforming objects

Use Backtrack and Repeat to reinforce outlines

For some objects, you can also change control

Create a new design. Save files in a number of file formats, including

In Embroidery mode you are presented with

Installation checklist Step 5: Connect your machine to the PC. See

Step 3: When the installation is complete, you

Vector images: These consist of outlines which

If you choose the MC9700, MC9500, MC300E,

If you choose the MC10001 and MC10000 V3.0 or

Select a template from the list and click OK.

To hide graphics, click the toggle again.

To display selected colors in the window, select View >

Select the colors to display and click OK. See also

To pan across a design in the design window, select

Click and hold again to pan to a different location. To